WO2017162022A1 - Method, device and system for sending and receiving uplink information and storage medium - Google Patents

Method, device and system for sending and receiving uplink information and storage medium Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2017162022A1
WO2017162022A1 PCT/CN2017/075912 CN2017075912W WO2017162022A1 WO 2017162022 A1 WO2017162022 A1 WO 2017162022A1 CN 2017075912 W CN2017075912 W CN 2017075912W WO 2017162022 A1 WO2017162022 A1 WO 2017162022A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
cluster
resource
physical resource
resource block
physical
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2017/075912
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
彭佛才
戴博
苟伟
赵亚军
毕峰
李新彩
杨玲
韩翠红
邬华明
卡罗琳泰罗
Original Assignee
中兴通讯股份有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from CN201610261468.5A external-priority patent/CN107231693B/en
Application filed by 中兴通讯股份有限公司 filed Critical 中兴通讯股份有限公司
Publication of WO2017162022A1 publication Critical patent/WO2017162022A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/04Wireless resource allocation

Definitions

  • the present disclosure relates to the field of communications, and in particular, to a method, an apparatus, a system, and a storage medium for transmitting and receiving uplink information.
  • the 3rd Generation Partnership Project 3rd Generation Partnership Project
  • the downlink communication ie, base station transmission, UE reception
  • LAA Licensed Assisted Access
  • 3GPP will perform the standardization work of the LAA uplink communication (UE transmission, base station reception) part.
  • the UE In LAA uplink communication, the UE needs to obtain the authorization (or configuration) of the base station before transmitting data (including channels and signals here). However, it has not yet been determined what the authorization information (downlink control information) contains.
  • the embodiments of the present disclosure are to provide a method, a device, a system, and a storage medium for transmitting and receiving uplink information, so as to at least solve the technical problem that the content of the downlink control information is not determined in the LAA uplink communication in the related art. .
  • a method for transmitting uplink information including: receiving downlink control information sent by a base station, where the downlink control information carries resource information, where the resource information is used to indicate that the user equipment sends an uplink channel and And the resource of the uplink signal, the resource occupies more than 80% of the uplink system resources of the user equipment; and sends the uplink channel and/or the uplink signal on the resource.
  • the method before the sending the uplink channel and/or the uplink signal on the resource, the method further includes: determining, according to the resource information, a frequency resource of the resource; where the frequency resource includes one cluster and two clusters In the case of three clusters or four clusters, the resource information is represented by R1 bits, wherein
  • R1 max(ceil(log2(N_UL_RB*(N_UL_RB+1)/2)),ceil(log2(Com(ceil(N_UL_RB/P+1),4)))))); where max() is 2
  • ceil() is the round-up operation
  • log2() is the base-2 logarithm operation
  • N_UL_RB is the resource block-based uplink system bandwidth
  • Com(M,N In order to extract N number of extended combination numbers from M numbers, P is a resource block group size determined according to the above uplink system bandwidth.
  • the values of the N_UL_RB are respectively 25, 50, 75, 100, or the values of the N_UL_RB are respectively 25, 50, 75, 110;
  • determining the frequency resource of the resource according to the resource information includes: determining, according to the cluster information of the four location points represented by the R1 bits, the values of the four location points, according to the four location points. Obtaining the above frequency resource; wherein the four location points include a first location point S0, a second location point S1, a third location point S2, and a fourth location point S3; the four location points are determined
  • the cluster method includes one of the following: Mode 1: The first position point S0 indicates the start position of the first cluster, the second position point S1 indicates the end position of the first cluster, and the third position point S2 indicates the first position.
  • the fourth position point S3 represents the starting position of the third cluster
  • the second mode the first position point S0 represents the starting position of the first cluster, and the second position point S1 represents The end position of the first cluster
  • the third position point S2 indicates the end position of the second cluster
  • the fourth position point S3 indicates the end position of the third cluster
  • the third position point S0 indicates the first position
  • the second position point S1 indicates the starting position of the second cluster
  • the third position S2 represents the starting position of the third cluster
  • the fourth position point S3 represents the starting position of the fourth cluster
  • mode 4 the first position point S0 represents the end position of the first cluster
  • the second position point S1 represents the end position of the second cluster
  • the third position point S2 represents the end position of the third cluster
  • the fourth position point S3 represents the end position of the fourth cluster
  • S0, S1, S2, S3 are a positive integer
  • the size of each cluster is equal to the size of the first cluster or semi-statically configured
  • the S2 is equal to the S3, and the frequency resource includes only two clusters; the S1 and the S2 are equal to the S3, and the frequency resource is only The cluster includes one cluster; the S0, the S1, and the S2 are equal to the S3, and the frequency resource includes only one cluster, and the size of the cluster is an uplink system bandwidth; the S0, the S1, the S2, and the S3 Equal to indicate that the frequency resource includes only one cluster and the size of the cluster is the bandwidth represented by the difference between the start position and the end position of the cluster.
  • the size of the cluster is represented by Q bits, where Q is an integer, and the unit of the cluster is one of the following: a resource block and a resource block group. , 2 resource block groups, 4 resource block groups, 8 resource block groups, 1 subcarrier, 2 sub- The carrier, the three subcarriers, the four subcarriers, and the six subcarriers; the S0, the S1, and the S2 are equal to the S3, and the frequency resource includes only one cluster, and the size of the cluster is an uplink system bandwidth.
  • the method before the sending the uplink channel and/or the uplink signal on the resource, the method further includes: determining, according to the resource information, a frequency resource of the resource: the frequency resource includes two clusters or four clusters.
  • log2() is the operation of taking the base 2 logarithm
  • N_UL_RB is the uplink system bandwidth in units of resource blocks
  • Com(M, N) is the extended combination number operation of extracting N numbers from M numbers
  • H is the resource block group size determined based on half of the uplink system bandwidth.
  • the values of the N_UL_RB are respectively 25, 50, 75, 100, or the values of the N_UL_RB are respectively 25, 50, 75, 110;
  • determining the frequency resource of the resource according to the resource information includes: determining, according to the cluster information of the four location points represented by the R2 bits, the values of the four location points, according to the four location points. Obtaining the above frequency resource; wherein the four position points include a first position point S0, a second position point S1, a third position point S2 and a fourth position point S3; and the above S0 represents the first cluster
  • the starting position, the above S1 represents the end position of the first cluster
  • the above S2 represents the starting position of the second cluster
  • the above S3 represents the ending position of the second cluster
  • the position of the above S0 plus half of the above N_UL_RB indicates the The starting position of the three clusters, the position of the above S1 plus half of the N_UL_RB indicates the end position of the third cluster, and the position of the above S2 plus half of the N_UL_RB indicates the starting position of the fourth cluster, and the above S3 is half The position of the N_UL_RB indicates the end position of the
  • the S1 and the S2 are equal to the S3, and the frequency resource includes only two clusters.
  • the method before the sending the uplink channel and/or the uplink signal on the resource, the method further includes: determining, according to the resource information, a frequency resource of the resource: the frequency resource includes four clusters or eight clusters.
  • determining the frequency resource of the resource according to the resource information includes: determining, according to the cluster information of the four location points represented by the R3 bits, the values of the four location points, according to the four location points. Obtaining the above frequency resource; wherein the four position points include a first position point S0, a second position point S1, a third position point S2 and a fourth position point S3; and the above S0 represents the first cluster
  • the starting position, S1 represents the end position of the first cluster
  • the above S2 represents the starting position of the second cluster
  • the above S3 represents the ending position of the second cluster
  • the above S0 adds a quarter of the above-mentioned N_UL_RB
  • the position indicates the start position of the third cluster, and the position of the above S1 plus one quarter of the N_UL_RB indicates the end position of the third cluster, and the position of the above S2 plus one quarter of the above N_UL_RB indicates the fourth cluster.
  • the starting position, the position of the above-mentioned S3 plus a quarter of the above-mentioned N_UL_RB indicates the ending position of the fourth cluster, and the position of the above-mentioned S0 plus half of the above-mentioned N_UL_RB indicates the starting position of the fifth cluster, and the above S1 is added by half
  • the position of N_UL_RB indicates the knot of the 5th cluster
  • the beam position, the position of the above S2 plus half of the N_UL_RB indicates the start position of the sixth cluster, the position of the above S3 plus half of the N_UL_RB indicates the end position of the sixth cluster, and the above S0 plus three quarters of the above N_UL_RB
  • the position indicates the start position of the seventh cluster, and the above S1 plus three-quarters of the positions of the N_UL_RB indicates the end position of the seventh cluster, and the above S2 plus three-quarters of the positions of the above N_UL_RB indicates the eighth cluster.
  • the method before the sending the uplink channel and/or the uplink signal on the resource, the method further includes: determining, according to the resource information, a frequency resource of the resource: the frequency resource signal includes 10 clusters or 20, respectively.
  • the resource information is represented by R4 bits, where R4 is one of the following: ceil (log2(Com(ceil(N_UL_RB/(10*H2)+1), 4))),
  • ceil() is the rounding operation
  • log2() is the base 2 operation
  • N_UL_RB is the resource
  • the block system is the uplink system bandwidth
  • Com(M, N) is the extended combination number operation of extracting N numbers from M numbers
  • H2 is the resource block group size determined according to one tenth of the uplink system bandwidth.
  • determining, according to the resource information, that the frequency resource of the resource includes one of: determining the value of the four location points according to the cluster information of the four location points represented by the R4 bits, according to the foregoing four The value of the location point obtains the frequency resource; the frequency information of the resource is determined according to the resource indication value RIV represented by the R4 bits; and the frequency information of the resource is determined according to the resource bit bitmap represented by the R4 bits; wherein the four location points include The first position point S0, the second position point S1, the third position point S2 and the fourth position point S3; the above S0 indicates the start position of the first cluster, and the above S1 indicates the end position of the first cluster S2 represents the start position of the second cluster, S3 represents the end position of the second cluster, and the position of the S_ plus one tenth of the N_UL_RB indicates the start position of the third cluster, and the above S1 is added.
  • One tenth of the positions of the N_UL_RBs indicate the end position of the third cluster, and the above S2 plus one tenth of the positions of the N_UL_RB indicates the start position of the fourth cluster, and the above S3 plus one tenth of the above N_UL_RB Position indicates the fourth The end position, S0 plus tenths of the above N_UL_RB positions indicate the starting position of the fifth cluster, and the above S1 plus tenths of the N_UL_RB positions indicate the end position of the fifth cluster, the above S2 plus The position of the above N_UL_RB indicates the starting position of the sixth cluster, and the above S3 plus two tenths of the positions of the N_UL_RB indicates the end position of the sixth cluster; and so on, the above S0 plus ten The position of the N_UL_RB indicates the start position of the 19th cluster, and the position of the N1 and the tenth of the N_UL_RB indicates the end position of the 19th cluster, and the position of the above S2 plus nine
  • the resource indication value RIV is represented by a starting resource block index RB_Start, a contiguous number of resource blocks RB_Length, and a tenth of the uplink system bandwidth N_UL_RB_10; wherein, (RB_Length-1) is less than or equal to floor(N_UL_RB_10/2) In the case, the RIV is N_UL_RB_10*(RB_Length-1)+RB_Start, and in the case where (RB_Length-1) is greater than floor(N_UL_RB_10/2), the RIV is N_UL_RB_10*(N_UL_RB_10-RB_Length+1)+( N_UL_RB_10-1-RB_Start); when the uplink system bandwidth is 10 MHz, 20 MHz, respectively, the value of the N_UL_RB_10 is 5, 10; the value of the RB_Start is an integer from 0 to 9; the value of the RB_Length is An integer from 1 to 10, floor
  • the highest bit in the resource bit bitmap corresponds to one tenth of the N_UL_RB resource block index having the smallest number, and the lowest bit corresponds to the resource block index having the largest number; wherein the bits in the resource bit bitmap
  • the value of the bit is a binary "1", indicating that the following resource block index is allocated to the user equipment: a resource block index corresponding to the bit, the resource block index plus 1/10 of the resource represented by the N_UL_RB a block index, the resource block index plus 2/10 of the resource block index represented by the N_UL_RB, the resource block index plus 3/10 of the resource block index represented by the N_UL_RB, and the resource block index plus 4/10, the resource block index indicated by the N_UL_RB, the resource block index plus 5/10 of the resource block index indicated by the N_UL_RB, and the resource block index plus 6/10 of the resource indicated by the N_UL_RB a block index, the resource block index plus 7/10 the resource block index represented by the N_UL_RB, the resource block index
  • the method before the sending the uplink channel and/or the uplink signal on the resource, the method further includes: determining, according to the resource information, a frequency resource of the resource: where the resource information is a starting physical resource block bias The number of physical resource blocks that are shifted and spaced, wherein the number of the physical resource blocks is the number of physical resource blocks separated by the allocated two clusters, and the initial physical resource block offset is 0 to the number of the physical resource blocks.
  • the resource information is 5 bits.
  • Determining the frequency resource of the resource according to the foregoing resource information includes: determining the frequency resource according to a correspondence between a bit in the 10-bit bitmap and the initial physical block offset, wherein the 10-bit bitmap The highest bit MSB corresponds to the smallest starting physical resource block offset, and the bit value of the bit in the 10-bit bitmap is “1” indicating the physical resource corresponding to the starting physical resource block offset corresponding to the above bit.
  • the block is allocated to the user equipment, and the bit value of the bit in the 10-bit bitmap is “0”, indicating that the physical resource block corresponding to the initial physical resource block offset corresponding to the bit is not allocated to the user equipment.
  • the frequency resource is represented by a 16-bit bitmap, and determining the frequency resource of the resource according to the resource information includes: according to the bit in the 16-bit bitmap and the foregoing
  • the corresponding relationship of the initial physical block offset determines the frequency resource, wherein the highest bit MSB in the bitmap corresponds to the smallest initial physical resource
  • the source block is offset, and the bit value of the bit in the bitmap is “1”, indicating that the physical resource block corresponding to the starting physical resource block offset corresponding to the bit is allocated to the user equipment, in the bitmap.
  • the bit value of the bit is "0", indicating that the physical resource block corresponding to the initial physical resource block offset corresponding to the above bit is not allocated to the user equipment.
  • the method further includes: when transmitting the uplink channel and/or the uplink signal on the resource, dividing the uplink system bandwidth N_UL_RB into Y clusters; wherein each cluster has an average of Z physical resource blocks;
  • the cluster allocated to the user equipment by the base station is represented by a bitmap of the Y bits, and the highest bit in the bitmap corresponds to the last cluster of the Y clusters, and the lowest bit in the bitmap corresponds to the foregoing
  • the method before the sending the uplink channel and/or the uplink signal on the resource, the method further includes: determining a frequency resource of the resource according to the resource information; wherein the resource information includes a cluster of N Cluster bits Information; wherein the number of clusters is N Cluster , and the physical resource block number of the physical uplink shared channel corresponding to the cluster is
  • n PRB [0,1,2,...,(floor(N_UL_RB/N Cluster )-1)]*N Cluster +ID Cluster ;
  • n PRB is the physical resource block number, Is the number of physical resource blocks in a cluster
  • ID Cluster is the number or identifier of the cluster
  • the highest bit MSB of the cluster information of N Cluster bits corresponds to the cluster with the smallest cluster number
  • the range of n PRB is 0 to N_UL_RB-1.
  • the range is 1 to N_UL_RB, and the ID Cluster ranges from 0 to N Cluster -1.
  • N_UL_RB is the uplink system bandwidth in units of resource blocks.
  • the downlink control information further includes a resource allocation type bit, where the resource allocation type bit is used to indicate that the base station allocates the resource allocation manner to the user equipment.
  • sending the uplink channel and/or the uplink signal on the resource includes: transmitting the uplink channel and/or the two uplink resource components respectively.
  • the foregoing 70 physical resource blocks are divided into the foregoing two resource components by one of the following: dividing the 70 physical resource blocks into 64 physical resource blocks and 6 physical resource blocks; The 64 physical resource blocks are one resource component of the two resource components, and the six physical resource blocks are another resource component of the two resource components; and the 70 physical resource blocks are divided into 60 physical resource blocks. And 10 physical resource blocks; wherein the 60 physical resource blocks are one resource component of the two resource components, and the ten physical resource blocks are another resource component of the two resource components; and the 70 physical resources are The block is divided into 54 physical resource blocks and 16 physical resource blocks; wherein the 54 physical resource blocks are one resource component of the two resource components, and the 16 physical resource blocks are another of the two resource components.
  • a resource component the above 70 physical resource blocks are divided into 50 physical resource blocks and 20 physical resource blocks; wherein the 50 physical resource blocks are one of the two resource components a resource component, wherein the 20 physical resource blocks are another resource component of the two resource components; the 70 physical resource blocks are divided into 45 physical resource blocks and 25 physical resource blocks; wherein the 45 physical entities are The resource block is one resource component of the two resource components, and the 25 physical resource blocks are another resource component of the two resource components; and the 70 physical resource blocks are divided into 40 physical resource blocks and 30 physical resources. a block, wherein the 40 physical resource blocks are one resource component of the two resource components, and the 30 physical resource blocks are another resource component of the two resource components.
  • the uplink channel and/or the uplink signal are respectively sent on two resource components.
  • the method includes: transmitting the first physical uplink shared channel on the 64 physical resource blocks, and transmitting at least one of the following on the six physical resource blocks: a physical uplink control channel, a physical random access channel, a sounding reference signal, a second physical uplink shared channel;
  • the uplink channel and/or the uplink signal are transmitted only on the 64 physical resource blocks.
  • the 64 physical resource blocks include at least one of the following: 60 physical resource blocks and 7th in the first cluster to the sixth cluster in the cluster allocated by the base station to the user equipment. At least one of the following: the first 4 physical resource blocks; the last 4 physical resource blocks; the 1st, 4th, 7th, and 10th total 4 physical resource blocks; the base station is allocated to the user 60 physical resource blocks in the cluster from the first cluster to the sixth cluster in the cluster of the device and four physical resource blocks in the seventh cluster having the smallest physical resource block index; when the base station allocates the cluster to the user equipment When the maximum cluster number is greater than 6, the 60 physical resource blocks in the first cluster to the sixth cluster and the four physical resource blocks in the fourth cluster having the largest physical resource block index; when the base station is allocated to the above When the maximum cluster number of the cluster of the user equipment is less than or equal to 6, 60 physical resource blocks in the first cluster to the sixth cluster and four physical resource blocks in the seventh cluster having the smallest physical resource block index; The first cluster in the cluster allocated by the base station to
  • the downlink control information further includes subframe indication information.
  • sending the uplink channel and/or the uplink signal on the resource includes: And transmitting, in the subframe, the uplink channel and/or the uplink signal, where the number of the second subframe is a sum of a number of the first subframe, a decimal value corresponding to the subframe indication information, and a specified integer, where Specifies that the integer is an integer greater than or equal to 4.
  • the downlink control information further includes first indication information for indicating whether to transmit the uplink information on a last symbol or a first symbol of the physical uplink shared channel; where the first indication information indicates that the physical information is In the case where the last symbol of the uplink shared channel or the first symbol does not transmit the uplink information, the last symbol or the above The first symbol is still used as the available resource of the physical uplink shared channel, or the last symbol or the first symbol cannot be used as an available resource of the physical uplink shared channel.
  • the downlink control information further includes second indication information for indicating whether the uplink information is transmitted on a last symbol or a first symbol of an uplink subframe or a time slot; and the second indication information is indicated by In the case that the uplink information is not transmitted on the last subframe or the last symbol of the time slot or the first symbol, the last symbol or the first symbol is still available as the uplink subframe or the time slot. The resource usage, or the last symbol or the first symbol above, cannot be used as the available resource of the uplink subframe or the above slot.
  • the first to the predetermined number of physical resource blocks and the first to the predetermined number of physical resource blocks in the uplink system bandwidth are not used for the cluster.
  • Resource allocation; the foregoing physical resource blocks except the first to predetermined number of physical resource blocks and the first to the predetermined number of physical resource blocks in the uplink system bandwidth are used for resource allocation of the cluster.
  • the maximum number of clusters allocated to the user equipment of the subframe bundling service is 36; when the unit of the cluster is the physical resource block PRB, the subband bundling service is allocated.
  • the maximum number of clusters of the user equipment is one and the maximum number of physical resource blocks PRB in the cluster does not exceed ten.
  • a demodulation reference signal is sequentially generated according to the size of the physical resource block index to the physical resource block corresponding to the physical resource block index; or according to the number of the allocated cluster And the size of the physical resource block index in the cluster sequentially generates a demodulation reference signal for the physical resource block corresponding to the physical resource block index in the cluster corresponding to the number of the cluster, or first, the physical resource with the smallest physical resource block index
  • the block generates a demodulation reference signal, and then generates a demodulation reference signal for the physical resource block having the equal cluster spacing; or, first Generating a demodulation reference signal from a physical resource block having a minimum physical resource block index, and then copying the generated demodulation reference signal to the physical resource block having the smallest physical block index, and then generating the demodulation reference signal Every physical resource block.
  • the downlink control information further includes: indicating whether to send on a last OFDM symbol of one or more subframes of the last orthogonal frequency division multiplexing OFDM symbol of the current subframe or the current subframe. a second indication information of the sounding reference signal SRS; wherein, in the foregoing second indication information, the total number of OFDM symbols of the one or more subframes after the current subframe or the current subframe is 14 or an extended cyclic prefix under a regular cyclic prefix At 12 o'clock, the SRS is not sent on the last OFDM symbol of the current OFDM symbol of the current subframe or the last OFDM symbol of one or more subframes after the current subframe; when the second indication information is And indicating that the total number of OFDM symbols of the current subframe or one or more subframes after the current subframe is 3, 6, 9, 10, 11, 12 under the regular cyclic prefix, and is orthogonal to the last subframe of the current subframe.
  • the SRS Transmitting the SRS on a last OFDM symbol of a frequency division multiplexed OFDM symbol or one or more subframes subsequent to the current subframe; when the second indication information indicates the foregoing If the total number of OFDM symbols of the subframe or one or more subframes of the current subframe is 3, 5, 8, 9, 10 under the extended cyclic prefix, the last orthogonal frequency division multiplexing OFDM in the current subframe
  • the SRS is transmitted on the symbol or the last OFDM symbol of one or more subframes subsequent to the current subframe.
  • the downlink control information further includes third indication information for indicating whether to send a non-contention random access preamble on one or more subframes subsequent to the current subframe, where the non-contention random access is sent.
  • the physical resource block number used by the preamble is B+C*ceil(N_UL_RB/D); B is the starting physical resource block number, B ranges from 0 to N_UL_RB(D-1), and C is 0 to D-1.
  • D is the number of physical resource blocks allocated to the non-contention random access preamble
  • C is an integer from 6 to N_UL_RB
  • D is equal to 7 and B is equal to 5, the first sum of each physical resource block The last subcarrier is not used for sending Sending the non-contention random access preamble
  • D is equal to 8 and B is equal to 4
  • the first, second, and last subcarriers of each physical resource block are not used to send the non-contention random access preamble
  • D is equal to 9 and B is equal to 2
  • the first, second, and last 2 subcarriers of each physical resource block are not used to transmit the above-described non-contention random access preamble
  • D is equal to 10 and B is equal to 4.
  • the first, second, third, and last two subcarriers of each physical resource block are not used to transmit the above non-contention random access preamble.
  • the physical uplink shared channel is transmitted on a physical resource block that is not allocated to the non-contention random access preamble; or the physical uplink shared channel is sent on a physical resource block allocated to the non-contention random access preamble.
  • a method for receiving uplink information including: transmitting downlink control information to a user equipment, where the downlink control information carries resource information, where the resource information is used to indicate that the user equipment sends The resource information of the resource of the uplink channel and/or the uplink signal, where the resource occupies 80% or more of the uplink system resource of the user equipment; and receives the uplink channel and/or the uplink signal sent by the user equipment on the resource.
  • the method before the sending the downlink control information to the user equipment, the method further includes: allocating the frequency resource of the resource to the user equipment; wherein the frequency resource includes one cluster, two clusters, and three In the case of a cluster or four clusters, the resource information is represented by R1 bits, wherein
  • R1 max(ceil(log2(N_UL_RB*(N_UL_RB+1)/2)),ceil(log2(Com(ceil(N_UL_RB/P+1),4)))))); where max() is 2
  • ceil() is the round-up operation
  • log2() is the base-2 logarithm operation
  • N_UL_RB is the resource block-based uplink system bandwidth
  • Com(M,N In order to extract N number of extended combination numbers from M numbers, P is a resource block group size determined according to the above uplink system bandwidth.
  • the uplink system bandwidth is 5 MHz, 10 MHz, and 15 MHz, respectively.
  • the values of N_UL_RB are respectively 25, 50, 75, 100, or the values of N_UL_RB are respectively 25, 50, 75, 110;
  • the allocating the frequency resource of the resource to the user equipment includes: allocating a plurality of clusters to the user equipment; wherein, the number and location of the plurality of clusters are determined by values of four location points, where the foregoing 4
  • the position points include a first position point S0, a second position point S1, a third position point S2 and a fourth position point S3;
  • the manner of determining the clusters of the above four position points includes one of the following: mode one: The first position point S0 indicates the start position of the first cluster, the second position point S1 indicates the end position of the first cluster, and the third position point S2 indicates the start position of the second cluster, and the fourth position
  • the position point S3 indicates the start position of the third cluster;
  • the second mode the first position point S0 indicates the start position of the first cluster, and the second position point S1 indicates the end position of the first cluster, the third position The position point S2 indicates the end position of the second cluster, and the fourth position point S3 indicates the end position of the third cluster
  • the S2 is equal to the S3, and the frequency resource includes only two clusters; the S1 and the S2 are equal to the S3. It is shown that the frequency resource includes only one cluster; the S0, the S1, and the S2 are equal to the S3, indicating that the frequency resource includes only one cluster and the size of the cluster is an uplink system bandwidth; the S0 and the S1 are The above S2 is equal to the above S3, and indicates that the frequency resource includes only one cluster and the size of the cluster is the bandwidth indicated by the difference between the start position and the end position of the cluster.
  • the size of the cluster is represented by Q bits, and the units of the cluster are as follows: a resource block, a resource block group, and two resource block groups. 4 resource block groups, 8 resource block groups, 1 subcarrier, 2 subcarriers, 3 subcarriers, 4 subcarriers, and 6 subcarriers; the above S0, the above S1, and the above S2 are equal to the above S3, indicating that the frequency resource is Only one cluster is included, and the size of the above cluster is the uplink system bandwidth.
  • the method before the sending the downlink control information to the user equipment, the method further includes: allocating a frequency resource of the resource to the user equipment; wherein, if the frequency resource includes two clusters or four clusters,
  • the values of the N_UL_RB are respectively 25, 50, 75, 100, or the values of the N_UL_RB are respectively 25, 50, 75, 110;
  • the allocating the frequency resource of the resource to the user equipment includes: allocating a plurality of clusters to the user equipment; wherein, the number and location of the plurality of clusters are determined by values of four location points, where the foregoing 4
  • the position points include a first position point S0, a second position point S1, a third position point S2 and a fourth position point S3;
  • the manner of determining the clusters of the above four position points includes one of the following:
  • the four position points include a first position point S0, a second position point S1, a third position point S2, and a fourth position point S3; the above S0 indicates the start position of the first cluster, and the above S1 indicates the first position.
  • the end position of the cluster the above S2 represents the start position of the second cluster
  • the above S3 represents the end position of the second cluster
  • the position of the above S0 plus half of the above N_UL_RB indicates the start position of the third cluster
  • the above S1 The position of the N_UL_RB is half of the end of the third cluster
  • the position of the N_UL_RB is half of the S2
  • the position of the fourth cluster is represented by the S3 plus half of the position of the N_UL_RB.
  • the S1 and the S2 are equal to the S3, and the frequency resource includes only two clusters.
  • the method before the sending the downlink control information to the user equipment, the method further includes: allocating the frequency resource of the resource to the user equipment; wherein, if the frequency resource includes 4 clusters or 8 clusters
  • the allocating the frequency resource of the resource to the user equipment includes: allocating a plurality of clusters to the user equipment; wherein, the number and location of the plurality of clusters are determined by values of four location points, where the foregoing 4
  • the position points include the first position point S0, the second position point S1, and the third position a position point S2 and a fourth position point S3;
  • the manner of the cluster determined by the four position points includes one of the following: wherein the four position points include a first position point S0, and a second position point S1, 3 position points S2 and 4th position point S3;
  • the above S0 represents the start position of the first cluster
  • the above S1 represents the end position of the first cluster
  • the above S2 represents the start position of the second cluster
  • the above S3 represents the end position of the second cluster
  • the position of the above-mentioned N_UL_RB indicates the start position of the third cluster
  • the position of the above S1 plus one quarter of the above N_UL_RB indicates the end position of the third cluster
  • the position indicates the start position of the fourth cluster
  • the position of the above S3 plus one quarter of the N_UL_RB indicates the end position of the fourth cluster
  • the position of the above S0 plus half of the above N_UL_RB indicates the start position of the fifth cluster.
  • the position of the above-mentioned S1 plus half of the above-mentioned N_UL_RB indicates the end position of the fifth cluster
  • the position of the above S2 plus half of the N_UL_RB indicates the start position of the sixth cluster
  • the position of the above S3 plus half of the above N_UL_RB indicates the sixth position.
  • the end position of the cluster, the above S0 plus three-quarters of the positions of the N_UL_RB indicates the start position of the seventh cluster, and the position of the above-mentioned S1 plus three-quarters of the above-mentioned N_UL_RB indicates the end position of the seventh cluster, S2 plus three-quarters of the above N_UL
  • the position of _RB indicates the start position of the eighth cluster, and the position of the above-mentioned S3 plus three-quarters of the above-mentioned N_UL_RB indicates the end position of the eighth cluster; wherein the above S1, the above S2 and the above S3 are equal, indicating the frequency resource
  • the method before the sending the downlink control information to the user equipment, the method further includes: allocating the frequency resource of the resource to the user equipment; wherein the frequency resource information includes 10 clusters or 20 clusters respectively.
  • the above resource information is represented by R4 bits. Where R4 is one of the following: ceil(log2(Com(ceil(N_UL_RB/(10*H2)+1), 4))),
  • ceil () is the rounding operation
  • log2() is the operation of taking the base 2 logarithm
  • N_UL_RB is the uplink system bandwidth in units of resource blocks
  • Com(M,N) is taking N out of M numbers.
  • the number of extended combination number operations, H2 is the resource block group size determined based on one tenth of the uplink system bandwidth.
  • the frequency resource for allocating the resource to the user equipment includes one of: assigning a plurality of clusters to the user equipment; wherein, the number and location of the plurality of clusters are determined by values of four location points. Allocating a frequency resource of the resource by using a resource indication value RIV represented by the R4 bits; allocating a resource frequency of the resource by using a resource bit bitmap represented by the R4 bits; the foregoing four location points include 1 position point S0, a second position point S1, a third position point S2 and a fourth position point S3; the manner of the cluster determined by the above four position points includes one of the following: wherein the above four position points include The first position point S0, the second position point S1, the third position point S2 and the fourth position point S3; the above S0 indicates the start position of the first cluster, and the above S1 indicates the end position of the first cluster S2 represents the start position of the second cluster, S3 represents the end position of the second cluster, and the position of the S_ plus one ten
  • One tenth of the above N_UL_RB positions indicate the knot of the third cluster Position
  • the position of the above S2 plus one tenth of the above N_UL_RB indicates the start position of the fourth cluster
  • the position of the above S3 plus one tenth of the above N_UL_RB indicates the end position of the fourth cluster
  • the position of the above N_UL_RB indicates the start position of the fifth cluster
  • the position of the above S1 plus two tenths of the N_UL_RB indicates the end position of the fifth cluster
  • the above S2 plus two tenths of the position of the above N_UL_RB Indicates the start position of the sixth cluster
  • the above S3 plus tenths of the positions of the N_UL_RB indicates the end position of the sixth cluster
  • the above S0 plus ten tenths of the above N_UL_RB positions indicate the 19th The starting position of the cluster, the above S1 plus ten tenths of the above N_UL_RB positions
  • the resource indication value RIV is represented by a starting resource block index RB_Start, a contiguous number of resource blocks RB_Length, and a tenth of the uplink system bandwidth N_UL_RB_10; wherein, (RB_Length-1) is less than or equal to floor(N_UL_RB_10/2) In the case, the RIV is N_UL_RB_10*(RB_Length-1)+RB_Start, and in the case where (RB_Length-1) is greater than floor(N_UL_RB_10/2), the RIV is N_UL_RB_10*(N_UL_RB_10-RB_Length+1)+(N_UL_RB_10 -1-RB_Start); when the uplink system bandwidth is 10 MHz, 20 MHz, respectively, the value of the N_UL_RB_10 is 5, 10; the value of the RB_Start is an integer from 0 to 9; the value of the RB_Length is 1 To an integer of 10,
  • the highest bit in the resource bit bitmap corresponds to one tenth of the N_UL_RB resource block index having the smallest number, and the lowest bit corresponds to the resource block index having the largest number; wherein the bit in the resource bit bitmap
  • the value of the binary "1" indicates that the following resource block index is allocated to the user equipment: a resource block index corresponding to the bit, the resource block index plus 1/10 of the resource block indicated by the N_UL_RB
  • the method before the sending the downlink control information to the user equipment, the method further includes: allocating, by the user equipment, the starting physical resource block offset and the interval physical resource block number in the downlink control information, where The number of spaced physical resource blocks is the number of allocated clusters.
  • the number of spaced apart physical resource blocks, the starting physical resource block offset is 0 to an integer value between the number of the spaced physical resource blocks minus 1; when the number of the spaced physical resource blocks is K, the starting physical resource block The offset is 0, 1, ..., K-1, and each of the above starting physical resource block offsets accounts for 1/K of the uplink system bandwidth, for a total of K states, where K is a positive integer.
  • the resource information is 5 bits.
  • the resource information is represented by a 10-bit bitmap, wherein the bits in the 10-bit bitmap are in one-to-one correspondence with the initial physical block offset, The highest bit MSB in the 10-bit bitmap corresponds to the smallest starting physical resource block offset, and the bit value of the bit in the 10-bit bitmap is "1" indicating the starting physical resource corresponding to the above bit.
  • the physical resource block corresponding to the block offset is allocated to the user equipment, and the bit value of the bit in the 10-bit bitmap is “0”, indicating the physical resource corresponding to the initial physical resource block offset corresponding to the bit.
  • the block is not allocated to the user equipment; when the number of the spaced physical resource blocks is 16, the frequency resource is represented by a 16-bit bitmap, wherein the bit in the 16-bit bitmap and the starting physical block Offset one-to-one correspondence, where The highest bit MSB in the above-mentioned 16-bit bitmap corresponds to the smallest starting physical resource block offset, and the bit value of the bit in the above-mentioned 16-bit bitmap is "1" indicating the starting physics corresponding to the above bit.
  • the physical resource block corresponding to the resource block offset is allocated to the user equipment, and the bit value of the bit in the 16-bit bitmap is “0”, indicating the physical medium corresponding to the starting physical resource block offset corresponding to the bit.
  • the resource block is not assigned to the above user equipment.
  • the method before receiving the uplink channel and/or the uplink signal sent by the user equipment on the resource, the method further includes: dividing the uplink system bandwidth N_UL_RB Y clusters; wherein each cluster has an average of Z physical resource blocks; the cluster allocated by the base station to the user equipment is represented by a bitmap of the Y bits, and the highest bit in the bitmap corresponds to the Y The last cluster of the cluster, the lowest bit in the bit bitmap corresponds to the first cluster of the Y clusters, and the first physical resource block of the first cluster corresponds to the smallest physical of the N_UL_RB physical resource blocks a physical resource block of the resource block number; the last (N_UL_RB - Y*Z) physical resource blocks in the above uplink system bandwidth belong to the last one of the above Y clusters;
  • Bandwidth, Com(M,N) is an extended combination number operation of extracting N numbers from M numbers
  • P is a resource block group size determined according to the above uplink system bandwidth
  • floor() is a rounding operation.
  • the method before the sending the downlink control information to the user equipment, the method further includes: allocating the frequency resource of the resource to the user equipment; wherein, the resource information used to indicate the frequency resource includes N Cluster The cluster information of the bit; wherein the number of clusters is N Cluster , and the physical resource block number of the physical uplink shared channel corresponding to the cluster is or
  • n PRB [0,1,2,...,(floor(N_UL_RB/N Cluster )-1)]*N Cluster +ID Cluster ;
  • n PRB is the physical resource block number, Is the number of physical resource blocks in a cluster
  • ID Cluster is the number or identifier of the cluster
  • the highest bit MSB of the cluster information of N Cluster bits corresponds to the cluster with the smallest cluster number
  • the range of n PRB is 0 to N_UL_RB-1.
  • the range is 1 to N_UL_RB, and the ID Cluster ranges from 0 to N Cluster -1.
  • N_UL_RB is the uplink system bandwidth in units of resource blocks.
  • the downlink control information further includes a resource allocation type bit, where The resource allocation type bit is used to indicate that the foregoing base station allocates the foregoing resource allocation manner to the user equipment.
  • receiving the uplink channel and/or the uplink signal sent by the user equipment on the resource includes: receiving the foregoing on two resource components respectively. An uplink channel and/or the uplink signal; wherein, the two uplink resource channels are received on the two resource components, and the two resource components are separated by the 70 physical resource blocks. set.
  • the foregoing 70 physical resource blocks are divided into the foregoing two resource components by one of the following: dividing the 70 physical resource blocks into 64 physical resource blocks and 6 physical resource blocks; The 64 physical resource blocks are one resource component of the two resource components, and the six physical resource blocks are another resource component of the two resource components; and the 70 physical resource blocks are divided into 60 physical resource blocks. And 10 physical resource blocks; wherein the 60 physical resource blocks are one resource component of the two resource components, and the ten physical resource blocks are another resource component of the two resource components; and the 70 physical resources are The block is divided into 54 physical resource blocks and 16 physical resource blocks; wherein the 54 physical resource blocks are one resource component of the two resource components, and the 16 physical resource blocks are another of the two resource components.
  • a resource component the above 70 physical resource blocks are divided into 50 physical resource blocks and 20 physical resource blocks; wherein the 50 physical resource blocks are one of the two resource components a resource component, wherein the 20 physical resource blocks are another resource component of the two resource components; the 70 physical resource blocks are divided into 45 physical resource blocks and 25 physical resource blocks; wherein the 45 physical entities are The resource block is one resource component of the two resource components, and the 25 physical resource blocks are another resource component of the two resource components; and the 70 physical resource blocks are divided into 40 physical resource blocks and 30 physical resources. a block, wherein the 40 physical resource blocks are one resource component of the two resource components, and the 30 physical resource blocks are another resource component of the two resource components.
  • the uplink channel and/or the uplink signal are received on two resource components respectively.
  • the method includes: receiving the first physical uplink shared channel on the 64 physical resource blocks, and receiving at least one of the following on the six physical resource blocks: a physical uplink control channel, a physical random access channel, a sounding reference signal, a second physical uplink shared channel; receiving the uplink channel and/or the uplink signal only on the 64 physical resource blocks.
  • the 64 physical resource blocks include at least one of the following: 60 physical resource blocks and 7th in the first cluster to the sixth cluster in the cluster allocated by the base station to the user equipment. At least one of the following: the first 4 physical resource blocks; the last 4 physical resource blocks; the 1st, 4th, 7th, and 10th total 4 physical resource blocks; the base station is allocated to the user 60 physical resource blocks in the cluster from the first cluster to the sixth cluster in the cluster of the device and four physical resource blocks in the seventh cluster having the smallest physical resource block index; when the base station allocates the cluster to the user equipment When the maximum cluster number is greater than 6, the 60 physical resource blocks in the first cluster to the sixth cluster and the four physical resource blocks in the fourth cluster having the largest physical resource block index; when the base station is allocated to the above When the maximum cluster number of the cluster of the user equipment is less than or equal to 6, 60 physical resource blocks in the first cluster to the sixth cluster and four physical resource blocks in the seventh cluster having the smallest physical resource block index; The first cluster in the cluster allocated by the base station to
  • the downlink control information further includes subframe indication information.
  • receiving the uplink channel and/or the uplink signal on the resource includes: in the second sub Receiving, on the frame, the uplink channel and/or the uplink signal, where the number of the second subframe is the number of the first subframe, and the number corresponding to the subframe indication information is 10
  • the sum of the hexadecimal value and the specified integer which is an integer greater than or equal to 4.
  • the downlink control information further includes first indication information for indicating whether to send the uplink information on a last symbol or a first symbol of the physical uplink shared channel; where the first indication information indicates that the physical information is In the case that the last symbol or the first symbol of the uplink shared channel does not send the uplink information, the last symbol or the first symbol is still used as an available resource of the physical uplink shared channel, or the last symbol or The first preceding symbol cannot be used as an available resource of the above physical uplink shared channel.
  • the downlink control information further includes second indication information for indicating whether to send the uplink information on a last symbol or a first symbol of an uplink subframe or a time slot; In the case that the uplink information is not transmitted on the last subframe or the last symbol of the time slot or the first symbol, the last symbol or the first symbol is still available as the uplink subframe or the time slot. The resource usage, or the last symbol or the first symbol above, cannot be used as the available resource of the uplink subframe or the above slot.
  • the first to the predetermined number of physical resource blocks and the first to the predetermined number of physical resource blocks in the uplink system bandwidth are not used for the cluster.
  • Resource allocation; the foregoing physical resource blocks except the first to predetermined number of physical resource blocks and the first to the predetermined number of physical resource blocks in the uplink system bandwidth are used for resource allocation of the cluster.
  • the maximum number of clusters allocated to the user equipment of the subframe bundling service is 36; when the unit of the cluster is the physical resource block PRB, the subband bundling service is allocated.
  • the maximum number of clusters of the user equipment is one and the maximum number of physical resource blocks PRB in the cluster does not exceed ten.
  • the physical resource block index when the number of allocated clusters exceeds one, the physical resource block index is used.
  • the size of the physical resource block corresponding to the physical resource block index is sequentially generated to generate a demodulation reference signal; or the cluster corresponding to the number of the cluster is sequentially given according to the number size of the allocated cluster and the size of the physical resource block index in the cluster.
  • the physical resource block corresponding to the physical resource block index generates a demodulation reference signal; or, the demodulation reference signal is first generated from the physical resource block having the smallest physical resource block index, and then the demodulation reference is generated for the physical resource block having the equal cluster interval.
  • the downlink control information further includes: indicating whether to send on a last OFDM symbol of one or more subframes of the last orthogonal frequency division multiplexing OFDM symbol of the current subframe or the current subframe.
  • the second indication information of the sounding reference signal SRS is not limited to: indicating whether to send on a last OFDM symbol of one or more subframes of the last orthogonal frequency division multiplexing OFDM symbol of the current subframe or the current subframe.
  • the downlink control information further includes third indication information for indicating whether the user equipment sends a non-contention random access preamble in one or more subframes after the current subframe, where the non-contention random is sent.
  • the physical resource block number used by the access preamble is B+C*ceil(N_UL_RB/D); B is the starting physical resource block number, B ranges from 0 to N_UL_RB(D-1), and C is 0 to D.
  • D is the number of physical resource blocks allocated to the non-contention random access preamble
  • C is an integer of 6 to N_UL_RB
  • D is equal to 7 and B is equal to 5
  • the first of each physical resource block The last and last subcarriers are not used to transmit the above non-contention random access preamble; in the case where D is equal to 8 and B is equal to 4, the first, second and last subcarriers of each physical resource block are not used for transmission.
  • a transmitting apparatus for uplink information is further provided, which is applied to The user equipment includes: a receiving module, configured to receive downlink control information sent by the base station, where the downlink control information carries resource information, where the resource information is used to indicate that the user equipment sends the uplink channel and/or the uplink signal resource, where the resource is The transmitting module is configured to send the uplink channel and/or the uplink signal on the foregoing resource.
  • a device for receiving uplink information is applied to a base station, and includes: a sending module, configured to send downlink control information to a user equipment; wherein the downlink control information carries resource information
  • the resource information is used to indicate that the user equipment sends the uplink channel and/or the uplink signal, and the resource accounts for more than 80% of the uplink system resources of the user equipment.
  • the receiving module is configured to receive the user equipment and send the resource on the resource. The uplink channel and/or the uplink signal described above.
  • a system comprising the above transmitting device and the above receiving device.
  • the embodiment of the present disclosure further provides a computer storage medium storing a computer program configured to perform the foregoing method for transmitting uplink information according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • the embodiment of the present disclosure further provides a computer storage medium storing a computer program configured to perform the above method for receiving uplink information according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • the downlink control information sent by the receiving base station is used in the embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • the downlink control information carries the resource information of the resource for indicating the user equipment to send the uplink channel and/or the uplink signal, where the resource accounts for 80 of the uplink system resource of the user equipment. % or more; the method of transmitting the uplink channel and/or the uplink signal on the resource, that is, the resource information of the resource occupying 80% or more of the uplink system resource of the user equipment is included in the downlink control information, and receiving the downlink sent by the base station Control information, and in turn, can determine content included in the downlink control information, and further related technologies The technical problem of what content is included in the downlink control information has not been determined in the LAA uplink communication.
  • FIG. 1 is a flowchart of a method of transmitting uplink information according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 2 is a flowchart of a method of receiving uplink information according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of a cluster allocated by a base station to three clusters of user equipments according to a preferred embodiment of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of a plurality of clusters having allocation intervals allocated by a base station to a user equipment in accordance with a preferred embodiment of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of a cluster allocated by a base station to a user equipment according to a preferred embodiment of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 6 is a structural block diagram of an apparatus for transmitting uplink information according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 7 is a structural block diagram of an apparatus for receiving uplink information according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 1 is a flowchart of a method for transmitting uplink information according to an embodiment of the present disclosure. As shown in FIG. 1, the process includes the following steps:
  • Step S102 Receive downlink control information sent by the base station, where the downlink control information carries resource information, where the resource information is used to indicate that the user equipment sends an uplink channel and/or an uplink signal. Number of resources, which account for more than 80% of the uplink system resources of the above user equipment;
  • Step S104 transmitting the uplink channel and/or the uplink signal on the resource.
  • the resource information of the resource that accounts for 80% or more of the uplink system resources of the user equipment is included in the downlink control information, and the downlink control information sent by the base station is received, thereby determining the content included in the downlink control information. Further, in the LAA uplink communication in the related art, the technical problem of what content is included in the downlink control information has not been determined.
  • a terminal such as a user equipment, but is not limited thereto.
  • the foregoing resources include time resources and frequency resources, and may include symbols, time slots, and subframes for time resources; the first time slot and the second time slot of one subframe may be included in the time slot; the subframe may include The subframe in which the downlink control information is received, the user equipment may transmit one or more subframes of the uplink channel or/and the signal.
  • the frequency resource can be one or more continuous or discrete clusters.
  • One cluster includes one or more subcarriers; or one cluster may include one or more resource blocks; or one cluster may include one or more resource block groups; in one embodiment, each cluster is the same size; In an embodiment, other clusters are the same size except one of the clusters; in another embodiment, the locations of the plurality of clusters are indicated by a plurality of location points, wherein the first location point and the second location point represent a resource location of a cluster, the remaining location points represent a starting location or an ending location of the remaining clusters, and the location point location information may be indicated by signaling; in another embodiment, the starting locations of the plurality of clusters pass through multiple locations Point indicates that the size of the cluster is indicated by signaling, or the end position of the plurality of clusters is indicated by a plurality of location points, and the size of the cluster is indicated by signaling; in another embodiment, the frequency resource may include multiple The frequency resources are equally spaced between every two adjacent frequency resources; in another embodiment, the above frequency resources may be indicated by a starting position and an interval.
  • the foregoing channels may include but are not limited to: a physical uplink shared channel, a physical uplink control channel, and a physical random access channel; the foregoing signals may include but are not limited to sounding reference signals and demodulation. Reference signal.
  • the above position points are similar to the position points on the coordinate axis, and the coordinate axes may be frequency coordinate axes, and the position points may be frequency position points, but are not limited thereto, and the position points determine the assigned clusters. Locations, ie, these location points, are able to determine the start and end points of the frequency resource.
  • the method may further include: determining a frequency resource of the resource according to the resource information.
  • Determining, according to the resource information, the frequency resource of the resource may be: determining the value of the four location points according to the cluster information of the four location points represented by the R1 bits, and obtaining the foregoing according to the values of the four location points.
  • a frequency resource wherein the four location points include a first location point S0, a second location point S1, a third location point S2, and a fourth location point S3; the manner of determining the clusters of the four location points includes One of the following: Mode 1: The first position point S0 indicates the start position of the first cluster, the second position point S1 indicates the end position of the first cluster, and the third position point S2 indicates the second cluster point.
  • the starting position, the fourth position point S3 represents the starting position of the third cluster;
  • the second mode the first position point S0 represents the starting position of the first cluster, and the second position point S1 represents the first cluster.
  • the end position, the third position point S2 indicates the end position of the second cluster, and the fourth position point S3 indicates the end position of the third cluster;
  • mode 3 the first position point S0 indicates the start of the first cluster
  • the second position point S1 indicates the starting position of the second cluster
  • the third position point S2 indicates the first position
  • the starting position of the 3 clusters, the 4th position point S3 represents the starting position of the 4th cluster;
  • the fourth method the first position point S0 represents the end position of the first cluster, and the second position point S1 represents the The end position of the two clusters, the third position point S2 indicates the end position of the third cluster, and the fourth position point S3 indicates the end position of the fourth cluster; wherein S0, S1, S2, and S3 are positive integers.
  • the size of each cluster is equal to the size of the first cluster or semi-statically configured based on the size of the specified cluster in each cluster, and the location of the physical resource block corresponding to the S3 does not exceed the uplink system bandwidth, and the size of each cluster.
  • the method can enable the user equipment to obtain the value of the four location points after receiving the integrated value of the extended combination of the R bits in the downlink control information, and further know the frequency resource, and the bandwidth of the frequency resource can be Meet radio regulatory requirements (ie, account for more than 80% of the upstream system bandwidth).
  • each cluster is equal to the size of the first cluster, and is generally applied to the foregoing manners 1 and 2, but is not limited thereto, and may be applied to the foregoing manners 3 and/or 4, for example.
  • the size of each cluster is semi-statically configured based on the size of the designated cluster in each cluster. Generally, it is applied to the third method and the fourth method described above, but is not limited thereto. For example, it can also be applied to the above manners 1 and/or Or in the second method, any one of the above clusters may be configured as the size of the other clusters as the specified cluster.
  • the S2 is equal to the S3, and the frequency resource includes only two clusters; the S1 and the S2 are equal to the S3, and the frequency resource includes only the frequency resource.
  • indicating that the frequency resource includes only one cluster and the size of the cluster is the bandwidth indicated by the difference between the start position and the end position of the cluster.
  • the size of the cluster is represented by Q bits, wherein Q is an integer, and the unit of the cluster is the following: a resource block, a resource block group, and two resource block groups. 4 resource block groups, 8 resource block groups, 1 subcarrier, 2 subcarriers, 3 subcarriers, 4 subcarriers, and 6 subcarriers; the above S0, the above S1, and the above S2 are equal to the above S3, indicating that the frequency resource is Only one cluster is included, and the size of the above cluster is the uplink system bandwidth.
  • Determining, according to the resource information, the frequency resource of the resource may be: determining the value of the four location points according to the cluster information of the four location points represented by the R2 bits, and obtaining the foregoing according to the values of the four location points.
  • a frequency resource wherein the four location points include a first location point S0, a second location point S1, a third location point S2, and a fourth location point S3; the S0 represents a starting location of the first cluster
  • the above S1 indicates the end position of the first cluster, the S2 indicates the start position of the second cluster, and the above S3 indicates the end position of the second cluster; the S0 plus half of the position of the N_UL_RB indicates the third cluster.
  • the starting position, the position of the above S1 plus half of the N_UL_RB indicates the end position of the third cluster, the position of the above S2 plus half of the N_UL_RB indicates the starting position of the fourth cluster, and the above S3 plus the position of the above N_UL_RB Indicates the end position of the fourth cluster;
  • the physical resource block group RGB resource above the other half of the uplink system bandwidth may also be a mirror image of the physical resource block group RGB resources above the first half of the uplink system bandwidth.
  • mirroring means that if the total number is M, then the mirror image of N in M is M-N+1. For example, the mirror image of 5 in 17 is 13.
  • S0 to S3 are to be arranged in order, after rearrangement, S0, S1, S2, and S3 take 2, 4, 13, and 17, respectively.
  • the values of the N_UL_RB are 50, 100, or the values of the N_UL_RB are 50 and 110, respectively;
  • Determining, according to the resource information, the frequency resource of the resource may be: determining the value of the four location points according to the cluster information of the four location points represented by the R3 bits, and obtaining the foregoing according to the values of the four location points.
  • a frequency resource wherein the four location points include a first location point S0, a second location point S1, a third location point S2, and a fourth location point S3; the S0 represents a starting location of the first cluster
  • S1 indicates the end position of the first cluster
  • the S2 indicates the start position of the second cluster
  • the S3 indicates the end position of the second cluster
  • the position of the S0 plus the quarter of the N_UL_RB indicates the third position.
  • the starting position of the cluster, the position of the above S1 plus one quarter of the above N_UL_RB indicates the ending position of the third cluster, and the position of the above S2 plus one quarter of the above N_UL_RB indicates the starting position of the fourth cluster
  • the position of the above-mentioned S3 plus a quarter of the above-mentioned N_UL_RB indicates the end position of the fourth cluster
  • the position of the above-mentioned S0 plus half of the above-mentioned N_UL_RB indicates the start position of the fifth cluster
  • the above S1 plus half of the position of the above-mentioned N_UL_RB The end position of the 5th cluster
  • the position of the above-mentioned N_UL_RB is indicated by S2, and the position of the N_UL_RB indicates the start position of the sixth cluster.
  • the position of the above-mentioned S3 plus half of the N_UL_RB indicates the end position of the sixth cluster, and the above S0 plus three-quarters of the position of the above-mentioned N_UL_RB
  • the starting position of the seventh cluster, the above S1 plus three quarters of the position of the above N_UL_RB indicates the end position of the seventh cluster, and the above S2 plus three quarters of the position of the above N_UL_RB indicates the start of the eighth cluster
  • the resource block group RGB above the other three parts of the system bandwidth may also be a mirror of the resource block group RGB resources above the quarter system bandwidth of the first part.
  • the resource information is represented by R4 bits, where R4 is one of the following: ceil (log2(Com(ce_(N_UL_RB/(10*H2)) +1), 4))), max(ceil(log2(N_UL_RB*(N_UL_RB+1)/2)), ceil(log2(Com(ceil(N_UL_RB/(10*H2)+1), 4))) ), max(ceil(log2(N_UL_RB*(N_UL_RB+1)/2)), ceil(log2(Com(ce_(N_UL_RB/(10*H2)+1), 4))))))))))))))))
  • Determining, according to the resource information, the frequency resource of the resource may be one of: determining the value of the four location points according to the cluster information of the four location points represented by the R4 bits, according to the foregoing four location points.
  • the value obtains the frequency resource; determining the frequency information of the resource according to the resource indication value RIV represented by the R4 bits; determining the frequency information of the resource according to the resource bit bitmap represented by the R4 bits; wherein the four location points include the first location Point S0, the second position point S1, the third position point S2 and the fourth position point S3; the above S0 represents the start position of the first cluster, and the above S1 represents the end position of the first cluster, and the above S2 represents The starting position of the second cluster, the above S3 indicates the ending position of the second cluster, and the position of the above S0 plus one tenth of the N_UL_RB indicates the starting position of the third cluster, and the above S1 plus one tenth The position of the N_UL_RB indicates the end position of the
  • the S0 plus two tenths of the N_UL_RB positions indicate the starting position of the fifth cluster, and the S1 plus tenths of the N_UL_RB positions indicate the end position of the fifth cluster, and the S2 plus ten
  • the position of the above N_UL_RB indicates the starting position of the sixth cluster, and the above S3 plus two tenths of the positions of the N_UL_RB indicates the end position of the sixth cluster; and so on, the above S0 plus nine tenths
  • the position of the N_UL_RB indicates the start position of the 19th cluster, and the position of the above-mentioned S1 plus tenths of the N_UL_RB indicates the end position of the 19th cluster, and the position of the above S2 plus nine tenths of the above N_UL_RB indicates the 20th.
  • the starting position of the cluster, S3 plus nine tenths of the positions of the N_UL_RB indicates the end position of the 20th cluster; wherein S1, S2 and S3 are equal, indicating that the frequency resource includes 10 clusters
  • the resource indication value RIV is represented by a starting resource block index RB_Start, a contiguous number of resource blocks RB_Length, and a tenth of the uplink system bandwidth N_UL_RB_10; wherein, (RB_Length-1) is less than or equal to floor(N_UL_RB_10/2) In the case, the RIV is N_UL_RB_10*(RB_Length-1)+RB_Start, and in the case where (RB_Length-1) is greater than floor(N_UL_RB_10/2), the RIV is N_UL_RB_10*(N_UL_RB_10-RB_Length+1)+(N_UL_RB_10 -1-RB_Start); When the uplink system bandwidth is 10 MHz and 20 MHz, respectively, the value of the N_UL_RB_10 is 5, 10; the value of the RB_Start is an integer ranging from 0 to 9; the RB_Length is an integer ranging from 1 to
  • the highest bit in the resource bit bitmap corresponds to one tenth of the N_UL_RB resource block index having the smallest number, and the lowest bit corresponds to the resource block index having the largest number; wherein the bit in the resource bit bitmap
  • the value of the binary "1" indicates that the following resource block index is allocated to the user equipment: a resource block index corresponding to the bit, the resource block index plus 1/10 of the resource block indicated by the N_UL_RB
  • the method for determining the frequency resource of the resource according to the foregoing resource information is lower than the prior art, and the number of bits representing the resource information is reduced, and the saved number of bits can be used for other purposes, for example, can be used to represent asynchronous hybrid automatic Retransmit the request process number.
  • the method before the sending the uplink channel and/or the uplink signal on the resource, the method further includes: determining, according to the resource information, a frequency resource of the resource: the resource information is a starting physical resource block. Offset and interval physical resource block number, wherein the number of the interval physical resource blocks is the number of physical resource blocks separated by the allocated two clusters, and the starting physical resource block offset is 0 to the number of the interval physical resource blocks Subtracting the integer value between 1; when the number of the interval physical resource blocks is K, the starting physical resource block offset is 0, 1, ..., K-1, and each of the above starting physical resource block offsets accounts for the uplink 1/K of the system bandwidth, a total of K states, where K is a positive integer.
  • the starting physical resource block offset is 0, that is, the uplink system bandwidth is occupied, and there is a total of one state; when the number of physical resource blocks is 2, the starting physical resource block is The offset is 0 and 1, each occupying 1/2 of the upstream system bandwidth, and a total of 2 states; when the number of physical resource blocks is 3, the starting physical resource block offset is 0, 1 and 2, each occupying the uplink system bandwidth. 1/3, a total of 3 states; when the number of spaced physical resource blocks is 10, the starting physical resource block offset is 0, 1, 2, ..., 8, 9, each accounting for 1/10 of the system bandwidth, a total of 10 Status.
  • the number of spaced physical resource blocks is 1 and 2 and 4 and 8 and 10
  • the above resource information is represented by 5 bits.
  • the resource information is represented by a 10-bit bitmap
  • determining the frequency resource of the resource according to the resource information may be expressed as: according to the above 10 bits.
  • the bit in the bitmap and the above starting physical block The offset relationship determines the frequency resource, wherein the highest bit MSB of the 10-bit bitmap corresponds to a minimum starting physical resource block offset, and the bit value of the bit in the 10-bit bitmap is “ 1" indicates that a physical resource block corresponding to a starting physical resource block offset corresponding to the above bit is allocated to the user equipment, and a bit value of a bit in the 10-bit bitmap is "0" indicating that the bit is The physical resource block corresponding to the corresponding starting physical resource block offset is not allocated to the user equipment.
  • the frequency resource when the number of the interval physical resource blocks is 16, the frequency resource is represented by a 16-bit bitmap, and determining the frequency resource of the resource according to the resource information may be expressed as follows:
  • the corresponding relationship between the bit in the bitmap and the initial physical block offset determines the frequency resource, wherein the highest bit MSB in the bitmap corresponds to the smallest starting physical resource block offset, in the bitmap
  • the bit value of the bit is "1”
  • the physical resource block corresponding to the starting physical resource block offset corresponding to the bit is allocated to the user equipment, and the bit value of the bit in the bitmap is "0".
  • a physical resource block corresponding to the initial physical resource block offset corresponding to the above bit is not allocated to the user equipment.
  • the method may further include: when transmitting the uplink channel and/or the uplink signal on the resource, dividing the uplink system bandwidth N_UL_RB into Y clusters; wherein each cluster has an average of Z a physical resource block; the cluster allocated by the base station to the user equipment is represented by a bitmap of the Y bits, wherein a highest bit in the bitmap corresponds to a last cluster of the Y clusters, and the lowest bit in the bitmap The bit corresponds to the first cluster of the Y clusters, and the first physical resource block of the first cluster corresponds to the physical resource block having the smallest physical resource block number among the N_UL_RB physical resource blocks; (N_UL_RB - Y * Z) physical resource blocks belong to the last one of the above Y clusters;
  • PRBs physical resource blocks
  • the method may further include: determining a frequency resource of the resource according to the resource information; wherein the resource information includes N Cluster Cluster information of bits; wherein the number of clusters is N Cluster , and the physical resource block number of the physical uplink shared channel corresponding to the cluster is or
  • n PRB [0,1,2,...,(floor(N_UL_RB/N Cluster )-1)]*N Cluster +ID Cluster ;
  • n PRB is the physical resource block number, Is the number of physical resource blocks in a cluster
  • ID Cluster is the number or identifier of the cluster
  • the highest bit MSB of the cluster information of N Cluster bits corresponds to the cluster with the smallest cluster number
  • the range of n PRB is 0 to N_UL_RB-1.
  • the range is 1 to N_UL_RB, and the ID Cluster ranges from 0 to N Cluster -1.
  • N_UL_RB is the uplink system bandwidth in units of resource blocks.
  • Said resource information for determining frequency resources among the resources can be expressed according to: determine the ID Cluster clusters the N Cluster number assigned to said user equipment based on the cluster information of the N Cluster bits; and the ID Cluster acquires the correspondence with the above ID Cluster The physical resource block number; wherein the physical resource block corresponding to the physical resource block number is the frequency resource.
  • the downlink control information may further include a resource allocation type bit, where the resource allocation type bit is used to instruct the base station to allocate the user equipment.
  • the resource allocation type bit may be 1 bit, 2 bits, or 3 bits, and the resource allocation type bit may indicate which resource is allocated by the base station in which manner.
  • the resource allocation type bit When the resource allocation type bit is "0" or 2-bit "00" of 1 bit, it may indicate that the physical uplink shared channel is transmitted by using the frequency resource indicated by the cluster information of the four location points, when the resource allocation type bit is When a 1-bit "1" or a 2-bit "01" is used, the user equipment transmits the physical uplink shared channel or the like using the frequency resource indicated by the starting physical resource block offset and the number of spaced physical resource blocks, and the like, and is not limited thereto.
  • sending the uplink channel and/or the uplink signal on the resource may include: sending the uplink on two resource components respectively. a channel and/or the uplink signal; wherein the different uplink channels and/or the uplink signals are transmitted on the two resource components, and the two resource components are a set of physical resource blocks divided by the 70 physical resource blocks. .
  • the foregoing 70 physical resource blocks may be divided into the above two resource components by one of the following: the foregoing 70 physical resource blocks are divided into 64 physical resource blocks and 6 physical resource blocks; The 64 physical resource blocks are one resource component of the two resource components, and the six physical resource blocks are another resource component of the two resource components; and the 70 physical resource blocks are divided into 60 physical resource blocks. And 10 physical resource blocks; wherein the 60 physical resource blocks are one resource component of the two resource components, and the ten physical resource blocks are another resource component of the two resource components; and the 70 physical resources are The block is divided into 54 physical resource blocks and 16 physical resource blocks; wherein the 54 physical resource blocks are one resource component of the two resource components, and the 16 physical resource blocks are another of the two resource components.
  • Resource component dividing the above 70 physical resource blocks into 50 physical resource blocks and 20 physical resource blocks; wherein the above 50 physical resource blocks are the above two resource components One resource component, the above 20 physical resource blocks are another resource component of the above two resource components; the 70 physical resource blocks are divided into 45 physical resource blocks and 25 physical resource blocks; The 45 physical resource blocks are one resource component of the two resource components, and the 25 physical resource blocks are another resource component of the two resource components; and the 70 physical resource blocks are divided into 40 physical resources. And a block of 30 physical resource blocks; wherein the 40 physical resource blocks are one resource component of the two resource components, and the 30 physical resource blocks are another resource component of the two resource components.
  • respectively transmitting the uplink channel and/or the uplink signal on the two resource components may include one of the following: Transmitting the first physical uplink shared channel on the 64 physical resource blocks, and transmitting at least one of the following on the six physical resource blocks: a physical uplink control channel, a physical random access channel, a sounding reference signal, and a second physical uplink sharing. Channel; transmitting the uplink channel and/or the uplink signal only on the 64 physical resource blocks.
  • the foregoing 64 physical resource blocks may include at least one combination of at least 60 physical resource blocks and at least 7 of the 7th clusters in the clusters allocated to the user equipment in the cluster.
  • the downlink control information may further include subframe indication information, when the downlink control information is received in the first subframe, sending the uplink channel and/or the uplink signal on the resource may be
  • the method includes: transmitting, in the second subframe, the uplink channel and/or the uplink signal, where the number of the second subframe is a number of the first subframe, a decimal value corresponding to the subframe indication information, and a specified The sum of integers, which is an integer greater than or equal to 4.
  • the downlink control information may further include first indication information for indicating whether to transmit the uplink information on a last symbol or a first symbol of the physical uplink shared channel; If the information indicates that the uplink information is not transmitted on the last symbol or the first symbol of the physical uplink shared channel, the last symbol or the first symbol is still used as an available resource of the physical uplink shared channel, or The last symbol or the first preceding symbol cannot be used as an available resource of the above physical uplink shared channel.
  • the downlink control information may further include second indication information for indicating whether to transmit the uplink information on a last symbol or a first symbol of an uplink subframe or a time slot; If the indication information indicates that the uplink information is not transmitted on the last subframe or the last symbol of the time slot or the first symbol, the last symbol or the first symbol is still used as the uplink subframe or the foregoing
  • the available resources of the time slot are used, or the last symbol or the first symbol above cannot be used as the available resources of the uplink subframe or the time slot.
  • the first to the predetermined number of physical resource blocks and the first to the predetermined number of physical resource blocks in the uplink system bandwidth are not used for resource allocation of the cluster;
  • the above-mentioned physical resource blocks other than the first to predetermined number of physical resource blocks and the first to the predetermined number of physical resource blocks in the system bandwidth are used for the above cluster Resource allocation.
  • the maximum number of clusters of the user equipment allocated to the subframe bundling service is 36; and when the unit of the cluster is the physical resource block PRB, the maximum number of clusters of the user equipment allocated to the subframe bundling service
  • the number of PRBs is one and the largest physical resource block in the cluster does not exceed 10.
  • N_UL_RB physical resource blocks PRB each J physical resource block PRB is reserved in two positions of the uplink system bandwidth.
  • the remaining N_UL_RB-2*J physical resource blocks PRB are used for resource allocation of the cluster.
  • the 2*J physical resource blocks PRB at the 2 edge are not used for resource allocation of the cluster.
  • J takes 1 or 2 or 3 or 4.
  • 2*J physical resource blocks PRB of the 2-head edge are used to allocate or transmit a physical uplink control channel or/and a physical random access channel or/and a sounding reference signal or/and a demodulation reference signal.
  • a demodulation reference signal is sequentially generated according to the size of the physical resource block index to the physical resource block corresponding to the physical resource block index; or according to the number of the allocated cluster And the size of the physical resource block index in the cluster sequentially generates a demodulation reference signal for the physical resource block corresponding to the physical resource block index in the cluster corresponding to the number of the cluster, or first, the physical resource with the smallest physical resource block index
  • the block generates a demodulation reference signal, and then generates a demodulation reference signal for the physical resource block having the equal cluster spacing; or, first, generates a demodulation reference signal from the physical resource block having the smallest physical resource block index, and then copies the subsequent reference signal to each subsequent A block of physical resources.
  • the downlink control information may be further used to indicate whether the last orthogonal frequency division multiplexing OFDM symbol of the current subframe or the last one of the one or more subframes after the current subframe And transmitting, by the second indication information, the total number of OFDM symbols of the one or more subframes after the current subframe or the current subframe is a regular cyclic prefix.
  • the next 14 or the extended cyclic prefix at 12 o'clock, not transmitted on the last OFDM symbol of the current subframe or the last OFDM symbol of one or more subframes after the current subframe The SRS;
  • the second indication information indicates that the total number of OFDM symbols of the current subframe or one or more subframes after the current subframe is 3, 6, 9, 10, 11, 12 under a regular cyclic prefix, Transmitting the SRS on a last OFDM symbol of the current subframe or a last OFDM symbol of one or more subframes subsequent to the current subframe;
  • the second indication information indicates the The total number of OFDM symbols of the current subframe or one or more subframes of the current subframe is 3, 5, 8, 9, 10 under the extended cyclic prefix, and the last orthogonal frequency division in the current subframe
  • the SRS is transmitted on the last OFDM symbol of the one or more subframes after multiplexing the OFDM symbol or the current subframe.
  • the downlink control information may further include third indication information for indicating whether to send a non-contention random access preamble on one or more subframes subsequent to the current subframe;
  • the physical resource block number used by the non-contention random access preamble is B+C*ceil(N_UL_RB/D);
  • B is the starting physical resource block number, and B ranges from 0 to N_UL_RB(D-1), where C is An integer from 0 to D-1, D is the number of physical resource blocks allocated to the non-contention random access preamble, C is an integer from 6 to N_UL_RB; in the case where D is equal to 7 and B is equal to 5, each physical resource
  • the first and last subcarriers of the block are not used to transmit the non-contention random access preamble; in the case where D is equal to 8 and B is equal to 4, the first, second, and last of each physical resource block
  • the subcarrier is not used to transmit the non-contention random access preamble; in the case that D is equal
  • D takes 7 and B takes 5 and the first and last subcarriers of each physical resource block are left unused; D takes 8 and B takes 4 and the first and the first of each physical resource block The two and last subcarriers are left unused; D takes 9 and B takes 2 and the first and second and last 2 subcarriers of each physical resource block are left unused; D takes 10 and B takes 4 and each One thing The first and second and third and last two subcarriers of the resource block are left unused; in an embodiment, the user equipment needs to skip the allocation to the non-contention random access preamble when transmitting the physical uplink shared channel.
  • the physical resource blocks cannot transmit the physical uplink shared channel on the physical resource block allocated to the non-contention random access preamble; in an embodiment, the user equipment can be allocated to the physical resource block allocated to the non-contention random access preamble
  • the physical uplink shared channel is transmitted; in an embodiment, the format of the non-contention random access preamble is one or more formats from format 0 to format 4.
  • FIG. 2 is a flowchart of a method for receiving uplink information according to an embodiment of the present disclosure. As shown in FIG. 2, the process includes the following steps:
  • Step S202 Send the downlink control information to the user equipment, where the downlink control information carries the resource information, where the resource information is used to indicate that the user equipment sends the uplink channel and/or the uplink signal, where the resource occupies the uplink of the user equipment. More than 80% of system resources;
  • Step S204 Receive the uplink channel and/or the uplink signal sent by the user equipment on the resource.
  • the resource information of the resource that accounts for 80% or more of the uplink system resources of the user equipment is included in the downlink control information, and the downlink control information is sent to the user equipment, so that the content included in the downlink control information can be determined. Further, in the LAA uplink communication in the related art, the technical problem of what content is included in the downlink control information has not been determined.
  • the foregoing resources include time resources and frequency resources, and may include symbols, time slots, and subframes for time resources; the first time slot and the second time slot of one subframe may be included in the time slot; the subframe may include The subframe in which the downlink control information is received, the user equipment may transmit one or more subframes of the uplink channel or/and the signal.
  • the frequency resource can be one or more continuous or discrete clusters.
  • One cluster includes one or more subcarriers; or one cluster may include one or more resource blocks; or one cluster may include one or more resource block groups;
  • each cluster is the same size; in one embodiment, the other clusters are the same size except one of the clusters; in an embodiment, the locations of the plurality of clusters are indicated by a plurality of location points, wherein the first location The point and the second location point represent resource locations of the first cluster, and the remaining location points represent the starting or ending locations of the remaining clusters, and the location point location information may be indicated by signaling; in an embodiment, the plurality of clusters The starting position is indicated by a plurality of location points, the size of the cluster is indicated by signaling, or the ending positions of the plurality of clusters are indicated by a plurality of location points, the size of the cluster being indicated by signaling; in an embodiment
  • the frequency resource may include multiple frequency resources, and the interval between every two adjacent frequency resources is the same; in an embodiment, the frequency resource may be indicated by a starting position and an interval.
  • the foregoing channels may include, but are not limited to, a physical uplink shared channel, a physical uplink control channel, and a physical random access channel; the foregoing signals may include, but are not limited to, a sounding reference signal and a demodulation reference signal.
  • the above position point is similar to a position point on the coordinate axis, and the coordinate axis may be a frequency coordinate axis, and the position point may be a frequency position point, but is not limited thereto, and the position points determine the assigned cluster. Locations, ie, these location points, are able to determine the start and end points of the frequency resource.
  • the method may further include: allocating a frequency resource of the resource to the user equipment.
  • the allocating the frequency resource of the foregoing resource to the user equipment may include: allocating a plurality of clusters to the user equipment; wherein, the number and location of the plurality of clusters are determined by values of four location points, where the four location points include One position point S0, the second position point S1, the third position point S2 and the fourth position point S3; the manner of the cluster determined by the above four position points includes one of the following: mode one: the first position point S0 represents the start position of the first cluster, the second position point S1 represents the end position of the first cluster, the third position point S2 represents the start position of the second cluster, and the fourth position point S3 represents the first position.
  • each cluster is equal to the size of the first cluster, and is generally applied to the foregoing manners 1 and 2, but is not limited thereto, and may be applied to the foregoing manners 3 and/or 4, for example.
  • the size of each cluster is semi-statically configured based on the size of the designated cluster in each cluster. Generally, it is applied to the third method and the fourth method described above, but is not limited thereto. For example, it can also be applied to the above manners 1 and/or Or in the second method, any one of the above clusters may be configured as the size of the other clusters as the specified cluster.
  • the S2 is equal to the S3, and the frequency resource includes only two clusters; the S1 and the S2 are equal to the S3, and the frequency resource includes only the frequency resource.
  • indicating that the frequency resource includes only one cluster and the size of the cluster is the bandwidth indicated by the difference between the start position and the end position of the cluster.
  • the size of the cluster is represented by Q bits, and the units of the cluster are as follows: a resource block, a resource block group, two resource block groups, and four resource block groups. 8 resource block groups, 1 subcarrier, 2 subcarriers, 3 subcarriers, 4 subcarriers, and 6 subcarriers; wherein S0, S1, and S2 are equal to S3, indicating that only one cluster is included in the frequency resource. And the size of the above cluster is the uplink system bandwidth.
  • the values of N_UL_RB are respectively 25, 50, 75, 100, or the values of N_UL_RB are respectively 25, 50, 75, 110;
  • the allocating the frequency resource of the foregoing resource to the user equipment may include: allocating a plurality of clusters to the user equipment; wherein, the number and location of the plurality of clusters are determined by values of four location points, where the four location points include 1 position point S0, a second position point S1, a third position point S2 and a fourth position point S3; the manner of the cluster determined by the above four position points includes one of the following: wherein the above four position points include The first position point S0, the second position point S1, the third position point S2 and the fourth position point S3; the above S0 indicates the start position of the first cluster, and the above S1 indicates the end position of the first cluster S2 represents the start position of the second cluster, and S3 represents the end position of the second cluster; the position of the S0 plus half of the N_UL_RB indicates the start position of the third cluster, and the above S1 adds half of the above N_UL_RB
  • the position of the third cluster indicates the end position of the third cluster, and the position of
  • the resource block group size determined by the upstream system bandwidth.
  • the frequency resource for allocating the foregoing resource to the user equipment may be: assigning a plurality of clusters to the user equipment; wherein, the number and location of the plurality of clusters are determined by values of four location points, where the four location points include The first position point S0, the second position point S1, the third position point S2 and the fourth position point S3; the manner of the cluster determined by the four position points includes one of the following: wherein the above four position points The first position point S0, the second position point S1, the third position point S2, and the fourth position point S3 are included; the S0 indicates the start position of the first cluster, and the above S1 indicates the end of the first cluster.
  • Position S2 represents the start position of the second cluster, and S3 represents the end position of the second cluster; the position of the S0 plus one quarter of the N_UL_RB indicates the start position of the third cluster, and the above S1 is added.
  • the position of the upper quarter of the above N_UL_RB indicates the end position of the third cluster, and the position of the above S2 plus one quarter of the above N_UL_RB indicates the start position of the fourth cluster, and the above S3 plus one quarter of the above N_UL_RB
  • the position indicates the end position of the 4th cluster, and the above S0 adds half of the above N_U
  • the position of the L_RB indicates the start position of the fifth cluster, and the position of the above S1 plus half of the N_UL_RB indicates the end position of the fifth cluster, and the position of the above S2 plus half of the N_UL_RB indicates the start position of the sixth cluster.
  • the above S3 plus half of the N_UL_RB positions indicate the end position of the sixth cluster
  • the S0 plus three-quarters of the N_UL_RB positions indicate the start position of the seventh cluster
  • the S1 plus three-quarters of the above N_UL_RB The position indicates the end position of the seventh cluster
  • the above S2 plus three-quarters of the positions of the N_UL_RB indicates the start position of the eighth cluster
  • the above S3 plus three-quarters of the positions of the above-mentioned N_UL_RB indicates the eighth cluster.
  • the method may further include: allocating a frequency resource of the resource to the user equipment; in a case where the frequency resource information includes 10 clusters or 20 clusters, respectively,
  • the resource information is represented by R4 bits, where R4 is one of the following: ceil (log2(Com(ceil(N_UL_RB/(10*H2)+1), 4))), max(ceil(log2(N_UL_RB*( N_UL_RB+1)/2)),ceil(log2(Com(ceil(N_UL_RB/(10*H2)+1),4))))), max(ceil(log2(N_UL_RB*(N_UL_RB+1)/2) ), the lowest ceil (log2(N_UL_RB*(N_UL_RB+1)/2)) bits in ceil(log2(Com(ceil(N_UL_RB/(10*H2)+1), 4)))))), max(ceil) (log2(N_UL_RB*(N
  • the frequency resource for allocating the foregoing resources to the user equipment may be represented as one of: assigning a plurality of clusters to the user equipment; wherein, the number and location of the plurality of clusters are determined by values of four location points; a resource indicating value RIV represented by R4 bits is used to allocate a frequency resource of the resource; a resource bit map of the resource is allocated by a resource bit bitmap represented by the R4 bits; the four location points include a first location point S0, the second position point S1, the third position point S2 and the fourth position point S3; the manner of the cluster determined by the four position points includes one of the following: wherein the four position points include the first position Point S0, the second position point S1, the third position point S2 and the fourth position point S3; the above S0 represents the start position of the first cluster, and the above S1 represents the end position of the first cluster, and the above S2 represents The starting position of the second cluster, the above S3 indicates the ending position of the second cluster, and the position of the above S0
  • the resource indication value RIV is represented by a starting resource block index RB_Start, a contiguous number of resource blocks RB_Length, and a tenth of the uplink system bandwidth N_UL_RB_10; wherein, (RB_Length-1) is less than or equal to floor(N_UL_RB_10/2) In the case, the RIV is N_UL_RB_10*(RB_Length-1)+RB_Start, and in the case where (RB_Length-1) is greater than floor(N_UL_RB_10/2), the RIV is N_UL_RB_10*(N_UL_RB_10-RB_Length+1)+(N_UL_RB_10-1-RB_Start); when the uplink system bandwidth is 10MHz, 20MHz, respectively, the value of the N_UL_RB_10 is 5, 10; the value of the RB_Start is 0. An integer of up to 9; the RB_Length takes an integer from 1 to 10, and floor() is a
  • the highest bit in the resource bit bitmap corresponds to one tenth of the N_UL_RB resource block index having the smallest number, and the lowest bit corresponds to the resource block index having the largest number; wherein the bit in the resource bit bitmap
  • the value of the binary "1" indicates that the following resource block index is allocated to the user equipment: a resource block index corresponding to the bit, the resource block index plus 1/10 of the resource block indicated by the N_UL_RB
  • the method before the step S202, further includes: allocating, by the user equipment, the starting physical resource block offset and the interval physical resource block number in the downlink control information, where the interval physical resource is The number of blocks is the number of physical resource blocks separated by two allocated clusters, and the initial physical resource block offset is 0 to an integer value between the number of the spaced physical resource blocks minus one;
  • the starting physical resource block offset is 0, 1, ..., K-1, and each of the above starting physical resource block offsets accounts for 1/K of the uplink system bandwidth, for a total of K states, where K Is a positive integer.
  • the number of spaced physical resource blocks is 1 and 2 and 4 and 8 and 10
  • the resource information is represented by a 10-bit bitmap, wherein the bits in the 10-bit bitmap and the initial physical block are Offset one-to-one correspondence, the highest bit MSB of the above 10-bit bitmap corresponds to the smallest starting physical resource block offset, and the bit value of the bit in the 10-bit bitmap is “1” indicating the bit
  • the physical resource block corresponding to the start physical resource block offset corresponding to the bit is allocated to the user equipment, and the bit value of the bit in the 10-bit bitmap is “0” indicating the starting physical resource corresponding to the bit.
  • the physical resource block corresponding to the block offset is not allocated to the user equipment; when the number of the interval physical resource blocks is 16, the frequency resource is represented by a 16-bit bitmap, wherein the bit in the 16-bit bitmap One-to-one correspondence with the initial physical block offset, wherein the highest bit MSB of the 16-bit bitmap corresponds to a minimum starting physical resource block offset, and the ratio in the 16-bit bitmap Significant bit value of "1" bits corresponding to the above-described starting physical resource block offset corresponding to the physical resource blocks are allocated to In the user equipment, the bit value of the bit in the 16-bit bitmap is "0", and the physical resource block corresponding to the initial physical resource block offset corresponding to the bit is not allocated to the user equipment.
  • the method may further include: dividing the uplink system bandwidth N_UL_RB into Y clusters; wherein each cluster has an average of Z physical resource blocks; and the base station is allocated to the user equipment.
  • the cluster is represented by a bit bitmap of the above Y bits, and the highest bit in the bit bitmap corresponds to the last cluster of the Y clusters, and the lowest bit in the bitmap corresponds to the first of the Y clusters a cluster, the first physical resource block of the first cluster corresponds to a physical resource block having the smallest physical resource block number among the N_UL_RB physical resource blocks; and the last (N_UL_RB ⁇ Y*Z) physical resource blocks in the uplink system bandwidth.
  • the method before the step S202, further includes: allocating a frequency resource of the resource to the user equipment, where the resource information for indicating the frequency resource includes a cluster of N Cluster bits Information; wherein the number of clusters is N Cluster , and the physical resource block number of the physical uplink shared channel corresponding to the cluster is or
  • n PRB [0,1,2,...,(floor(N_UL_RB/N Cluster )-1)]*N Cluster +ID Cluster ;
  • n PRB is the physical resource block number, Is the number of physical resource blocks in a cluster
  • ID Cluster is the number or identifier of the cluster
  • the highest bit MSB of the cluster information of N Cluster bits corresponds to the cluster with the smallest cluster number
  • the range of n PRB is 0 to N_UL_RB-1.
  • the range is 1 to N_UL_RB, and the ID Cluster ranges from 0 to N Cluster -1.
  • N_UL_RB is the uplink system bandwidth in units of resource blocks.
  • the downlink control information may further include a resource allocation type bit, where the resource allocation type bit is used to indicate that the base station allocates the foregoing resource allocation manner to the user equipment.
  • the value of the resource allocation type bit indicates which allocation method the base station uses to allocate the above resource to the user equipment.
  • receiving the uplink channel and/or the uplink signal sent by the user equipment on the resource includes: respectively, two resource components Receiving the uplink channel and/or the uplink signal, wherein the two resource components receive different uplink channels and/or uplink signals, and the two resource components are separated by the 70 physical resource blocks.
  • the foregoing 70 physical resource blocks may be divided into the above two resource components by one of the following: the foregoing 70 physical resource blocks are divided into 64 physical resource blocks and 6 physical resource blocks; The 64 physical resource blocks are one resource component of the two resource components, and the six physical resource blocks are another resource component of the two resource components; and the 70 physical resource blocks are divided into 60 physical resource blocks. And 10 physical resource blocks; wherein the 60 physical resource blocks are one resource component of the two resource components, and the ten physical resource blocks are another resource component of the two resource components; and the 70 physical resources are The block is divided into 54 physical resource blocks and 16 physical resource blocks; wherein the 54 physical resource blocks are one resource component of the two resource components, and the 16 physical resource blocks are another of the two resource components.
  • Resource component dividing the above 70 physical resource blocks into 50 physical resource blocks and 20 physical resource blocks; wherein the above 50 physical resource blocks are the above two resource components One resource component, the above 20 physical resource blocks are another resource component of the above two resource components; the 70 physical resource blocks are divided into 45 physical resource blocks and 25 physical resource blocks; The 45 physical resource blocks are one resource component of the two resource components, and the 25 physical resource blocks are another resource component of the two resource components; and the 70 physical resource blocks are divided into 40 physical resources. And a block of 30 physical resource blocks; wherein the 40 physical resource blocks are one resource component of the two resource components, and the 30 physical resource blocks are another resource component of the two resource components.
  • receiving the uplink channel and/or the uplink signal on the two resource components respectively includes one of the following:
  • the first physical uplink shared channel is received on the 64 physical resource blocks, and at least one of the following is received on the six physical resource blocks: a physical uplink control channel, a physical random access channel, a sounding reference signal, and a second physical uplink shared channel.
  • the foregoing 64 physical resource blocks include at least one of the following: at least one of the following 60 physical resource blocks and the seventh cluster of the first cluster to the sixth cluster in the cluster allocated by the base station to the user equipment; : the first four physical resource blocks; the last four physical resource blocks; the first, fourth, seventh, and tenth total of four physical resource blocks; the first among the clusters allocated by the base station to the user equipment Clusters to 60 physical resource blocks in the 6th cluster and 4 physical resource blocks in the 7th cluster with the smallest physical resource block index; when the base station allocates the cluster number to the user equipment, the maximum cluster number is greater than 6 60 physical resource blocks in the first cluster to the sixth cluster and four physical resource blocks in the fourth cluster having the largest physical resource block index; the largest cluster of the above-mentioned base station allocated to the user equipment When the cluster number is less than or equal to 6, 60 physical resource blocks in the first cluster to the sixth cluster and four physical resource blocks in the seventh cluster having the smallest physical resource block index; 1st cluster in the user equipment cluster to 70 of the
  • the downlink control information may further include subframe indication information.
  • receiving the uplink channel and/or the uplink signal on the resource includes: Receiving, in the second subframe, the uplink channel and/or the uplink signal, where the number of the second subframe is a number of the first subframe, a decimal value corresponding to the subframe indication information, and a specified integer And, the specified integer is an integer greater than or equal to 4.
  • the downlink control information may further include first indication information for indicating whether to send the uplink information on a last symbol or a first symbol of the physical uplink shared channel; where the first indication information indicates the last of the physical uplink shared channel In the case where the above uplink information is not sent on a symbol or the first symbol, the last symbol or the first symbol is still used as an available resource of the physical uplink shared channel, or the last symbol or the first symbol above. It cannot be used as an available resource of the above physical uplink shared channel.
  • the downlink control information may further include second indication information for indicating whether to send the uplink information on a last symbol or a first symbol of an uplink subframe or a time slot; and the second indication information indicates the uplink subframe. Or if the uplink information is not sent on the last symbol or the first symbol of the time slot, the last symbol or the first symbol is still used as the available resource of the uplink subframe or the time slot, or The last symbol or the first preceding symbol cannot be used as the available resource of the above uplink subframe or the above slot.
  • the frequency resource of the foregoing resource includes one or more clusters
  • the first to predetermined number of physical resource blocks and the first to the predetermined number of physical resource blocks in the uplink system bandwidth are not used for resource allocation of the cluster; the uplink system
  • the above-mentioned physical resource blocks other than the first to predetermined number of physical resource blocks and the first to the predetermined number of physical resource blocks in the bandwidth are used for the above cluster Resource allocation.
  • the maximum number of clusters of the user equipment allocated to the subframe bundling service is 36; and when the unit of the cluster is the physical resource block PRB, the maximum number of clusters of the user equipment allocated to the subframe bundling service
  • the number of PRBs is one and the largest physical resource block in the cluster does not exceed 10.
  • a demodulation reference signal is generated for the physical resource block corresponding to the physical resource block index according to the size of the physical resource block index; or according to the numbered size of the allocated cluster and the physical resource block in the cluster.
  • the size of the index sequentially generates a demodulation reference signal for the physical resource block corresponding to the physical resource block index in the cluster corresponding to the number of the cluster, or first, generates a demodulation reference signal from the physical resource block with the smallest physical resource block index. Then, a demodulation reference signal is generated for the physical resource block having the equal cluster interval; or, the demodulation reference signal is first generated from the physical resource block having the smallest physical resource block index, and then copied to each subsequent physical resource block.
  • the downlink control information further includes a last OFDM for indicating whether the last orthogonal frequency division multiplexing OFDM symbol of the current subframe or one or more subframes after the current subframe is used.
  • the second indication information of the sounding reference signal SRS is transmitted on the symbol.
  • the downlink control information further includes third indication information for indicating whether the user equipment sends a non-contention random access preamble on one or more subframes after the current subframe;
  • the physical resource block number used by the non-contention random access preamble is B+C*ceil(N_UL_RB/D);
  • B is the starting physical resource block number, and B ranges from 0 to N_UL_RB(D-1), where C is An integer from 0 to D-1, where D is the number of physical resource blocks allocated to the non-contention random access preamble, C is an integer from 6 to N_UL_RB; and in the case where D is equal to 7 and B is equal to 5, each physical resource block
  • the first and last subcarriers are not used to transmit the above non-contention random access preamble; in the case where D is equal to 8 and B is equal to 4, the first, second and last subcarriers of each physical resource block Not used to send the above non-competition Random access preamble; in case D is equal to
  • 3 is a schematic diagram of a cluster allocated by a base station to three clusters of a user equipment according to a preferred embodiment of the present disclosure, as shown in FIG.
  • the frequency resource information obtains the values of S0, S1, S2, and S3.
  • the frequency resource information of the cluster is represented by cluster information of four position points.
  • the first position point S0 indicates the start position of the first cluster
  • the second position point S1 indicates the end position of the first cluster
  • the third position point S2 indicates the start position of the second cluster
  • the position point S3 represents the start position of the third cluster.
  • Each cluster is exactly the same size, and in this embodiment, it is 3 RBGs.
  • r 14287
  • the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH is transmitted on the location (S0, S1, S2, S3).
  • the unit of the cluster is the resource block group RBG, that is, the size of the cluster is An RBG.
  • the first position point S0 indicates the start position of the first cluster
  • the second position point S1 indicates the start position of the second cluster
  • the third position point S2 indicates the third position.
  • the fourth position point S3 indicates the starting position of the fourth cluster. This expresses 4 clusters.
  • the 20 MHz system bandwidth (100 physical resource blocks PRB; number 0-99)
  • the base station allocates the starting physical resource block offset in the downlink control information DCI
  • the number of the interval physical resource blocks is 10 total 10 PRBs.
  • the unit of the cluster is a resource block, and the resource allocation information is represented by a state as an example.
  • 4 is a schematic diagram of a plurality of clusters having allocation intervals allocated by a base station to a user equipment according to a preferred embodiment of the present disclosure, as shown in FIG.
  • the user equipment transmits the physical physics at the 10 PRBs numbered 1, 11, 21, 31, 41, 51, 61, 71, 81, 91.
  • Uplink shared channel PUSCH Uplink shared channel
  • the 20 MHz system bandwidth (100 physical resource blocks PRB; number 0-99)
  • the base station allocates the starting physical resource block offset in the downlink control information DCI
  • the number of the interval physical resource blocks is 10 total 10 PRBs.
  • the unit of the cluster is a resource block, and the resource allocation information is represented by a 10-bit bitmap (assuming that the value of the bitmap is "1100000000") as an example. As shown in Figure 4.
  • the smallest physical resource block offset 0 and the second smallest physical resource block offset 1 are allocated to the user equipment. That is to say, 20 PRBs numbered 0, 1, 10, 11, 20, 21, 30, 31, 40, 41, 50, 51, 60, 61, 70, 71, 80, 81, 90, 91 Assigned to the user device.
  • the user equipment When the information of the resource allocation in the DCI received by the user equipment is the bitmap “1100000000”, the user equipment is numbered 0, 1, 10, 11, 20, 21, 30, 31, 40, 41, 50, 51,
  • the 20 PRBs of 60, 61, 70, 71, 80, 81, 90, and 91 transmit the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH.
  • the physical resource block number of the first cluster is [0,...,Z-1]*Y, ie, 0, 14, 28, 42, 56, 70, 84;
  • the physical resource block number of the second cluster is [0,...,Z-1]*Y+1, that is, 1, 15, 29, 43, 57, 71, 85;
  • the physical resource block number of the Cth cluster is [0,...,Z-1]*Y+(C-1), that is, 1, 15, 29, 43, 57, 71, 85.
  • the physical resource block number of the 13th cluster is [0,...,Z-1]*Y+12, ie, 12, 26, 40, 54, 68, 82, 96;
  • the first and last clusters are assigned to the user equipment (because the value of the bitmap is "10000000000001"). That is, 16 physical resource blocks PRBs with physical resource block numbers 0, 13, 14, 27, 28, 41, 42, 55, 56, 69, 70, 83, 84, 97, 98, 99 are assigned to the user. device.
  • the user equipments When the information about the resource allocation in the DCI received by the user equipment is the bitmap “10000000000001”, the user equipments are numbered 0, 13, 14, 27, 28, 41, 42, 55, 56, 69, 70, 83, 84, 97, 98, 99 These 16 PRBs transmit a physical uplink shared channel PUSCH.
  • the user equipment When the number of physical resource blocks allocated by the base station is 70 (for example, when the information of resource allocation in the DCI is bitmap "01010101101010"), the user equipment should be divided into two resource components. Shoot.
  • the physical resource block of the two resource components is 70.
  • the user equipment may be transmitted in 64+6, 60+10, 54+16, 50+20, 45+25, 40+30.
  • each resource component transmits a different transport block.
  • each resource component transmits a different portion of the same transport block.
  • n PRB [0,1,2,...,(floor(N_UL_RB/N Cluster )-1)]*N Cluster +ID Cluster . That is, 10 PRBs with PRB numbers of 8, 18, 28, 38, 48, 58, 68, 78, 88, 98 are assigned to the user equipment. That is, the base station allocates 0, 8, 10, 18, 20, 28, 30, 38, 40, 48, 50, 58, 60, 68, 70, 78, 80, 88, 90, 98 to the user equipment. These 20 PRBs. The user equipment transmits the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH by using the 20 PRBs.
  • n PRB is the physical resource block number. Is the number of physical resource blocks in a cluster, and ID Cluster is the number or identifier of the cluster. The highest bit MSB of the cluster information of the N Cluster bits corresponds to the cluster having the smallest cluster number ID Cluster .
  • n PRB ranges from 0 to N_UL_RB-1, The range is 1 to N_UL_RB, and the ID Cluster ranges from 0 to N Cluster -1. In this embodiment, ID Cluster 's range is 0 to 9.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of a cluster allocated by a base station to a user equipment according to a preferred embodiment of the present disclosure, as shown in FIG. 5.
  • the frequency resource information of the cluster is represented by cluster information of four position points.
  • the first position point S0 indicates the start position of the first cluster
  • the second position point S1 indicates the end position of the first cluster
  • the third position point S2 indicates the start position of the second cluster
  • the position point S3 indicates the end position of the second cluster.
  • the resource block group RGB resource above half of the system bandwidth may also be the mirror image of the resource block group RGB resource above the first half of the system bandwidth (ie, the resource block group RGB number above the other half of the system bandwidth is 17+1-S0, 17 respectively. +1-S1, 17+1-S2, 17+1-S3. That is, the numbers of RGB are 17, 14, 6, and 1, respectively, and the RBG numbers in order are 1, 6, 14, 17).
  • r 2116
  • the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH is transmitted on the locations (S0, S1, S2, S3; including their translation).
  • Ceil(log2(Com(ceil(N_UL_RB/(2*H)+1), 4)))) 12 bits. That is, 2 bits are saved. The 2 bits saved can be used for other purposes, for example, to express an asynchronous hybrid automatic repeat request process number (HARQprocessID).
  • HARQprocessID asynchronous hybrid automatic repeat request process number
  • the frequency resource information of the cluster is represented by cluster information of four position points.
  • the first position point S0 indicates the start position of the first cluster
  • the second position point S1 indicates the end position of the first cluster
  • the third position point S2 indicates the start position of the second cluster
  • the position point S3 indicates the end position of the second cluster.
  • One tenth of the S0 offset system bandwidth N_UL_RB indicates the start position of the third cluster
  • the second position point S1 is offset by one tenth of the system bandwidth N_UL_RB (ie, 10 PRBs) ) indicates the end position of the third cluster
  • the third position point S2 is offset by one tenth of the system bandwidth N_UL_RB (ie, 10 PRBs) indicating the start position of the fourth cluster
  • S1 When S1 is equal to S2 and S2 is equal to S3, it means that there are only 10 clusters, and S0 offset system bandwidth N_UL_RB is two tenths (ie, 20 PRBs) indicating the starting position of the fifth cluster, and the second position point S1 Two tenths of the offset system bandwidth N_UL_RB (ie, 20 PRBs) indicate the end position of the fifth cluster, and the third position point S2 offsets two tenths of the system bandwidth N_UL_RB (ie, 20 PRBs) The starting position of the sixth cluster, the fourth position point S3 offsets the system bandwidth N_UL_RB by two tenths (ie, 20 PRBs) indicating the end position of the sixth cluster.
  • nine tenths of the S0 offset system bandwidth N_UL_RB indicate the starting position of the 19th cluster
  • the second position point S1 is offset by nine tenths of the system bandwidth N_UL_RB (ie, , 90 PRBs) indicate the end position of the 19th cluster
  • the 3rd position point S2 offsets the system bandwidth N_UL_RB by nine tenths (ie, 90 PRBs) indicating the starting position of the 20th cluster
  • the fourth The position point S3 offsets nine tenths of the system bandwidth N_UL_RB (ie, 90 PRBs) indicating the end position of the 20th cluster.
  • the base station indicates that the user equipment needs to transmit the sounding reference signal SRS in the last symbol of the next subframe, and the base station indicates in the downlink control information DCI that the number of symbols of the current subframe is 14 under the normal cyclic prefix and the next subframe.
  • the number of symbols is 12 for the regular cyclic prefix as an example.
  • the UE After receiving the DCI, the UE finds that the number of symbols in the current subframe is 14 under the regular cyclic prefix, and since one subframe has a maximum of 14 symbols, it is known at this time that the current subframe cannot transmit the sounding reference signal SRS.
  • the UE after receiving the DCI, finds that the symbol number of the next subframe is 12 under the regular cyclic prefix, and knows that the next subframe can transmit the sounding reference signal SRS.
  • the UE After receiving the DCI, the UE finds that the UE needs to transmit the sounding reference signal SRS in the last symbol of the next subframe. Therefore, it is found that the UE transmits the sounding reference signal SRS in the last symbol of the next subframe.
  • the sounding reference signal SRS may use the frequency resource of the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH or full bandwidth transmission (greater than 80% of the system bandwidth) to meet the radio regulatory requirements.
  • the unit of the cluster is the resource block
  • the index is 1.
  • the length of the cluster in the DCI is 2 PRBs as an example. It should be noted that the product of the number of clusters and the resource block interval is the system bandwidth.
  • the length of the physical resource block PRB index and cluster According to the assumption, in the present embodiment, the starting physical resource block PRB index of the cluster is 1 (ie, the second PRB), and the length of the cluster in the DCI is 2 PRBs. That is to say, the physical resource block PRB index of the first cluster is 1 and 2 (continuous resource allocation).
  • the physical resource block PRB index of the second cluster is 11 and 12. And so on, the physical resource block PRB index of the third cluster is 21 and 22; until the physical resource block PRB index of the 10th cluster is 91 and 92.
  • the physical resource block PRB indexes allocated to the UE are 1, 2, 11, 12, 21, 22, 31, 32, 41, 42, 51, 52, 61, 62, 71, 72, 81, 82. 91, 92.
  • the UE after receiving the 13 bits in the DCI, the UE knows the frequency position (physical resource block PRB index) of the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH, and transmits the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH at the frequency position specified by the DCI.
  • the physical resource block PRB needs to be reversely folded, that is, the pair (physical resource block PRB index + N Spacing ) takes the modulus of the system bandwidth N_UL_RB. That is, mod(( n PRB + N Spacing ), N_UL_RB), where mod(m, n) represents an operation of a mode in which m is n, and n PRB is an allocated PRB index in the DCI.
  • the starting physical resource block PRB index of the cluster allocated by the DCI is 83 and two physical resource blocks PRB are allocated
  • the starting physical resource block PRB index of the allocated cluster is 83 and 84 is the physical of the first cluster.
  • 93 and 94 are the physical resource block PRB indexes of the second cluster.
  • 103 and 104 are physical resource block PRB indexes of the third cluster.
  • the physical resource block PRB index exceeding the resource block interval N Spacing should take the modulus of the system bandwidth N_UL_RB.
  • the result of modulo is such that 3 and 4 are the physical resource block PRB indexes of the third cluster.
  • 13 and 14 are the physical resource block PRB indexes of the 4th cluster.
  • 73 and 74 are the physical resource block PRB indexes of the 10th cluster.
  • the physical resource block PRB indexes allocated to the UE are 83, 84, 93, 94, 3, 4, 13, 14, 23, 24, 33, 34, 43, 44, 53, 54, 63, 64. , 73, 74.
  • the number of clusters N Cluster or the resource block interval N Spacing of the cluster may be notified or configured through high layer signaling, or may be notified by physical layer signaling.
  • a device for transmitting uplink information is provided, which is used to implement the foregoing embodiments and preferred embodiments, and details are not described herein.
  • the term "module” may implement a combination of software and/or hardware of a predetermined function.
  • the apparatus described in the following embodiments is preferably implemented in software, hardware, or a combination of software and hardware, is also possible and contemplated.
  • FIG. 6 is a structural block diagram of an apparatus for transmitting uplink information according to an embodiment of the present disclosure. As shown in FIG. 6, the apparatus includes:
  • the receiving module 62 is configured to receive downlink control information sent by the base station, where the downlink control information carries resource information, where the resource information is used to indicate that the user equipment sends the uplink channel and/or the uplink signal, where the resource occupies the user equipment. More than 80% of the uplink system resources;
  • the transmitting module 64 is connected to the receiving module 62 and configured to transmit the uplink channel and/or the uplink signal on the resource.
  • the foregoing apparatus may be applied to a terminal, such as a user equipment, but is not limited thereto.
  • the resource information of the resource that accounts for 80% or more of the uplink system resources of the user equipment is included in the downlink control information, and the downlink control information sent by the base station is received, and the content included in the downlink control information can be determined.
  • the technical problem of what content is included in the downlink control information has not been determined in the LAA uplink communication in the related art.
  • the apparatus may further include: a determining module, connected to the sending module 64, configured to determine frequency information of the resource according to the resource information.
  • FIG. 7 is a structural block diagram of an apparatus for receiving uplink information according to an embodiment of the present disclosure. As shown in FIG. 7, the apparatus includes:
  • the sending module 70 is configured to send the downlink control information to the user equipment, where the downlink control information carries resource information, where the resource information is used to instruct the user equipment to send resources of an uplink channel and/or an uplink signal, where the foregoing resources occupy More than 80% of the user equipment uplink system resources;
  • the receiving module 72 is connected to the sending module 70, and is configured to receive the uplink channel and/or the uplink signal sent by the user equipment on the resource.
  • the receiving apparatus may be applied to a base station, but is not limited thereto.
  • the resource information of the resources of the uplink system resources of the user equipment is included in the downlink control information, and the downlink control information is sent to the user equipment, and the content included in the downlink control information can be determined.
  • the technical problem of what content is included in the downlink control information has not been determined in the LAA uplink communication in the related art.
  • the apparatus may further include: an allocating module, connected to the sending module 70, configured to allocate a frequency resource of the resource to the user equipment.
  • each of the above modules may be implemented by software or hardware.
  • the foregoing may be implemented by, but not limited to, the foregoing modules are all located in the same processor; or, the modules are located in multiple In the processor.
  • Embodiments of the present disclosure also provide a storage medium.
  • the storage medium may be configured to store program code for performing the following steps:
  • A1 receiving downlink control information sent by the base station, where the downlink control information carries resource information, where the resource information is used to indicate that the user equipment sends the uplink channel and/or the uplink signal resource, where the resource occupies the uplink system resource of the user equipment. More than 80%;
  • A2 transmitting the uplink channel and/or the uplink signal on the resource.
  • the foregoing storage medium may include, but is not limited to, a U disk, a ROM, a RAM, a mobile hard disk, a magnetic disk, or an optical disk, and the like, which can store program codes.
  • the various modules proposed in the embodiments of the present disclosure may be implemented by a processor, and may also be implemented by a specific logic circuit.
  • the processor may be a central processing unit (CPU), a microprocessor. (MPU, Microprocessor Unit) or Field Programmable Gate Array (FPGA).
  • CPU central processing unit
  • MPU Microprocessor Unit
  • FPGA Field Programmable Gate Array
  • the method for transmitting and receiving the uplink information is implemented in the form of a software function module, and is sold or used as a separate product, it may also be stored in a computer readable storage medium.
  • the technical solution of the embodiments of the present disclosure may be embodied in the form of a software product in essence or in the form of a software product stored in a storage medium, including a plurality of instructions.
  • a computer device (which may be a personal computer, server, or network device, etc.) is caused to perform all or part of the methods described in various embodiments of the present disclosure.
  • the foregoing storage medium includes various media that can store program codes, such as a USB flash drive, a mobile hard disk, a ROM, a magnetic disk, or an optical disk.
  • program codes such as a USB flash drive, a mobile hard disk, a ROM, a magnetic disk, or an optical disk.
  • an embodiment of the present disclosure further provides a computer storage medium, the computer storage medium Storing a computer program for executing the above method for transmitting uplink information according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
  • the embodiment of the present disclosure further provides a computer storage medium, where the computer storage medium stores a computer program, and the computer program is used to execute the method for receiving the uplink information in the embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • modules or steps of the present disclosure described above can be implemented by a general-purpose computing device that can be centralized on a single computing device or distributed across a network of multiple computing devices.
  • they may be implemented by program code executable by the computing device, such that they may be stored in the storage device for execution by the computing device, and in some cases may be performed in a different order than that illustrated herein.
  • the disclosure is not limited to any specific combination of hardware and software.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

Disclosed are a method, device and system for sending and receiving uplink information, and a storage medium. The method comprises: receiving downlink control information sent by a base station, wherein the downlink control information carries resource information, with the resource information being used for instructing a user equipment to send a resource of an uplink channel and/or an uplink signal, and the resource accounting for 80% or more of uplink system resources of the user equipment; and sending the uplink channel and/or the uplink signal on the resource. By means of the present disclosure, the technical problem of determining what content is included in downlink control information in an LAA uplink communication in the relevant art is solved.

Description

上行信息的发送、接收方法、装置、系统及存储介质Method, device, system and storage medium for transmitting and receiving uplink information 技术领域Technical field
本公开涉及通信领域,尤其涉及一种上行信息的发送、接收方法、装置、系统及存储介质。The present disclosure relates to the field of communications, and in particular, to a method, an apparatus, a system, and a storage medium for transmitting and receiving uplink information.
背景技术Background technique
目前,第3代移动通信合作伙伴项目(3GPP,3rd Generation Partnership Project)已完成授权载波辅助接入(LAA,Licensed-Assisted Access)的下行通信(即基站发射,UE接收)部分的标准化工作。在接下来的一段时间内,3GPP将进行LAA的上行通信(UE发射,基站接收)部分的标准化工作。At present, the 3rd Generation Partnership Project (3GPP, 3rd Generation Partnership Project) has completed the standardization work of the downlink communication (ie, base station transmission, UE reception) part of the Licensed Assisted Access (LAA). In the next period of time, 3GPP will perform the standardization work of the LAA uplink communication (UE transmission, base station reception) part.
根据欧洲无线电管制的要求(EN301893),一个使用非授权载波的设备在进行无线电发射时,必须满足80%占用带宽的要求。例如,对于20MHz的系统带宽,一个无线电发射设备必须至少占用20*80%=16MHz的带宽。但该要求(EN301893)没有明确规定如何占用80%的带宽。According to the requirements of European radio regulations (EN301893), a device using an unlicensed carrier must meet the 80% bandwidth requirement when transmitting radio. For example, for a system bandwidth of 20 MHz, a radio transmitting device must occupy at least 20*80%=16 MHz bandwidth. However, this requirement (EN301893) does not specify how to occupy 80% of the bandwidth.
在LAA上行通信中,UE在发射数据(这里包括信道和信号)之前,需要获得基站的授权(或配置)。但目前尚未确定授权信息(下行控制信息)包含什么内容。In LAA uplink communication, the UE needs to obtain the authorization (or configuration) of the base station before transmitting data (including channels and signals here). However, it has not yet been determined what the authorization information (downlink control information) contains.
针对相关技术中的LAA上行通信中尚未确定下行控制信息中包含什么内容的技术问题,目前尚未提出有效的解决方案。For the technical problem that the content of the downlink control information is not determined in the LAA uplink communication in the related art, an effective solution has not been proposed yet.
发明内容Summary of the invention
有鉴于此,本公开实施例期望提供一种上行信息的发送、接收方法、装置、系统及存储介质,以至少解决相关技术中的LAA上行通信中尚未确定下行控制信息中包含什么内容的技术问题。 In view of this, the embodiments of the present disclosure are to provide a method, a device, a system, and a storage medium for transmitting and receiving uplink information, so as to at least solve the technical problem that the content of the downlink control information is not determined in the LAA uplink communication in the related art. .
根据本公开的一个方面,提供了一种上行信息的发送方法,包括:接收基站发送的下行控制信息;其中,上述下行控制信息携带有资源信息,该资源信息用于指示用户设备发送上行信道和/或上行信号的资源,该资源占上述用户设备上行系统资源的80%以上;在上述资源上发送上述上行信道和/或上述上行信号。According to an aspect of the present disclosure, a method for transmitting uplink information is provided, including: receiving downlink control information sent by a base station, where the downlink control information carries resource information, where the resource information is used to indicate that the user equipment sends an uplink channel and And the resource of the uplink signal, the resource occupies more than 80% of the uplink system resources of the user equipment; and sends the uplink channel and/or the uplink signal on the resource.
在一实施例中,在上述资源上发送上述上行信道和/或上述上行信号之前,上述方法还包括:根据上述资源信息确定上述资源的频率资源;在上述频率资源包括1个簇、2个簇、3个簇或4个簇的情况下,上述资源信息用R1个比特来表示,其中,In an embodiment, before the sending the uplink channel and/or the uplink signal on the resource, the method further includes: determining, according to the resource information, a frequency resource of the resource; where the frequency resource includes one cluster and two clusters In the case of three clusters or four clusters, the resource information is represented by R1 bits, wherein
R1=max(ceil(log2(N_UL_RB*(N_UL_RB+1)/2)),ceil(log2(Com(ceil(N_UL_RB/P+1),4))));其中,max()为取2个数中的较大者的操作,ceil()为向上取整操作,log2()为取以2为底的对数的操作,N_UL_RB为以资源块为单位的上行系统带宽,Com(M,N)为从M个数中取出N个数的扩展组合数操作,P为根据上述上行系统带宽确定的资源块组大小。R1=max(ceil(log2(N_UL_RB*(N_UL_RB+1)/2)),ceil(log2(Com(ceil(N_UL_RB/P+1),4))))); where max() is 2 For the larger of the operations, ceil() is the round-up operation, log2() is the base-2 logarithm operation, and N_UL_RB is the resource block-based uplink system bandwidth, Com(M,N In order to extract N number of extended combination numbers from M numbers, P is a resource block group size determined according to the above uplink system bandwidth.
在一实施例中,当上述上行系统带宽分别为5MHz、10MHz、15MHz、20MHz时,N_UL_RB的值分别取25、50、75、100,或者N_UL_RB的值分别取25、50、75、110;当上述簇的单位为资源块组时,P的值分别为2、3、4、4;当上述簇的单位为资源块时,P=1;每个上述簇的大小相同。In an embodiment, when the uplink system bandwidth is 5 MHz, 10 MHz, 15 MHz, and 20 MHz, respectively, the values of the N_UL_RB are respectively 25, 50, 75, 100, or the values of the N_UL_RB are respectively 25, 50, 75, 110; When the unit of the cluster is a resource block group, the values of P are 2, 3, 4, and 4, respectively; when the unit of the cluster is a resource block, P=1; each of the clusters has the same size.
在一实施例中,根据上述资源信息确定上述资源的频率资源包括:根据上述R1个比特表示的4个位置点的簇信息来确定上述4个位置点的取值,根据上述4个位置点的取值获得上述频率资源;其中,上述4个位置点包括第1个位置点S0,第2个位置点S1,第3个位置点S2和第4个位置点S3;上述4个位置点确定的簇的方式包括以下之一:方式一:第1个位置点S0表示第1个簇的起始位置,第2个位置点S1表示第1个簇的结 束位置,第3个位置点S2表示第2个簇的起始位置,第4个位置点S3表示第3个簇的起始位置;方式二:第一个位置点S0表示第1个簇的起始位置,第2个位置点S1表示第1个簇的结束位置,第3个位置点S2表示第2个簇的结束位置,第4个位置点S3表示第3个簇的结束位置;方式三:第一个位置点S0表示第1个簇的起始位置,第2个位置点S1表示第2个簇的起始位置,第3个位置点S2表示第3个簇的起始位置,第4个位置点S3表示第4个簇的起始位置;方式四:第一个位置点S0表示第一个簇的结束位置,第2个位置点S1表示第2个簇的结束位置,第3个位置点S2表示第3个簇的结束位置,第4个位置点S3表示第4个簇的结束位置;其中,S0、S1、S2、S3为正整数,上述各个簇的大小等于第1个簇的大小或者以上述各个簇中的指定簇的大小为基准进行半静态配置,上述S3对应的物理资源块的位置不超过上述上行系统带宽;上述4个位置点的簇信息为扩展组合数累积值r,其中,
Figure PCTCN2017075912-appb-000001
Σ为累加操作,N=ceil(N_UL_RB/P)+1,在i分别取0、1、2、3时,Si分别为S0的取值、S1的取值、S2的取值、S3的取值,M=4。
In an embodiment, determining the frequency resource of the resource according to the resource information includes: determining, according to the cluster information of the four location points represented by the R1 bits, the values of the four location points, according to the four location points. Obtaining the above frequency resource; wherein the four location points include a first location point S0, a second location point S1, a third location point S2, and a fourth location point S3; the four location points are determined The cluster method includes one of the following: Mode 1: The first position point S0 indicates the start position of the first cluster, the second position point S1 indicates the end position of the first cluster, and the third position point S2 indicates the first position. The starting position of the two clusters, the fourth position point S3 represents the starting position of the third cluster; the second mode: the first position point S0 represents the starting position of the first cluster, and the second position point S1 represents The end position of the first cluster, the third position point S2 indicates the end position of the second cluster, the fourth position point S3 indicates the end position of the third cluster; and the third position point S0 indicates the first position The starting position of the cluster, the second position point S1 indicates the starting position of the second cluster, and the third position S2 represents the starting position of the third cluster, and the fourth position point S3 represents the starting position of the fourth cluster; mode 4: the first position point S0 represents the end position of the first cluster, and the second position point S1 represents the end position of the second cluster, the third position point S2 represents the end position of the third cluster, and the fourth position point S3 represents the end position of the fourth cluster; wherein S0, S1, S2, S3 are a positive integer, the size of each cluster is equal to the size of the first cluster or semi-statically configured based on the size of the designated cluster in each cluster, and the location of the physical resource block corresponding to the S3 does not exceed the uplink system bandwidth; The cluster information of the four position points is the cumulative value of the expanded combination number r, wherein
Figure PCTCN2017075912-appb-000001
Σ is the accumulation operation, N=ceil(N_UL_RB/P)+1, when i takes 0, 1, 2, and 3 respectively, Si is the value of S0, the value of S1, the value of S2, and the value of S3. Value, M=4.
在一实施例中,在上述方式一或上述方式二中,上述S2等于上述S3,表示上述频率资源中只包含有2个簇;上述S1、上述S2与上述S3相等,表示上述频率资源中只包含有1个簇;上述S0、上述S1、上述S2与上述S3相等,表示上述频率资源只包含有1个簇且上述簇的大小为上行系统带宽;上述S0、上述S1、上述S2与上述S3相等,表示上述频率资源只包含有一个簇且上述簇的大小为上述簇的起始位置与结束位置之差所表示的带宽大小。In an embodiment, in the first mode or the second aspect, the S2 is equal to the S3, and the frequency resource includes only two clusters; the S1 and the S2 are equal to the S3, and the frequency resource is only The cluster includes one cluster; the S0, the S1, and the S2 are equal to the S3, and the frequency resource includes only one cluster, and the size of the cluster is an uplink system bandwidth; the S0, the S1, the S2, and the S3 Equal to indicate that the frequency resource includes only one cluster and the size of the cluster is the bandwidth represented by the difference between the start position and the end position of the cluster.
在一实施例中,在上述方式三或上述方式四中,上述簇的大小用Q个比特来表示,其中,Q为整数,上述簇的单位为以下之一:资源块、1个资源块组、2个资源块组、4个资源块组、8个资源块组、1个子载波、2个子 载波、3个子载波、4个子载波、6个子载波;上述S0、上述S1、上述S2与上述S3相等,表示上述频率资源中只包含有一个簇,且上述簇的大小为上行系统带宽。In an embodiment, in the third mode or the fourth method, the size of the cluster is represented by Q bits, where Q is an integer, and the unit of the cluster is one of the following: a resource block and a resource block group. , 2 resource block groups, 4 resource block groups, 8 resource block groups, 1 subcarrier, 2 sub- The carrier, the three subcarriers, the four subcarriers, and the six subcarriers; the S0, the S1, and the S2 are equal to the S3, and the frequency resource includes only one cluster, and the size of the cluster is an uplink system bandwidth.
在一实施例中,在上述资源上发送上述上行信道和/或上述上行信号之前,上述方法还包括:根据上述资源信息确定上述资源的频率资源:在上述频率资源包括2个簇或4个簇的情况下,上述频率信息用R2个比特来表示,其中,R2=ceil(log2(Com(ceil(N_UL_RB/(2*H)+1),4))),ceil()为向上取整操作,log2()为取以2为底的对数的操作,N_UL_RB为以资源块为单位的上行系统带宽,Com(M,N)为从M个数中取出N个数的扩展组合数操作,H为根据一半的上行系统带宽确定的资源块组大小。In an embodiment, before the sending the uplink channel and/or the uplink signal on the resource, the method further includes: determining, according to the resource information, a frequency resource of the resource: the frequency resource includes two clusters or four clusters. In the case of the above, the frequency information is represented by R2 bits, where R2=ceil(log2(Com(ceil(N_UL_RB/(2*H)+1), 4)))), ceil() is an upward rounding operation. , log2() is the operation of taking the base 2 logarithm, N_UL_RB is the uplink system bandwidth in units of resource blocks, and Com(M, N) is the extended combination number operation of extracting N numbers from M numbers, H is the resource block group size determined based on half of the uplink system bandwidth.
在一实施例中,当上述上行系统带宽分别为5MHz、10MHz、15MHz、20MHz时,N_UL_RB的值分别取25、50、75、100,或者N_UL_RB的值分别取25、50、75、110;当上述簇的单位为资源块组时,H的值分别为2、2、3、3;当上述簇的单位为资源块时,H=1。In an embodiment, when the uplink system bandwidth is 5 MHz, 10 MHz, 15 MHz, and 20 MHz, respectively, the values of the N_UL_RB are respectively 25, 50, 75, 100, or the values of the N_UL_RB are respectively 25, 50, 75, 110; When the unit of the cluster is a resource block group, the values of H are 2, 2, 3, and 3, respectively; when the unit of the cluster is a resource block, H=1.
在一实施例中,根据上述资源信息确定上述资源的频率资源包括:根据上述R2个比特表示的4个位置点的簇信息来确定上述4个位置点的取值,根据上述4个位置点的取值获得上述频率资源;其中,上述4个位置点包括第1个位置点S0,第2个位置点S1,第3个位置点S2和第4个位置点S3;上述S0表示第1个簇的起始位置,上述S1表示第1个簇的结束位置,上述S2表示第2个簇的起始位置,上述S3表示第2个簇的结束位置;上述S0加上一半上述N_UL_RB的位置表示第3个簇的起始位置,上述S1加上一半上述N_UL_RB的位置表示第3个簇的结束位置,上述S2加上一半上述N_UL_RB的位置表示第4个簇的起始位置,上述S3加上一半上述N_UL_RB的位置表示第4个簇的结束位置;上述4个位置点的簇信息为扩展组合数累积值r,其中,
Figure PCTCN2017075912-appb-000002
Σ为累加 操作,N=ceil(N_UL_RB/(2*H))+1,在i分别取0、1、2、3时,Si分别为S0、S1、S2、S3,M=4。
In an embodiment, determining the frequency resource of the resource according to the resource information includes: determining, according to the cluster information of the four location points represented by the R2 bits, the values of the four location points, according to the four location points. Obtaining the above frequency resource; wherein the four position points include a first position point S0, a second position point S1, a third position point S2 and a fourth position point S3; and the above S0 represents the first cluster The starting position, the above S1 represents the end position of the first cluster, the above S2 represents the starting position of the second cluster, the above S3 represents the ending position of the second cluster, and the position of the above S0 plus half of the above N_UL_RB indicates the The starting position of the three clusters, the position of the above S1 plus half of the N_UL_RB indicates the end position of the third cluster, and the position of the above S2 plus half of the N_UL_RB indicates the starting position of the fourth cluster, and the above S3 is half The position of the N_UL_RB indicates the end position of the fourth cluster; the cluster information of the four position points is the cumulative value r of the expanded combination number, wherein
Figure PCTCN2017075912-appb-000002
Σ is the accumulation operation, N=ceil(N_UL_RB/(2*H))+1, when i is 0, 1, 2, and 3 respectively, Si is S0, S1, S2, S3, and M=4, respectively.
在一实施例中,上述S1、上述S2与上述S3相等,表示上述频率资源中只包含有2个簇。In an embodiment, the S1 and the S2 are equal to the S3, and the frequency resource includes only two clusters.
在一实施例中,在上述资源上发送上述上行信道和/或上述上行信号之前,上述方法还包括:根据上述资源信息确定上述资源的频率资源:在上述频率资源包括4个簇或8个簇的情况下,上述资源信息用R3个比特来表示,其中,R3=ceil(log2(Com(ceil(N_UL_RB/(4*H1)+1),4))),ceil()为向上取整操作,log2()为取以2为底的对数的操作,N_UL_RB为以资源块为单位的上行系统带宽,Com(M,N)为从M个数中取出N个数的扩展组合数操作,H1为根据四分之一的上行系统带宽确定的资源块组大小。In an embodiment, before the sending the uplink channel and/or the uplink signal on the resource, the method further includes: determining, according to the resource information, a frequency resource of the resource: the frequency resource includes four clusters or eight clusters. In the case of the above, the resource information is represented by R3 bits, where R3=ceil(log2(Com(ceil(N_UL_RB/(4*H1)+1), 4)))), ceil() is an rounding operation , log2() is the operation of taking the base 2 logarithm, N_UL_RB is the uplink system bandwidth in units of resource blocks, and Com(M, N) is the extended combination number operation of extracting N numbers from M numbers, H1 is the resource block group size determined based on a quarter of the upstream system bandwidth.
在一实施例中,当上述上行系统带宽分别为10MHz、20MHz时,N_UL_RB的值分别为50、100或者N_UL_RB的值分别为50、110;当簇的单位为资源块组时,H1的值分别为1、2;当簇的单位为资源块时,H1=1。In an embodiment, when the uplink system bandwidth is 10 MHz and 20 MHz, respectively, the values of the N_UL_RB are 50, 100, or the values of the N_UL_RB are respectively 50 and 110; when the unit of the cluster is a resource block group, the values of the H1 are respectively Is 1, 2; when the unit of the cluster is a resource block, H1=1.
在一实施例中,根据上述资源信息确定上述资源的频率资源包括:根据上述R3个比特表示的4个位置点的簇信息来确定上述4个位置点的取值,根据上述4个位置点的取值获得上述频率资源;其中,上述4个位置点包括第1个位置点S0,第2个位置点S1,第3个位置点S2和第4个位置点S3;上述S0表示第1个簇的起始位置,上述S1表示第1个簇的结束位置,上述S2表示第2个簇的起始位置,上述S3表示第2个簇的结束位置;上述S0加上四分之一上述N_UL_RB的位置表示第3个簇的起始位置,上述S1加上四分之一上述N_UL_RB的位置表示第3个簇的结束位置,上述S2加上四分之一上述N_UL_RB的位置表示第4个簇的起始位置,上述S3加上四分之一上述N_UL_RB的位置表示第4个簇的结束位置,上述S0加上一半上述N_UL_RB的位置表示第5个簇的起始位置,上述S1加上一 半上述N_UL_RB的位置表示第5个簇的结束位置,上述S2加上一半上述N_UL_RB的位置表示第6个簇的起始位置,上述S3加上一半上述N_UL_RB的位置表示第6个簇的结束位置,上述S0加上四分之三上述N_UL_RB的位置表示第7个簇的起始位置,上述S1加上四分之三上述N_UL_RB的位置表示第7个簇的结束位置,上述S2加上四分之三上述N_UL_RB的位置表示第8个簇的起始位置,上述S3加上四分之三上述N_UL_RB的位置表示第8个簇的结束位置;其中,上述S1、上述S2和上述S3相等,表示上述频率资源信息中包含有4个簇;上述S0、上述S1、上述S2和上述S3都不相等,表示上述频率资源信息中包含有8个簇;上述4个位置点的簇信息为扩展组合数累积值r,其中,
Figure PCTCN2017075912-appb-000003
Σ为累加操作,N=ceil(N_UL_RB/(4*H1))+1,在i分别取0、1、2、3时,Si分别为S0、S1、S2、S3,M=4。
In an embodiment, determining the frequency resource of the resource according to the resource information includes: determining, according to the cluster information of the four location points represented by the R3 bits, the values of the four location points, according to the four location points. Obtaining the above frequency resource; wherein the four position points include a first position point S0, a second position point S1, a third position point S2 and a fourth position point S3; and the above S0 represents the first cluster The starting position, S1 represents the end position of the first cluster, the above S2 represents the starting position of the second cluster, the above S3 represents the ending position of the second cluster, and the above S0 adds a quarter of the above-mentioned N_UL_RB The position indicates the start position of the third cluster, and the position of the above S1 plus one quarter of the N_UL_RB indicates the end position of the third cluster, and the position of the above S2 plus one quarter of the above N_UL_RB indicates the fourth cluster. The starting position, the position of the above-mentioned S3 plus a quarter of the above-mentioned N_UL_RB indicates the ending position of the fourth cluster, and the position of the above-mentioned S0 plus half of the above-mentioned N_UL_RB indicates the starting position of the fifth cluster, and the above S1 is added by half The position of N_UL_RB indicates the knot of the 5th cluster The beam position, the position of the above S2 plus half of the N_UL_RB indicates the start position of the sixth cluster, the position of the above S3 plus half of the N_UL_RB indicates the end position of the sixth cluster, and the above S0 plus three quarters of the above N_UL_RB The position indicates the start position of the seventh cluster, and the above S1 plus three-quarters of the positions of the N_UL_RB indicates the end position of the seventh cluster, and the above S2 plus three-quarters of the positions of the above N_UL_RB indicates the eighth cluster. The starting position of the S3 plus the three-quarters of the N_UL_RB indicates the end position of the eighth cluster; wherein the S1, the S2, and the S3 are equal, indicating that the frequency resource information includes four clusters; The S0, the S1, the S2, and the S3 are not equal, and the frequency resource information includes eight clusters; and the cluster information of the four location points is an extended combination number r, wherein
Figure PCTCN2017075912-appb-000003
Σ is the accumulation operation, N=ceil(N_UL_RB/(4*H1))+1, when i is 0, 1, 2, and 3 respectively, Si is S0, S1, S2, S3, and M=4, respectively.
在一实施例中,在上述资源上发送上述上行信道和/或上述上行信号之前,上述方法还包括:根据上述资源信息确定上述资源的频率资源:在上述频率资源信分别包括10个簇或20个簇的情况下,上述资源信息为R4个比特来表示,其中,R4为以下之一:ceil(log2(Com(ceil(N_UL_RB/(10*H2)+1),4)))、In an embodiment, before the sending the uplink channel and/or the uplink signal on the resource, the method further includes: determining, according to the resource information, a frequency resource of the resource: the frequency resource signal includes 10 clusters or 20, respectively. In the case of clusters, the resource information is represented by R4 bits, where R4 is one of the following: ceil (log2(Com(ceil(N_UL_RB/(10*H2)+1), 4))),
max(ceil(log2(N_UL_RB*(N_UL_RB+1)/2)),ceil(log2(Com(ceil(N_UL_RB/(10*H2)+1),4))))、Max(ceil(log2(N_UL_RB*(N_UL_RB+1)/2)),ceil(log2(Com(ceil(N_UL_RB/(10*H2)+1),4)))),
max(ceil(log2(N_UL_RB*(N_UL_RB+1)/2)),ceil(log2(Com(ceil(N_UL_RB/(10*H2)+1),4))))中的最低ceil(log2(N_UL_RB*(N_UL_RB+1)/2))个比特、max(ceil(log2(N_UL_RB*(N_UL_RB+1)/2)),ceil(log2(Com(ceil(N_UL_RB/(10*H2)+1),4))))中的最低10个比特;ceil()为向上取整操作,log2()为取以2为底的对数的操作,N_UL_RB为以资源 块为单位的上行系统带宽,Com(M,N)为从M个数中取出N个数的扩展组合数操作,H2为根据十分之一的上行系统带宽确定的资源块组大小。Max(ceil(log2(N_UL_RB*(N_UL_RB+1)/2)), ceil(log2(Com(ceil(N_UL_RB/(10*H2)+1), 4))))) The lowest ceil (log2(N_UL_RB) *(N_UL_RB+1)/2)) bits, max(ceil(log2(N_UL_RB*(N_UL_RB+1)/2)), ceil(log2(Com(ce_(N_UL_RB/(10*H2)+1), 4) The lowest 10 bits in))); ceil() is the rounding operation, log2() is the base 2 operation, and N_UL_RB is the resource The block system is the uplink system bandwidth, Com(M, N) is the extended combination number operation of extracting N numbers from M numbers, and H2 is the resource block group size determined according to one tenth of the uplink system bandwidth.
在一实施例中,当上述上行系统带宽分别为10MHz、20MHz时,N_UL_RB的值分别为50、100;当簇的单位为资源块组时,H2的值分别为1、1;当簇的单位为资源块时,H2=1。In an embodiment, when the uplink system bandwidth is 10 MHz and 20 MHz, respectively, the value of N_UL_RB is 50 and 100 respectively; when the unit of the cluster is a resource block group, the value of H2 is 1, 1; When it is a resource block, H2=1.
在一实施例中,根据上述资源信息确定上述资源的频率资源包括以下之一:根据上述R4个比特表示的4个位置点的簇信息来确定上述4个位置点的取值,根据上述4个位置点的取值获得上述频率资源;根据R4个比特表示的资源指示值RIV确定资源的频率信息;根据R4个比特表示的资源比特位图确定资源的频率信息;其中,上述4个位置点包括第1个位置点S0,第2个位置点S1,第3个位置点S2和第4个位置点S3;上述S0表示第1个簇的起始位置,上述S1表示第1个簇的结束位置,上述S2表示第2个簇的起始位置,上述S3表示第2个簇的结束位置,上述S0加上十分之一上述N_UL_RB的位置表示第3个簇的起始位置,上述S1加上十分之一上述N_UL_RB的位置表示第3个簇的结束位置,上述S2加上十分之一上述N_UL_RB的位置表示第4个簇的起始位置,上述S3加上十分之一上述N_UL_RB的位置表示第4个簇的结束位置,上述S0加上十分之二上述N_UL_RB的位置表示第5个簇的起始位置,上述S1加上十分之二上述N_UL_RB的位置表示第5个簇的结束位置,上述S2加上十分之二上述N_UL_RB的位置表示第6个簇的起始位置,上述S3加上十分之二上述N_UL_RB的位置表示第6个簇的结束位置;依此类推,上述S0加上十分之九上述N_UL_RB的位置表示第19个簇的起始位置,上述S1加上十分之九上述N_UL_RB的位置表示第19个簇的结束位置,上述S2加上十分之九上述N_UL_RB的位置表示第20个簇的起始位置,上述S3加上十分之九上述N_UL_RB的位置表示第20个簇的结束位置;其中,上述S1、上 述S2和上述S3相等,表示上述频率资源中包含有10个簇;上述S0、上述S1、上述S2和上述S3都不相等,表示上述频率资源中包含有20个簇;上述4个位置点的簇信息为扩展组合数累积值r,其中,
Figure PCTCN2017075912-appb-000004
Σ为累加操作,N=ceil(N_UL_RB/(10*H))+1,在i分别取0、1、2、3时,Si分别为S0、S1、S2、S3,M=4,H2=1。
In an embodiment, determining, according to the resource information, that the frequency resource of the resource includes one of: determining the value of the four location points according to the cluster information of the four location points represented by the R4 bits, according to the foregoing four The value of the location point obtains the frequency resource; the frequency information of the resource is determined according to the resource indication value RIV represented by the R4 bits; and the frequency information of the resource is determined according to the resource bit bitmap represented by the R4 bits; wherein the four location points include The first position point S0, the second position point S1, the third position point S2 and the fourth position point S3; the above S0 indicates the start position of the first cluster, and the above S1 indicates the end position of the first cluster S2 represents the start position of the second cluster, S3 represents the end position of the second cluster, and the position of the S_ plus one tenth of the N_UL_RB indicates the start position of the third cluster, and the above S1 is added. One tenth of the positions of the N_UL_RBs indicate the end position of the third cluster, and the above S2 plus one tenth of the positions of the N_UL_RB indicates the start position of the fourth cluster, and the above S3 plus one tenth of the above N_UL_RB Position indicates the fourth The end position, S0 plus tenths of the above N_UL_RB positions indicate the starting position of the fifth cluster, and the above S1 plus tenths of the N_UL_RB positions indicate the end position of the fifth cluster, the above S2 plus The position of the above N_UL_RB indicates the starting position of the sixth cluster, and the above S3 plus two tenths of the positions of the N_UL_RB indicates the end position of the sixth cluster; and so on, the above S0 plus ten The position of the N_UL_RB indicates the start position of the 19th cluster, and the position of the N1 and the tenth of the N_UL_RB indicates the end position of the 19th cluster, and the position of the above S2 plus nine tenth of the above N_UL_RB indicates The start position of the 20th cluster, the position of the above S3 plus tenths of the N_UL_RB indicates the end position of the 20th cluster; wherein the S1, the S2 and the S3 are equal, indicating that the frequency resource includes 10 The above-mentioned S0, the above-mentioned S1, the above-mentioned S2, and the above-mentioned S3 are not equal, and the above-mentioned frequency resources include 20 clusters; the cluster information of the above four location points is the cumulative value of the expanded combination number r, wherein
Figure PCTCN2017075912-appb-000004
Σ is the accumulation operation, N=ceil(N_UL_RB/(10*H))+1, when i is taken as 0, 1, 2, 3 respectively, Si is S0, S1, S2, S3, M=4, H2= 1.
所述资源指示值RIV用起始资源块索引RB_Start、连续的资源块数量RB_Length和十分之一所述上行系统带宽N_UL_RB_10表示;其中,在(RB_Length-1)小于或者等于floor(N_UL_RB_10/2)的情况下,所述RIV为N_UL_RB_10*(RB_Length-1)+RB_Start,在(RB_Length-1)大于floor(N_UL_RB_10/2)的情况下,所述RIV为N_UL_RB_10*(N_UL_RB_10-RB_Length+1)+(N_UL_RB_10-1-RB_Start);当所述上行系统带宽分别为10MHz、20MHz时,所述N_UL_RB_10的值分别为5、10;所述RB_Start的取值为0到9的整数;所述RB_Length取值为1到10的整数,floor()为向下取整操作;The resource indication value RIV is represented by a starting resource block index RB_Start, a contiguous number of resource blocks RB_Length, and a tenth of the uplink system bandwidth N_UL_RB_10; wherein, (RB_Length-1) is less than or equal to floor(N_UL_RB_10/2) In the case, the RIV is N_UL_RB_10*(RB_Length-1)+RB_Start, and in the case where (RB_Length-1) is greater than floor(N_UL_RB_10/2), the RIV is N_UL_RB_10*(N_UL_RB_10-RB_Length+1)+( N_UL_RB_10-1-RB_Start); when the uplink system bandwidth is 10 MHz, 20 MHz, respectively, the value of the N_UL_RB_10 is 5, 10; the value of the RB_Start is an integer from 0 to 9; the value of the RB_Length is An integer from 1 to 10, floor() is a rounding operation;
所述资源比特位图中的最高比特对应到十分之一所述N_UL_RB中具有最小号码的资源块索引,最低比特对应具有最大号码的资源块索引;其中,所述资源比特位图中的比特位的值为二进制“1”,表示以下资源块索引分配给了所述用户设备:与所述比特位对应的资源块索引、所述资源块索引加上1/10所述N_UL_RB所表示的资源块索引、所述资源块索引加上2/10所述N_UL_RB所表示的资源块索引、所述资源块索引加上3/10所述N_UL_RB所表示的资源块索引、所述资源块索引加上4/10所述N_UL_RB所表示的资源块索引、所述资源块索引加上5/10所述N_UL_RB所表示的资源块索引、所述资源块索引加上6/10所述N_UL_RB所表示的资源块索引、所述资源块索引加上7/10所述N_UL_RB所表示的资源块索引、所述资源块索引加上8/10所述N_UL_RB所表示的资源块索引、所述资源块索 引加上9/10所述N_UL_RB所表示的资源块索引;所述资源比特位图中的比特位的值为二进制“0”表示以下资源块索引没有分配给所述用户设备:与所述比特位对应的资源块索引、所述资源块索引加上1/10所述N_UL_RB所表示的资源块索引、所述资源块索引加上2/10所述N_UL_RB所表示的资源块索引、所述资源块索引加上3/10所述N_UL_RB所表示的资源块索引、所述资源块索引加上4/10所述N_UL_RB所表示的资源块索引、所述资源块索引加上5/10所述N_UL_RB所表示的资源块索引、所述资源块索引加上6/10所述N_UL_RB所表示的资源块索引、所述资源块索引加上7/10所述N_UL_RB所表示的资源块索引、所述资源块索引加上8/10所述N_UL_RB所表示的资源块索引、所述资源块索引加上9/10所述N_UL_RB所表示的资源块索引。The highest bit in the resource bit bitmap corresponds to one tenth of the N_UL_RB resource block index having the smallest number, and the lowest bit corresponds to the resource block index having the largest number; wherein the bits in the resource bit bitmap The value of the bit is a binary "1", indicating that the following resource block index is allocated to the user equipment: a resource block index corresponding to the bit, the resource block index plus 1/10 of the resource represented by the N_UL_RB a block index, the resource block index plus 2/10 of the resource block index represented by the N_UL_RB, the resource block index plus 3/10 of the resource block index represented by the N_UL_RB, and the resource block index plus 4/10, the resource block index indicated by the N_UL_RB, the resource block index plus 5/10 of the resource block index indicated by the N_UL_RB, and the resource block index plus 6/10 of the resource indicated by the N_UL_RB a block index, the resource block index plus 7/10 the resource block index represented by the N_UL_RB, the resource block index plus 8/10 the resource block index represented by the N_UL_RB, the resource block Adding a resource block index represented by N_UL_RB according to 9/10; the value of the bit in the resource bit bitmap is binary "0" indicating that the following resource block index is not allocated to the user equipment: a resource block index corresponding to the bit, the resource block index plus 1/10 of the resource block index indicated by the N_UL_RB, the resource block index plus 2/10 of the resource block index indicated by the N_UL_RB, the resource a block index plus 3/10 of the resource block index represented by the N_UL_RB, the resource block index plus 4/10 of the resource block index represented by the N_UL_RB, the resource block index plus 5/10 of the N_UL_RB a resource block index, a resource block index, and a resource block index indicated by the N_UL_RB, and the resource block index plus 7/10 of the resource block index indicated by the N_UL_RB, the resource resource index The block index is added with a resource block index indicated by N_UL_RB of 8/10, and the resource block index is added by 9/10 of the resource block index indicated by the N_UL_RB.
在一实施例中,在上述资源上发送上述上行信道和/或上述上行信号之前,上述方法还包括:根据上述资源信息确定上述资源的频率资源:其中,上述资源信息为起始物理资源块偏移和间隔物理资源块数量,其中,上述间隔物理资源块数量为分配的2个簇之间相隔的物理资源块的数量,上述起始物理资源块偏移为0到上述间隔物理资源块数量减1之间的整数值;当上述间隔物理资源块数量为K时,起始物理资源块偏移为0、1、……、K-1,每个上述起始物理资源块偏移占上行系统带宽的1/K,总共K个状态,其中,K为正整数。In an embodiment, before the sending the uplink channel and/or the uplink signal on the resource, the method further includes: determining, according to the resource information, a frequency resource of the resource: where the resource information is a starting physical resource block bias The number of physical resource blocks that are shifted and spaced, wherein the number of the physical resource blocks is the number of physical resource blocks separated by the allocated two clusters, and the initial physical resource block offset is 0 to the number of the physical resource blocks. An integer value between 1; when the number of the interval physical resource blocks is K, the starting physical resource block offset is 0, 1, ..., K-1, and each of the above starting physical resource block offsets accounts for the uplink system 1/K of bandwidth, a total of K states, where K is a positive integer.
在一实施例中,在上述间隔物理资源块数量从1增加到K时,总的状态数为W=1+2+……+K;上述资源信息用V比特表示,其中,V=ceil(log2(W),ceil()为向上取整操作,log2()为取以2为底的对数的操作。In an embodiment, when the number of the interval physical resource blocks increases from 1 to K, the total state number is W=1+2+...+K; the resource information is represented by V bits, where V=ceil( Log2(W), ceil() is the rounding operation, and log2() is the base-2 logarithm.
在一实施例中,当上述间隔物理资源块数量为1和2和4和8和10时,总的状态数为W=1+2+4+8+10=24,上述资源信息用5比特表示;当上述间隔物理资源块数量为10时,上述资源信息用10比特的位图表示,其中, 根据上述资源信息确定上述资源的频率资源包括:根据上述10比特的位图中的比特位与上述起始物理资块偏移的对应关系确定上述频率资源,其中,上述10比特的位图中的最高比特位MSB对应最小的起始物理资源块偏移,上述10比特的位图中的比特位的比特值为“1”表示与上述比特位对应的起始物理资源块偏移对应的物理资源块分配给了上述用户设备,上述10比特的位图中的比特位的比特值为“0”表示与上述比特位对应的起始物理资源块偏移对应的物理资源块没有分配给上述用户设备;当上述间隔物理资源块数量为16时,上述频率资源用16比特的位图来表示,根据上述资源信息确定上述资源的频率资源包括:根据上述16比特的位图中的比特位与上述起始物理资块偏移的对应关系确定上述频率资源,其中,上述位图中的最高比特位MSB对应最小的起始物理资源块偏移,上述位图中的比特位的比特值为“1”表示与上述比特位对应的起始物理资源块偏移对应的物理资源块分配给了上述用户设备,上述位图中的比特位的比特值为“0”表示与上述比特位对应的起始物理资源块偏移对应的物理资源块没有分配给上述用户设备。In an embodiment, when the number of the spaced physical resource blocks is 1 and 2 and 4 and 8 and 10, the total number of states is W=1+2+4+8+10=24, and the resource information is 5 bits. Representing; when the number of the interval physical resource blocks is 10, the resource information is represented by a 10-bit bitmap, where Determining the frequency resource of the resource according to the foregoing resource information includes: determining the frequency resource according to a correspondence between a bit in the 10-bit bitmap and the initial physical block offset, wherein the 10-bit bitmap The highest bit MSB corresponds to the smallest starting physical resource block offset, and the bit value of the bit in the 10-bit bitmap is “1” indicating the physical resource corresponding to the starting physical resource block offset corresponding to the above bit. The block is allocated to the user equipment, and the bit value of the bit in the 10-bit bitmap is “0”, indicating that the physical resource block corresponding to the initial physical resource block offset corresponding to the bit is not allocated to the user equipment. When the number of the interval physical resource blocks is 16, the frequency resource is represented by a 16-bit bitmap, and determining the frequency resource of the resource according to the resource information includes: according to the bit in the 16-bit bitmap and the foregoing The corresponding relationship of the initial physical block offset determines the frequency resource, wherein the highest bit MSB in the bitmap corresponds to the smallest initial physical resource The source block is offset, and the bit value of the bit in the bitmap is “1”, indicating that the physical resource block corresponding to the starting physical resource block offset corresponding to the bit is allocated to the user equipment, in the bitmap. The bit value of the bit is "0", indicating that the physical resource block corresponding to the initial physical resource block offset corresponding to the above bit is not allocated to the user equipment.
在一实施例中,上述方法还包括:在上述资源上发送上述上行信道和/或上述上行信号时,将上行系统带宽N_UL_RB分成Y个簇;其中,每个簇平均有Z个物理资源块;上述基站分配给上述用户设备的簇用上述Y个比特的比特位图表示,上述比特位图中的最高比特位对应上述Y个簇的最后一个簇,上述比特位图中的最低比特位对应上述Y个簇的第一个簇,上述第一个簇的第一个物理资源块对应上述N_UL_RB个物理资源块中具有最小物理资源块编号的物理资源块;上述上行系统带宽中最后(N_UL_RB–Y*Z)个物理资源块属于上述Y个簇中的最后一个簇;其中,Y=max(ceil(log2(N_UL_RB*(N_UL_RB+1)/2)),ceil(log2(Com(ceil(N_UL_RB/P+1),4)))),Z=floor(N_UL_RB/Y),max()为 取2个数中的较大者的操作,ceil()为向上取整操作,log2()为取以2为底的对数的操作,N_UL_RB为以资源块为单位的上行系统带宽,Com(M,N)为从M个数中取出N个数的扩展组合数操作,P为根据上述上行系统带宽确定的资源块组大小,floor()为向下取整操作。In an embodiment, the method further includes: when transmitting the uplink channel and/or the uplink signal on the resource, dividing the uplink system bandwidth N_UL_RB into Y clusters; wherein each cluster has an average of Z physical resource blocks; The cluster allocated to the user equipment by the base station is represented by a bitmap of the Y bits, and the highest bit in the bitmap corresponds to the last cluster of the Y clusters, and the lowest bit in the bitmap corresponds to the foregoing The first cluster of the Y clusters, the first physical resource block of the first cluster corresponds to the physical resource block having the smallest physical resource block number among the N_UL_RB physical resource blocks; the last of the uplink system bandwidths (N_UL_RB–Y *Z) physical resource blocks belong to the last cluster of the above Y clusters; where Y=max(ceil(log2(N_UL_RB*(N_UL_RB+1)/2)), ceil(log2(Com(ceil(N_UL_RB/) P+1), 4)))), Z=floor(N_UL_RB/Y), max() is Take the operation of the larger of the two numbers, ceil() is the round-up operation, log2() is the base-2 operation, and N_UL_RB is the uplink system bandwidth in resource blocks, Com( M, N) is an extended combined number operation of extracting N numbers from M numbers, P is a resource block group size determined according to the above uplink system bandwidth, and floor() is a rounding operation.
在一实施例中,在上述资源上发送上述上行信道和/或上述上行信号之前,上述方法还包括:根据上述资源信息确定上述资源的频率资源;其中,上述资源信息包括NCluster个比特的簇信息;其中,簇的个数为NCluster个,与簇对应的物理上行共享信道的物理资源块号码为
Figure PCTCN2017075912-appb-000005
In an embodiment, before the sending the uplink channel and/or the uplink signal on the resource, the method further includes: determining a frequency resource of the resource according to the resource information; wherein the resource information includes a cluster of N Cluster bits Information; wherein the number of clusters is N Cluster , and the physical resource block number of the physical uplink shared channel corresponding to the cluster is
Figure PCTCN2017075912-appb-000005
或者nPRB=[0,1,2,...,(floor(N_UL_RB/NCluster)-1)]*NCluster+IDCluster;其中,nPRB是物理资源块号码,
Figure PCTCN2017075912-appb-000006
是一个簇内的物理资源块数量,IDCluster是簇的号码或标识,NCluster个比特的簇信息的最高比特MSB对应具有最小的簇号码的簇,nPRB的范围是0到N_UL_RB-1,
Figure PCTCN2017075912-appb-000007
的范围是1到N_UL_RB,IDCluster的范围是0到NCluster-1,
Figure PCTCN2017075912-appb-000008
N_UL_RB为以资源块为单位的上行系统带宽。
Or n PRB =[0,1,2,...,(floor(N_UL_RB/N Cluster )-1)]*N Cluster +ID Cluster ; where n PRB is the physical resource block number,
Figure PCTCN2017075912-appb-000006
Is the number of physical resource blocks in a cluster, ID Cluster is the number or identifier of the cluster, and the highest bit MSB of the cluster information of N Cluster bits corresponds to the cluster with the smallest cluster number, and the range of n PRB is 0 to N_UL_RB-1.
Figure PCTCN2017075912-appb-000007
The range is 1 to N_UL_RB, and the ID Cluster ranges from 0 to N Cluster -1.
Figure PCTCN2017075912-appb-000008
N_UL_RB is the uplink system bandwidth in units of resource blocks.
在一实施例中,根据上述资源信息确定上述资源的频率资源包括:根据上述NCluster个比特的簇信息确定上述NCluster个中分配给上述用户设备的簇的IDCluster;根据上述IDCluster获取与上述IDCluster对应的物理资源块编号;其中,与上述物理资源块编号对应的物理资源块为上述频率资源。In one embodiment, the resource information is determined based on the frequency resources among the resources comprises: determining ID Cluster clusters the N Cluster number assigned to said user equipment based on the cluster information of the N Cluster bits; obtained according to the above-described ID Cluster and a physical resource block number corresponding to the ID cluster ; wherein the physical resource block corresponding to the physical resource block number is the frequency resource.
在一实施例中,上述下行控制信息还包括资源分配类型比特,其中,该资源分配类型比特用于指示上述基站给上述用户设备分配上述资源的分配方式。In an embodiment, the downlink control information further includes a resource allocation type bit, where the resource allocation type bit is used to indicate that the base station allocates the resource allocation manner to the user equipment.
在一实施例中,在上述资源的频率资源为70个物理资源块时,在上述资源上发送上述上行信道和/或上述上行信号包括:分别在2个资源成分上发送上述上行信道和/或上述上行信号;其中,在上述2个资源成分上发送 不同的上述上行信道和/或上述上行信号,上述2个资源成分由上述70个物理资源块划分得到的物理资源块的集合。In an embodiment, when the frequency resource of the resource is 70 physical resource blocks, sending the uplink channel and/or the uplink signal on the resource includes: transmitting the uplink channel and/or the two uplink resource components respectively. The uplink signal; wherein, the foregoing two resource components are sent Different from the uplink channel and/or the uplink signal, the two resource components are a set of physical resource blocks divided by the 70 physical resource blocks.
在一实施例中,通过以下之一划分方式将上述70个物理资源块划分为上述2个资源成分:将上述70个物理资源块划分为64个物理资源块和6个物理资源块;其中,上述64个物理资源块为上述2个资源成分的一个资源成分,上述6个物理资源块为上述2个资源成分的另一个资源成分;将上述70个物理资源块分划为60个物理资源块和10个物理资源块;其中,上述60个物理资源块为上述2个资源成分的一个资源成分,上述10个物理资源块为上述2个资源成分的另一个资源成分;将上述70个物理资源块分划为54个物理资源块和16个物理资源块;其中,上述54个物理资源块为上述2个资源成分的一个资源成分,上述16个物理资源块为上述2个资源成分的另一个资源成分;将上述70个物理资源块分划为50个物理资源块和20个物理资源块;其中,上述50个物理资源块为上述2个资源成分的一个资源成分,上述20个物理资源块为上述2个资源成分的另一个资源成分;将上述70个物理资源块分划为45个物理资源块和25个物理资源块;其中,上述45个物理资源块为上述2个资源成分的一个资源成分,上述25个物理资源块为上述2个资源成分的另一个资源成分;将上述70个物理资源块划分为40个物理资源块和30个物理资源块;其中,上述40个物理资源块为上述2个资源成分的一个资源成分,上述30个物理资源块为上述2个资源成分的另一个资源成分。In an embodiment, the foregoing 70 physical resource blocks are divided into the foregoing two resource components by one of the following: dividing the 70 physical resource blocks into 64 physical resource blocks and 6 physical resource blocks; The 64 physical resource blocks are one resource component of the two resource components, and the six physical resource blocks are another resource component of the two resource components; and the 70 physical resource blocks are divided into 60 physical resource blocks. And 10 physical resource blocks; wherein the 60 physical resource blocks are one resource component of the two resource components, and the ten physical resource blocks are another resource component of the two resource components; and the 70 physical resources are The block is divided into 54 physical resource blocks and 16 physical resource blocks; wherein the 54 physical resource blocks are one resource component of the two resource components, and the 16 physical resource blocks are another of the two resource components. a resource component; the above 70 physical resource blocks are divided into 50 physical resource blocks and 20 physical resource blocks; wherein the 50 physical resource blocks are one of the two resource components a resource component, wherein the 20 physical resource blocks are another resource component of the two resource components; the 70 physical resource blocks are divided into 45 physical resource blocks and 25 physical resource blocks; wherein the 45 physical entities are The resource block is one resource component of the two resource components, and the 25 physical resource blocks are another resource component of the two resource components; and the 70 physical resource blocks are divided into 40 physical resource blocks and 30 physical resources. a block, wherein the 40 physical resource blocks are one resource component of the two resource components, and the 30 physical resource blocks are another resource component of the two resource components.
在一实施例中,在采用将上述70个物理资源块划分为64个物理资源块和6个物理资源块的划分方式时,分别在2个资源成分上发送上述上行信道和/或上述上行信号包括以下之一:在上述64个物理资源块上发送第一物理上行共享信道,在上述6个物理资源块上发送以下至少之一:物理上行控制信道、物理随机接入信道、探测参考信号、第二物理上行共享信道; 只在上述64个物理资源块上发送上述上行信道和/或上述上行信号。In an embodiment, when the dividing manner of dividing the 70 physical resource blocks into 64 physical resource blocks and 6 physical resource blocks is adopted, the uplink channel and/or the uplink signal are respectively sent on two resource components. The method includes: transmitting the first physical uplink shared channel on the 64 physical resource blocks, and transmitting at least one of the following on the six physical resource blocks: a physical uplink control channel, a physical random access channel, a sounding reference signal, a second physical uplink shared channel; The uplink channel and/or the uplink signal are transmitted only on the 64 physical resource blocks.
在一实施例中,上述64个物理资源块包括以下至少之一组合:在上述基站分配给上述用户设备的簇中第1个簇至第6个簇中的60个物理资源块和第7个簇的以下至少之一:前4个物理资源块;倒数4个物理资源块;第1个、第4个、第7个、第10个共4个物理资源块;在上述基站分配给上述用户设备的簇中第1个簇至第6个簇中的60个物理资源块和第7个簇中的具有最小物理资源块索引的4个物理资源块;当上述基站分配给上述用户设备的簇的最大簇号码大于6时,第1个簇至第6个簇中的60个物理资源块和第4个簇中的具有最大物理资源块索引的4个物理资源块;当上述基站分配给上述用户设备的簇的最大簇号码小于或者等于6时,第1个簇至第6个簇中的60个物理资源块和第7个簇中的具有最小物理资源块索引的4个物理资源块;在上述基站分配给上述用户设备的簇中的第1个簇至第7个簇中的70个物理资源块中除了第7个簇中的具有最大物理资源块索引的6个物理资源块之外的64个物理资源块;在上述基站分配给上述用户设备的簇中的第1个簇至第7个簇中的70个物理资源块中除了第7个簇的具有最小物理资源块索引的6个物理资源块之外的64个物理资源块。In an embodiment, the 64 physical resource blocks include at least one of the following: 60 physical resource blocks and 7th in the first cluster to the sixth cluster in the cluster allocated by the base station to the user equipment. At least one of the following: the first 4 physical resource blocks; the last 4 physical resource blocks; the 1st, 4th, 7th, and 10th total 4 physical resource blocks; the base station is allocated to the user 60 physical resource blocks in the cluster from the first cluster to the sixth cluster in the cluster of the device and four physical resource blocks in the seventh cluster having the smallest physical resource block index; when the base station allocates the cluster to the user equipment When the maximum cluster number is greater than 6, the 60 physical resource blocks in the first cluster to the sixth cluster and the four physical resource blocks in the fourth cluster having the largest physical resource block index; when the base station is allocated to the above When the maximum cluster number of the cluster of the user equipment is less than or equal to 6, 60 physical resource blocks in the first cluster to the sixth cluster and four physical resource blocks in the seventh cluster having the smallest physical resource block index; The first cluster in the cluster allocated by the base station to the user equipment to 64 physical resource blocks other than the 6 physical resource blocks of the 7th cluster having the largest physical resource block index among the 70 physical resource blocks of the 7 clusters; among the clusters allocated by the base station to the user equipment Of the 70 physical resource blocks in the 1st cluster to the 7th cluster, 64 physical resource blocks other than the 6 physical resource blocks of the 7th cluster having the smallest physical resource block index.
在一实施例中,上述下行控制信息还包括子帧指示信息,当在第一子帧接收到上述下行控制信息时,在上述资源上发送上述上行信道和/或上述上行信号包括:在第二子帧上发送上述上行信道和/或上述上行信号;其中,上述第二子帧的编号为上述第一子帧的编号、上述子帧指示信息对应的10进制值与指定整数之和,该指定整数为大于或者等于4的整数。In an embodiment, the downlink control information further includes subframe indication information. When the downlink control information is received in the first subframe, sending the uplink channel and/or the uplink signal on the resource includes: And transmitting, in the subframe, the uplink channel and/or the uplink signal, where the number of the second subframe is a sum of a number of the first subframe, a decimal value corresponding to the subframe indication information, and a specified integer, where Specifies that the integer is an integer greater than or equal to 4.
在一实施例中,上述下行控制信息还包括用于指示在物理上行共享信道的最后一个符号或最前面一个符号上是否发射上述上行信息的第一指示信息;在上述第一指示信息指示在物理上行共享信道的最后一个符号或最前面一个符号上不发射上述上行信息的情况下,上述最后一个符号或者上 述最前面一个符号仍作为上述物理上行共享信道的可用资源使用,或者上述最后一个符号或者上述最前面一个符号不能作为上述物理上行共享信道的可用资源使用。In an embodiment, the downlink control information further includes first indication information for indicating whether to transmit the uplink information on a last symbol or a first symbol of the physical uplink shared channel; where the first indication information indicates that the physical information is In the case where the last symbol of the uplink shared channel or the first symbol does not transmit the uplink information, the last symbol or the above The first symbol is still used as the available resource of the physical uplink shared channel, or the last symbol or the first symbol cannot be used as an available resource of the physical uplink shared channel.
在一实施例中,上述下行控制信息还包括用于指示在上行子帧或时隙的最后一个符号或最前面一个符号上是否发射上述上行信息的第二指示信息;在上述第二指示信息指示在上述上行子帧或上述时隙的最后一个符号或最前面一个符号上不发射上述上行信息的情况下,上述最后一个符号或者上述最前面一个符号仍作为上述上行子帧或上述时隙的可用资源使用,或者上述最后一个符号或者上述最前面一个符号不能作为上述上行子帧或上述时隙的可用资源使用。In an embodiment, the downlink control information further includes second indication information for indicating whether the uplink information is transmitted on a last symbol or a first symbol of an uplink subframe or a time slot; and the second indication information is indicated by In the case that the uplink information is not transmitted on the last subframe or the last symbol of the time slot or the first symbol, the last symbol or the first symbol is still available as the uplink subframe or the time slot. The resource usage, or the last symbol or the first symbol above, cannot be used as the available resource of the uplink subframe or the above slot.
在一实施例中,上述资源的频率资源包括1个或者多个簇时,上行系统带宽中的第1至预定数量个物理资源块和倒数第1至预定数量个物理资源块不用于上述簇的资源分配;上述上行系统带宽中除了第1至预定数量个物理资源块和倒数第1至预定数量个物理资源块之外的其他上述物理资源块用于上述簇的资源分配。In an embodiment, when the frequency resource of the resource includes one or more clusters, the first to the predetermined number of physical resource blocks and the first to the predetermined number of physical resource blocks in the uplink system bandwidth are not used for the cluster. Resource allocation; the foregoing physical resource blocks except the first to predetermined number of physical resource blocks and the first to the predetermined number of physical resource blocks in the uplink system bandwidth are used for resource allocation of the cluster.
在一实施例中,当簇的单位为子载波时,分配给子帧捆绑业务的用户设备的最大簇数目为36个;当簇的单位为物理资源块PRB时,分配给子帧捆绑业务的用户设备的最大簇数目为1个且簇中最大的物理资源块PRB数目不超过10个。In an embodiment, when the unit of the cluster is a subcarrier, the maximum number of clusters allocated to the user equipment of the subframe bundling service is 36; when the unit of the cluster is the physical resource block PRB, the subband bundling service is allocated. The maximum number of clusters of the user equipment is one and the maximum number of physical resource blocks PRB in the cluster does not exceed ten.
在一实施例中,当分配的簇的数目超过一个时,按照物理资源块索引的大小依次给与上述物理资源块索引对应的物理资源块产生解调参考信号;或者按照分配的簇的编号大小和簇中物理资源块索引的大小依次给与上述簇的编号对应的簇中与上述物理资源块索引对应的物理资源块产生解调参考信号;或者,先从具有最小物理资源块索引的物理资源块产生解调参考信号,再给具有等簇间隔的物理资源块产生解调参考信号;或者,先 从具有最小物理资源块索引的物理资源块产生解调参考信号,再将产生的所述解调参考信号拷贝给所述具有最小物理块索引的物理资源块之后需要产生所述解调参考信号的每一个物理资源块。In an embodiment, when the number of allocated clusters exceeds one, a demodulation reference signal is sequentially generated according to the size of the physical resource block index to the physical resource block corresponding to the physical resource block index; or according to the number of the allocated cluster And the size of the physical resource block index in the cluster sequentially generates a demodulation reference signal for the physical resource block corresponding to the physical resource block index in the cluster corresponding to the number of the cluster, or first, the physical resource with the smallest physical resource block index The block generates a demodulation reference signal, and then generates a demodulation reference signal for the physical resource block having the equal cluster spacing; or, first Generating a demodulation reference signal from a physical resource block having a minimum physical resource block index, and then copying the generated demodulation reference signal to the physical resource block having the smallest physical block index, and then generating the demodulation reference signal Every physical resource block.
在一实施例中,上述下行控制信息还包括用于指示是否在当前子帧的最后一个正交频分复用OFDM符号或上述当前子帧之后的一个或多个子帧的最后一个OFDM符号上发送探测参考信号SRS的第二指示信息;其中,在上述第二指示信息指示上述当前子帧或上述当前子帧之后的一个或多个子帧的OFDM符号总数为常规循环前缀下的14或扩展循环前缀下的12时,在上述当前子帧的最后一个正交频分复用OFDM符号或上述当前子帧之后的一个或多个子帧的最后一个OFDM符号上不发送上述SRS;当上述第二指示信息指示上述当前子帧或上述当前子帧之后的一个或多个子帧的OFDM符号总数为常规循环前缀下的3、6、9、10、11、12时,在上述当前子帧的最后一个正交频分复用OFDM符号或上述当前子帧之后的一个或多个子帧的最后一个OFDM符号上发送上述SRS;当上述第二指示信息指示上述当前子帧或上述当前子帧的一个或多个子帧的OFDM符号总数为扩展循环前缀下的3、5、8、9、10、时,在上述当前子帧的最后一个正交频分复用OFDM符号或上述当前子帧之后的一个或多个子帧的最后一个OFDM符号上发送上述SRS。In an embodiment, the downlink control information further includes: indicating whether to send on a last OFDM symbol of one or more subframes of the last orthogonal frequency division multiplexing OFDM symbol of the current subframe or the current subframe. a second indication information of the sounding reference signal SRS; wherein, in the foregoing second indication information, the total number of OFDM symbols of the one or more subframes after the current subframe or the current subframe is 14 or an extended cyclic prefix under a regular cyclic prefix At 12 o'clock, the SRS is not sent on the last OFDM symbol of the current OFDM symbol of the current subframe or the last OFDM symbol of one or more subframes after the current subframe; when the second indication information is And indicating that the total number of OFDM symbols of the current subframe or one or more subframes after the current subframe is 3, 6, 9, 10, 11, 12 under the regular cyclic prefix, and is orthogonal to the last subframe of the current subframe. Transmitting the SRS on a last OFDM symbol of a frequency division multiplexed OFDM symbol or one or more subframes subsequent to the current subframe; when the second indication information indicates the foregoing If the total number of OFDM symbols of the subframe or one or more subframes of the current subframe is 3, 5, 8, 9, 10 under the extended cyclic prefix, the last orthogonal frequency division multiplexing OFDM in the current subframe The SRS is transmitted on the symbol or the last OFDM symbol of one or more subframes subsequent to the current subframe.
在一实施例中,上述下行控制信息还包括用于指示是否在当前子帧之后的一个或多个子帧上发送非竞争随机接入前导的第三指示信息;其中,发送上述非竞争随机接入前导使用的物理资源块编号为B+C*ceil(N_UL_RB/D);B为起始物理资源块号码,B的取值范围为0至N_UL_RB(D-1),C为0至D-1的整数,D为分配给上述非竞争随机接入前导的物理资源块数量,C为6至N_UL_RB的整数;在D等于7且B等于5的情况下,每一个物理资源块的第一个和最后一个子载波不用于发 送上述非竞争随机接入前导;在D等于8且B等于4的情况下,每一个物理资源块的第一个、第二个和最后一个子载波不用于发送上述非竞争随机接入前导;在D等于9且B等于2的情况下,每一个物理资源块的第一个、第二个和最后2个子载波不用于发送上述非竞争随机接入前导;在D等于10且B等于4的情况下,每一个物理资源块的第一个、第二个、第三个和最后2个子载波不用于发送上述非竞争随机接入前导。In an embodiment, the downlink control information further includes third indication information for indicating whether to send a non-contention random access preamble on one or more subframes subsequent to the current subframe, where the non-contention random access is sent. The physical resource block number used by the preamble is B+C*ceil(N_UL_RB/D); B is the starting physical resource block number, B ranges from 0 to N_UL_RB(D-1), and C is 0 to D-1. Integer, D is the number of physical resource blocks allocated to the non-contention random access preamble, C is an integer from 6 to N_UL_RB; in the case where D is equal to 7 and B is equal to 5, the first sum of each physical resource block The last subcarrier is not used for sending Sending the non-contention random access preamble; if D is equal to 8 and B is equal to 4, the first, second, and last subcarriers of each physical resource block are not used to send the non-contention random access preamble; In the case where D is equal to 9 and B is equal to 2, the first, second, and last 2 subcarriers of each physical resource block are not used to transmit the above-described non-contention random access preamble; where D is equal to 10 and B is equal to 4. In this case, the first, second, third, and last two subcarriers of each physical resource block are not used to transmit the above non-contention random access preamble.
在一实施例中,在没有分配给上述非竞争随机接入前导的物理资源块上发送物理上行共享信道;或者在分配给上述非竞争随机接入前导的物理资源块上发送物理上行共享信道。In an embodiment, the physical uplink shared channel is transmitted on a physical resource block that is not allocated to the non-contention random access preamble; or the physical uplink shared channel is sent on a physical resource block allocated to the non-contention random access preamble.
根据本公开的一个方面,还提供了一种上行信息的接收方法,包括:将下行控制信息发送给用户设备;其中,上述下行控制信息携带有资源信息,该资源信息用于指示上述用户设备发送上行信道和/或上行信号的资源的资源信息,该资源占上述用户设备上行系统资源的80%以上;接收上述用户设备在上述资源上发送的上述上行信道和/或上述上行信号。According to an aspect of the present disclosure, a method for receiving uplink information is provided, including: transmitting downlink control information to a user equipment, where the downlink control information carries resource information, where the resource information is used to indicate that the user equipment sends The resource information of the resource of the uplink channel and/or the uplink signal, where the resource occupies 80% or more of the uplink system resource of the user equipment; and receives the uplink channel and/or the uplink signal sent by the user equipment on the resource.
在一实施例中,在将下行控制信息发送给用户设备之前,上述方法还包括:为上述用户设备分配上述资源的频率资源;其中,在上述频率资源包括1个簇、2个簇、3个簇或4个簇的情况下,上述资源信息用R1个比特来表示,其中,In an embodiment, before the sending the downlink control information to the user equipment, the method further includes: allocating the frequency resource of the resource to the user equipment; wherein the frequency resource includes one cluster, two clusters, and three In the case of a cluster or four clusters, the resource information is represented by R1 bits, wherein
R1=max(ceil(log2(N_UL_RB*(N_UL_RB+1)/2)),ceil(log2(Com(ceil(N_UL_RB/P+1),4))));其中,max()为取2个数中的较大者的操作,ceil()为向上取整操作,log2()为取以2为底的对数的操作,N_UL_RB为以资源块为单位的上行系统带宽,Com(M,N)为从M个数中取出N个数的扩展组合数操作,P为根据上述上行系统带宽确定的资源块组大小。R1=max(ceil(log2(N_UL_RB*(N_UL_RB+1)/2)),ceil(log2(Com(ceil(N_UL_RB/P+1),4))))); where max() is 2 For the larger of the operations, ceil() is the round-up operation, log2() is the base-2 logarithm operation, and N_UL_RB is the resource block-based uplink system bandwidth, Com(M,N In order to extract N number of extended combination numbers from M numbers, P is a resource block group size determined according to the above uplink system bandwidth.
在一实施例中,当上述上行系统带宽分别为5MHz、10MHz、15MHz、 20MHz时,N_UL_RB的值分别取25、50、75、100,或者N_UL_RB的值分别取25、50、75、110;当上述簇的单位为资源块组时,P的值分别为2、3、4、4;当上述簇的单位为资源块时,P=1;每个上述簇的大小相同。In an embodiment, when the uplink system bandwidth is 5 MHz, 10 MHz, and 15 MHz, respectively. At 20 MHz, the values of N_UL_RB are respectively 25, 50, 75, 100, or the values of N_UL_RB are respectively 25, 50, 75, 110; when the unit of the cluster is a resource block group, the values of P are 2, 3, respectively. 4, 4; when the unit of the above cluster is a resource block, P=1; each of the above clusters has the same size.
在一实施例中,为上述用户设备分配上述资源的频率资源包括:为上述用户设备分配多个簇;其中,上述多个簇的个数和位置由4个位置点的取值确定,上述4个位置点包括第1个位置点S0,第2个位置点S1,第3个位置点S2和第4个位置点S3;上述4个位置点确定的簇的方式包括以下之一:方式一:第1个位置点S0表示第1个簇的起始位置,第2个位置点S1表示第1个簇的结束位置,第3个位置点S2表示第2个簇的起始位置,第4个位置点S3表示第3个簇的起始位置;方式二:第一个位置点S0表示第1个簇的起始位置,第2个位置点S1表示第1个簇的结束位置,第3个位置点S2表示第2个簇的结束位置,第4个位置点S3表示第3个簇的结束位置;方式三:第一个位置点S0表示第1个簇的起始位置,第2个位置点S1表示第2个簇的起始位置,第3个位置点S2表示第3个簇的起始位置,第4个位置点S3表示第4个簇的起始位置;方式四:第一个位置点S0表示第一个簇的结束位置,第2个位置点S1表示第2个簇的结束位置,第3个位置点S2表示第3个簇的结束位置,第4个位置点S3表示第4个簇的结束位置;其中,S0、S1、S2、S3为正整数,上述各个簇的大小以上述各个簇中的指定簇的大小为基准进行半静态配置,上述S3对应的物理资源块的位置不超过上述上行系统带宽;上述4个位置点的簇信息为扩展组合数累积值r,其中,
Figure PCTCN2017075912-appb-000009
Σ为累加操作,N=ceil(N_UL_RB/P)+1,在i分别取0、1、2、3时,Si分别为S0的取值、S1的取值、S2的取值、S3的取值,M=4。
In an embodiment, the allocating the frequency resource of the resource to the user equipment includes: allocating a plurality of clusters to the user equipment; wherein, the number and location of the plurality of clusters are determined by values of four location points, where the foregoing 4 The position points include a first position point S0, a second position point S1, a third position point S2 and a fourth position point S3; the manner of determining the clusters of the above four position points includes one of the following: mode one: The first position point S0 indicates the start position of the first cluster, the second position point S1 indicates the end position of the first cluster, and the third position point S2 indicates the start position of the second cluster, and the fourth position The position point S3 indicates the start position of the third cluster; the second mode: the first position point S0 indicates the start position of the first cluster, and the second position point S1 indicates the end position of the first cluster, the third position The position point S2 indicates the end position of the second cluster, and the fourth position point S3 indicates the end position of the third cluster; mode 3: the first position point S0 indicates the start position of the first cluster, and the second position Point S1 represents the starting position of the second cluster, the third position point S2 represents the starting position of the third cluster, and the fourth position point S3 The starting position of the fourth cluster is shown; mode four: the first position point S0 represents the end position of the first cluster, the second position point S1 represents the end position of the second cluster, and the third position point S2 represents The end position of the third cluster, the fourth position point S3 represents the end position of the fourth cluster; wherein, S0, S1, S2, S3 are positive integers, and the size of each of the above clusters is the designated cluster in each of the above clusters The size is a semi-static configuration, and the location of the physical resource block corresponding to the S3 does not exceed the uplink system bandwidth; the cluster information of the four location points is the cumulative value of the extended combination number r, where
Figure PCTCN2017075912-appb-000009
Σ is the accumulation operation, N=ceil(N_UL_RB/P)+1, when i takes 0, 1, 2, and 3 respectively, Si is the value of S0, the value of S1, the value of S2, and the value of S3. Value, M=4.
在一实施例中,在上述方式一或上述方式二中,上述S2等于上述S3,表示上述频率资源中只包含有2个簇;上述S1、上述S2与上述S3相等, 表示上述频率资源中只包含有1个簇;上述S0、上述S1、上述S2与上述S3相等,表示上述频率资源只包含有1个簇且上述簇的大小为上行系统带宽;上述S0、上述S1、上述S2与上述S3相等,表示上述频率资源只包含有一个簇且上述簇的大小为上述簇的起始位置与结束位置之差所表示的带宽大小。In an embodiment, in the first mode or the second aspect, the S2 is equal to the S3, and the frequency resource includes only two clusters; the S1 and the S2 are equal to the S3. It is shown that the frequency resource includes only one cluster; the S0, the S1, and the S2 are equal to the S3, indicating that the frequency resource includes only one cluster and the size of the cluster is an uplink system bandwidth; the S0 and the S1 are The above S2 is equal to the above S3, and indicates that the frequency resource includes only one cluster and the size of the cluster is the bandwidth indicated by the difference between the start position and the end position of the cluster.
在一实施例中,在上述方式三或上述方式四中,上述簇的大小用Q个比特来表示,上述簇的单位为以下之:资源块、1个资源块组、2个资源块组、4个资源块组、8个资源块组、1个子载波、2个子载波、3个子载波、4个子载波、6个子载波;上述S0、上述S1、上述S2与上述S3相等,表示上述频率资源中只包含有一个簇,且上述簇的大小为上行系统带宽。In an embodiment, in the third mode or the fourth method, the size of the cluster is represented by Q bits, and the units of the cluster are as follows: a resource block, a resource block group, and two resource block groups. 4 resource block groups, 8 resource block groups, 1 subcarrier, 2 subcarriers, 3 subcarriers, 4 subcarriers, and 6 subcarriers; the above S0, the above S1, and the above S2 are equal to the above S3, indicating that the frequency resource is Only one cluster is included, and the size of the above cluster is the uplink system bandwidth.
在一实施例中,在将下行控制信息发送给用户设备之前,上述方法还包括:为上述用户设备分配上述资源的频率资源;其中,在上述频率资源包括2个簇或4个簇的情况下,上述频率信息用R2个比特来表示,其中,R2=ceil(log2(Com(ceil(N_UL_RB/(2*H)+1),4))),ceil()为向上取整操作,log2()为取以2为底的对数的操作,N_UL_RB为以资源块为单位的上行系统带宽,Com(M,N)为从M个数中取出N个数的扩展组合数操作,H为根据一半的上行系统带宽确定的资源块组大小。In an embodiment, before the sending the downlink control information to the user equipment, the method further includes: allocating a frequency resource of the resource to the user equipment; wherein, if the frequency resource includes two clusters or four clusters, The above frequency information is represented by R2 bits, where R2=ceil(log2(Com(ceil(N_UL_RB/(2*H)+1), 4)))), ceil() is an rounding operation, log2( For the operation of taking the base 2 logarithm, N_UL_RB is the uplink system bandwidth in units of resource blocks, and Com(M, N) is the extended combination number operation of extracting N numbers from M numbers, H is based on The resource block group size determined by half of the upstream system bandwidth.
在一实施例中,当上述上行系统带宽分别为5MHz、10MHz、15MHz、20MHz时,N_UL_RB的值分别取25、50、75、100,或者N_UL_RB的值分别取25、50、75、110;当上述簇的单位为资源块组时,H的值分别为2、2、3、3;当上述簇的单位为资源块时,H=1。In an embodiment, when the uplink system bandwidth is 5 MHz, 10 MHz, 15 MHz, and 20 MHz, respectively, the values of the N_UL_RB are respectively 25, 50, 75, 100, or the values of the N_UL_RB are respectively 25, 50, 75, 110; When the unit of the cluster is a resource block group, the values of H are 2, 2, 3, and 3, respectively; when the unit of the cluster is a resource block, H=1.
在一实施例中,为上述用户设备分配上述资源的频率资源包括:为上述用户设备分配多个簇;其中,上述多个簇的个数和位置由4个位置点的取值确定,上述4个位置点包括第1个位置点S0,第2个位置点S1,第3个位置点S2和第4个位置点S3;上述4个位置点确定的簇的方式包括以下 之一:其中,上述4个位置点包括第1个位置点S0,第2个位置点S1,第3个位置点S2和第4个位置点S3;上述S0表示第1个簇的起始位置,上述S1表示第1个簇的结束位置,上述S2表示第2个簇的起始位置,上述S3表示第2个簇的结束位置;上述S0加上一半上述N_UL_RB的位置表示第3个簇的起始位置,上述S1加上一半上述N_UL_RB的位置表示第3个簇的结束位置,上述S2加上一半上述N_UL_RB的位置表示第4个簇的起始位置,上述S3加上一半上述N_UL_RB的位置表示第4个簇的结束位置;上述4个位置点的簇信息为扩展组合数累积值r,其中,
Figure PCTCN2017075912-appb-000010
Σ为累加操作,N=ceil(N_UL_RB/(2*H))+1,在i分别取0、1、2、3时,Si分别为S0、S1、S2、S3,M=4。
In an embodiment, the allocating the frequency resource of the resource to the user equipment includes: allocating a plurality of clusters to the user equipment; wherein, the number and location of the plurality of clusters are determined by values of four location points, where the foregoing 4 The position points include a first position point S0, a second position point S1, a third position point S2 and a fourth position point S3; the manner of determining the clusters of the above four position points includes one of the following: The four position points include a first position point S0, a second position point S1, a third position point S2, and a fourth position point S3; the above S0 indicates the start position of the first cluster, and the above S1 indicates the first position. The end position of the cluster, the above S2 represents the start position of the second cluster, the above S3 represents the end position of the second cluster; the position of the above S0 plus half of the above N_UL_RB indicates the start position of the third cluster, the above S1 The position of the N_UL_RB is half of the end of the third cluster, and the position of the N_UL_RB is half of the S2, and the position of the fourth cluster is represented by the S3 plus half of the position of the N_UL_RB. End position; the cluster information of the above four position points is an extension The combined number of cumulative values r, where
Figure PCTCN2017075912-appb-000010
Σ is the accumulation operation, N=ceil(N_UL_RB/(2*H))+1, when i is 0, 1, 2, and 3 respectively, Si is S0, S1, S2, S3, and M=4, respectively.
在一实施例中,上述S1、上述S2与上述S3相等,表示上述频率资源中只包含有2个簇。In an embodiment, the S1 and the S2 are equal to the S3, and the frequency resource includes only two clusters.
在一实施例中,在将下行控制信息发送给用户设备之前,上述方法还包括:为上述用户设备分配上述资源的频率资源;其中,在上述频率资源包括4个簇或8个簇的情况下,上述资源信息用R3个比特来表示,其中,R3=ceil(log2(Com(ceil(N_UL_RB/(4*H1)+1),4))),ceil()为向上取整操作,log2()为取以2为底的对数的操作,N_UL_RB为以资源块为单位的上行系统带宽,Com(M,N)为从M个数中取出N个数的扩展组合数操作,H1为根据四分之一的上行系统带宽确定的资源块组大小。In an embodiment, before the sending the downlink control information to the user equipment, the method further includes: allocating the frequency resource of the resource to the user equipment; wherein, if the frequency resource includes 4 clusters or 8 clusters The resource information is represented by R3 bits, where R3=ceil(log2(Com(ceil(N_UL_RB/(4*H1)+1), 4)))), ceil() is an rounding operation, log2( For the operation of taking the base 2 logarithm, N_UL_RB is the uplink system bandwidth in units of resource blocks, and Com(M, N) is the extended combination number operation of extracting N numbers from M numbers, and H1 is based on The resource block group size determined by a quarter of the upstream system bandwidth.
在一实施例中,当上述上行系统带宽分别为10MHz、20MHz时,N_UL_RB的值分别为50、100或者N_UL_RB的值分别为50、110;当簇的单位为资源块组时,H1的值分别为1、2;当簇的单位为资源块时,H1=1。In an embodiment, when the uplink system bandwidth is 10 MHz and 20 MHz, respectively, the values of the N_UL_RB are 50, 100, or the values of the N_UL_RB are respectively 50 and 110; when the unit of the cluster is a resource block group, the values of the H1 are respectively Is 1, 2; when the unit of the cluster is a resource block, H1=1.
在一实施例中,为上述用户设备分配上述资源的频率资源包括:为上述用户设备分配多个簇;其中,上述多个簇的个数和位置由4个位置点的取值确定,上述4个位置点包括第1个位置点S0,第2个位置点S1,第3 个位置点S2和第4个位置点S3;上述4个位置点确定的簇的方式包括以下之一:其中,上述4个位置点包括第1个位置点S0,第2个位置点S1,第3个位置点S2和第4个位置点S3;In an embodiment, the allocating the frequency resource of the resource to the user equipment includes: allocating a plurality of clusters to the user equipment; wherein, the number and location of the plurality of clusters are determined by values of four location points, where the foregoing 4 The position points include the first position point S0, the second position point S1, and the third position a position point S2 and a fourth position point S3; the manner of the cluster determined by the four position points includes one of the following: wherein the four position points include a first position point S0, and a second position point S1, 3 position points S2 and 4th position point S3;
上述S0表示第1个簇的起始位置,上述S1表示第1个簇的结束位置,上述S2表示第2个簇的起始位置,上述S3表示第2个簇的结束位置;上述S0加上四分之一上述N_UL_RB的位置表示第3个簇的起始位置,上述S1加上四分之一上述N_UL_RB的位置表示第3个簇的结束位置,上述S2加上四分之一上述N_UL_RB的位置表示第4个簇的起始位置,上述S3加上四分之一上述N_UL_RB的位置表示第4个簇的结束位置,上述S0加上一半上述N_UL_RB的位置表示第5个簇的起始位置,上述S1加上一半上述N_UL_RB的位置表示第5个簇的结束位置,上述S2加上一半上述N_UL_RB的位置表示第6个簇的起始位置,上述S3加上一半上述N_UL_RB的位置表示第6个簇的结束位置,上述S0加上四分之三上述N_UL_RB的位置表示第7个簇的起始位置,上述S1加上四分之三上述N_UL_RB的位置表示第7个簇的结束位置,上述S2加上四分之三上述N_UL_RB的位置表示第8个簇的起始位置,上述S3加上四分之三上述N_UL_RB的位置表示第8个簇的结束位置;其中,上述S1、上述S2和上述S3相等,表示上述频率资源信息中包含有4个簇;上述S0、上述S1、上述S2和上述S3都不相等,表示上述频率资源信息中包含有8个簇;上述4个位置点的簇信息为扩展组合数累积值r,其中,
Figure PCTCN2017075912-appb-000011
Σ为累加操作,N=ceil(N_UL_RB/(4*H1))+1,在i分别取0、1、2、3时,Si分别为S0、S1、S2、S3,M=4。
The above S0 represents the start position of the first cluster, the above S1 represents the end position of the first cluster, the above S2 represents the start position of the second cluster, and the above S3 represents the end position of the second cluster; The position of the above-mentioned N_UL_RB indicates the start position of the third cluster, and the position of the above S1 plus one quarter of the above N_UL_RB indicates the end position of the third cluster, and the above S2 plus one quarter of the above N_UL_RB The position indicates the start position of the fourth cluster, and the position of the above S3 plus one quarter of the N_UL_RB indicates the end position of the fourth cluster, and the position of the above S0 plus half of the above N_UL_RB indicates the start position of the fifth cluster. The position of the above-mentioned S1 plus half of the above-mentioned N_UL_RB indicates the end position of the fifth cluster, the position of the above S2 plus half of the N_UL_RB indicates the start position of the sixth cluster, and the position of the above S3 plus half of the above N_UL_RB indicates the sixth position. The end position of the cluster, the above S0 plus three-quarters of the positions of the N_UL_RB indicates the start position of the seventh cluster, and the position of the above-mentioned S1 plus three-quarters of the above-mentioned N_UL_RB indicates the end position of the seventh cluster, S2 plus three-quarters of the above N_UL The position of _RB indicates the start position of the eighth cluster, and the position of the above-mentioned S3 plus three-quarters of the above-mentioned N_UL_RB indicates the end position of the eighth cluster; wherein the above S1, the above S2 and the above S3 are equal, indicating the frequency resource The information includes four clusters; the S0, the S1, the S2, and the S3 are not equal, indicating that the frequency resource information includes eight clusters; and the cluster information of the four locations is the cumulative value of the expanded combination. ,among them,
Figure PCTCN2017075912-appb-000011
Σ is the accumulation operation, N=ceil(N_UL_RB/(4*H1))+1, when i is 0, 1, 2, and 3 respectively, Si is S0, S1, S2, S3, and M=4, respectively.
在一实施例中,在将下行控制信息发送给用户设备之前,上述方法还包括:为上述用户设备分配上述资源的频率资源;其中,在上述频率资源信分别包括10个簇或20个簇的情况下,上述资源信息为R4个比特来表示, 其中,R4为以下之一:ceil(log2(Com(ceil(N_UL_RB/(10*H2)+1),4)))、In an embodiment, before the sending the downlink control information to the user equipment, the method further includes: allocating the frequency resource of the resource to the user equipment; wherein the frequency resource information includes 10 clusters or 20 clusters respectively. In the case, the above resource information is represented by R4 bits. Where R4 is one of the following: ceil(log2(Com(ceil(N_UL_RB/(10*H2)+1), 4))),
max(ceil(log2(N_UL_RB*(N_UL_RB+1)/2)),ceil(log2(Com(ceil(N_UL_RB/(10*H2)+1),4))))、Max(ceil(log2(N_UL_RB*(N_UL_RB+1)/2)),ceil(log2(Com(ceil(N_UL_RB/(10*H2)+1),4)))),
max(ceil(log2(N_UL_RB*(N_UL_RB+1)/2)),ceil(log2(Com(ceil(N_UL_RB/(10*H2)+1),4))))中的最低ceil(log2(N_UL_RB*(N_UL_RB+1)/2))个比特、Max(ceil(log2(N_UL_RB*(N_UL_RB+1)/2)), ceil(log2(Com(ceil(N_UL_RB/(10*H2)+1), 4))))) The lowest ceil (log2(N_UL_RB) *(N_UL_RB+1)/2)) bits,
max(ceil(log2(N_UL_RB*(N_UL_RB+1)/2)),ceil(log2(Com(ceil(N_UL_RB/(10*H2)+1),4))))中的最低10个比特;ceil()为向上取整操作,log2()为取以2为底的对数的操作,N_UL_RB为以资源块为单位的上行系统带宽,Com(M,N)为从M个数中取出N个数的扩展组合数操作,H2为根据十分之一的上行系统带宽确定的资源块组大小。Max(ceil(log2(N_UL_RB*(N_UL_RB+1)/2)), the lowest 10 bits in ceil(log2(Com(ceil(N_UL_RB/(10*H2)+1), 4))))); ceil () is the rounding operation, log2() is the operation of taking the base 2 logarithm, N_UL_RB is the uplink system bandwidth in units of resource blocks, and Com(M,N) is taking N out of M numbers. The number of extended combination number operations, H2 is the resource block group size determined based on one tenth of the uplink system bandwidth.
在一实施例中,当上述上行系统带宽分别为10MHz、20MHz时,N_UL_RB的值分别为50、100;当簇的单位为资源块组时,H2的值分别为1、1;当簇的单位为资源块时,H2=1。In an embodiment, when the uplink system bandwidth is 10 MHz and 20 MHz, respectively, the value of N_UL_RB is 50 and 100 respectively; when the unit of the cluster is a resource block group, the value of H2 is 1, 1; When it is a resource block, H2=1.
在一实施例中,为上述用户设备分配上述资源的频率资源包括以下之一:为上述用户设备分配多个簇;其中,上述多个簇的个数和位置由4个位置点的取值确定;通过所述R4个比特表示的资源指示值RIV来分配所述资源的频率资源;通过所述R4个比特表示的资源比特位图来分配所述资源的资源频率;上述4个位置点包括第1个位置点S0,第2个位置点S1,第3个位置点S2和第4个位置点S3;上述4个位置点确定的簇的方式包括以下之一:其中,上述4个位置点包括第1个位置点S0,第2个位置点S1,第3个位置点S2和第4个位置点S3;上述S0表示第1个簇的起始位置,上述S1表示第1个簇的结束位置,上述S2表示第2个簇的起始位置,上述S3表示第2个簇的结束位置,上述S0加上十分之一上述N_UL_RB的位置表示第3个簇的起始位置,上述S1加上十分之一上述N_UL_RB的位 置表示第3个簇的结束位置,上述S2加上十分之一上述N_UL_RB的位置表示第4个簇的起始位置,上述S3加上十分之一上述N_UL_RB的位置表示第4个簇的结束位置,上述S0加上十分之二上述N_UL_RB的位置表示第5个簇的起始位置,上述S1加上十分之二上述N_UL_RB的位置表示第5个簇的结束位置,上述S2加上十分之二上述N_UL_RB的位置表示第6个簇的起始位置,上述S3加上十分之二上述N_UL_RB的位置表示第6个簇的结束位置;依此类推,上述S0加上十分之九上述N_UL_RB的位置表示第19个簇的起始位置,上述S1加上十分之九上述N_UL_RB的位置表示第19个簇的结束位置,上述S2加上十分之九上述N_UL_RB的位置表示第20个簇的起始位置,上述S3加上十分之九上述N_UL_RB的位置表示第20个簇的结束位置;其中,上述S1、上述S2和上述S3相等,表示上述频率资源中包含有10个簇;上述S0、上述S1、上述S2和上述S3都不相等,表示上述频率资源中包含有20个簇;上述4个位置点的簇信息为扩展组合数累积值r,其中,
Figure PCTCN2017075912-appb-000012
Σ为累加操作,N=ceil(N_UL_RB/(10*H2))+1,在i分别取0、1、2、3时,Si分别为S0、S1、S2、S3,M=4,H2=1。
In an embodiment, the frequency resource for allocating the resource to the user equipment includes one of: assigning a plurality of clusters to the user equipment; wherein, the number and location of the plurality of clusters are determined by values of four location points. Allocating a frequency resource of the resource by using a resource indication value RIV represented by the R4 bits; allocating a resource frequency of the resource by using a resource bit bitmap represented by the R4 bits; the foregoing four location points include 1 position point S0, a second position point S1, a third position point S2 and a fourth position point S3; the manner of the cluster determined by the above four position points includes one of the following: wherein the above four position points include The first position point S0, the second position point S1, the third position point S2 and the fourth position point S3; the above S0 indicates the start position of the first cluster, and the above S1 indicates the end position of the first cluster S2 represents the start position of the second cluster, S3 represents the end position of the second cluster, and the position of the S_ plus one tenth of the N_UL_RB indicates the start position of the third cluster, and the above S1 is added. One tenth of the above N_UL_RB positions indicate the knot of the third cluster Position, the position of the above S2 plus one tenth of the above N_UL_RB indicates the start position of the fourth cluster, and the position of the above S3 plus one tenth of the above N_UL_RB indicates the end position of the fourth cluster, and the above S0 plus ten The position of the above N_UL_RB indicates the start position of the fifth cluster, and the position of the above S1 plus two tenths of the N_UL_RB indicates the end position of the fifth cluster, and the above S2 plus two tenths of the position of the above N_UL_RB Indicates the start position of the sixth cluster, and the above S3 plus tenths of the positions of the N_UL_RB indicates the end position of the sixth cluster; and so on, the above S0 plus ten tenths of the above N_UL_RB positions indicate the 19th The starting position of the cluster, the above S1 plus ten tenths of the above N_UL_RB positions indicate the end position of the 19th cluster, and the above S2 plus ten tenths of the above N_UL_RB positions indicate the starting position of the 20th cluster, The S3 plus ten tenths of the N_UL_RB positions indicate the end position of the 20th cluster; wherein the S1, the S2, and the S3 are equal, indicating that the frequency resource includes 10 clusters; the S0 and the S1 are The above S2 and the above S3 are not equal. The above-mentioned frequency resource includes 20 clusters; the cluster information of the above four location points is the cumulative value of the expanded combination number r, wherein
Figure PCTCN2017075912-appb-000012
Σ is the accumulation operation, N=ceil(N_UL_RB/(10*H2))+1, when i is taken as 0, 1, 2, 3 respectively, Si is S0, S1, S2, S3, M=4, H2= 1.
上述资源指示值RIV用起始资源块索引RB_Start、连续的资源块数量RB_Length和十分之一所述上行系统带宽N_UL_RB_10表示;其中,在(RB_Length-1)小于或者等于floor(N_UL_RB_10/2)的情况下,所述RIV为N_UL_RB_10*(RB_Length-1)+RB_Start,在(RB_Length-1)大于floor(N_UL_RB_10/2)的情况下,所述RIV为N_UL_RB_10*(N_UL_RB_10-RB_Length+1)+(N_UL_RB_10-1-RB_Start);当所述上行系统带宽分别为10MHz、20MHz时,所述N_UL_RB_10的值分别为5、10;所述RB_Start的取值为0到9的整数;所述RB_Length取值为1到10的整数,floor()为向下取整操作。 The resource indication value RIV is represented by a starting resource block index RB_Start, a contiguous number of resource blocks RB_Length, and a tenth of the uplink system bandwidth N_UL_RB_10; wherein, (RB_Length-1) is less than or equal to floor(N_UL_RB_10/2) In the case, the RIV is N_UL_RB_10*(RB_Length-1)+RB_Start, and in the case where (RB_Length-1) is greater than floor(N_UL_RB_10/2), the RIV is N_UL_RB_10*(N_UL_RB_10-RB_Length+1)+(N_UL_RB_10 -1-RB_Start); when the uplink system bandwidth is 10 MHz, 20 MHz, respectively, the value of the N_UL_RB_10 is 5, 10; the value of the RB_Start is an integer from 0 to 9; the value of the RB_Length is 1 To an integer of 10, floor() is a rounding down operation.
上述资源比特位图中的最高比特对应到十分之一所述N_UL_RB中具有最小号码的资源块索引,最低比特对应具有最大号码的资源块索引;其中,所述资源比特位图中的比特位的值为二进制“1”,表示以下资源块索引分配给了所述用户设备:与所述比特位对应的资源块索引、所述资源块索引加上1/10所述N_UL_RB所表示的资源块索引、所述资源块索引加上2/10所述N_UL_RB所表示的资源块索引、所述资源块索引加上3/10所述N_UL_RB所表示的资源块索引、所述资源块索引加上4/10所述N_UL_RB所表示的资源块索引、所述资源块索引加上5/10所述N_UL_RB所表示的资源块索引、所述资源块索引加上6/10所述N_UL_RB所表示的资源块索引、所述资源块索引加上7/10所述N_UL_RB所表示的资源块索引、所述资源块索引加上8/10所述N_UL_RB所表示的资源块索引、所述资源块索引加上9/10所述N_UL_RB所表示的资源块索引;所述资源比特位图中的比特位的值为二进制“0”表示以下资源块索引没有分配给所述用户设备:与所述比特位对应的资源块索引、所述资源块索引加上1/10所述N_UL_RB所表示的资源块索引、所述资源块索引加上2/10所述N_UL_RB所表示的资源块索引、所述资源块索引加上3/10所述N_UL_RB所表示的资源块索引、所述资源块索引加上4/10所述N_UL_RB所表示的资源块索引、所述资源块索引加上5/10所述N_UL_RB所表示的资源块索引、所述资源块索引加上6/10所述N_UL_RB所表示的资源块索引、所述资源块索引加上7/10所述N_UL_RB所表示的资源块索引、所述资源块索引加上8/10所述N_UL_RB所表示的资源块索引、所述资源块索引加上9/10所述N_UL_RB所表示的资源块索引。The highest bit in the resource bit bitmap corresponds to one tenth of the N_UL_RB resource block index having the smallest number, and the lowest bit corresponds to the resource block index having the largest number; wherein the bit in the resource bit bitmap The value of the binary "1" indicates that the following resource block index is allocated to the user equipment: a resource block index corresponding to the bit, the resource block index plus 1/10 of the resource block indicated by the N_UL_RB The index, the resource block index plus 2/10 of the resource block index represented by the N_UL_RB, the resource block index plus 3/10 of the resource block index represented by the N_UL_RB, and the resource block index plus 4 a resource block index represented by the N_UL_RB, the resource block index plus 5/10 of the resource block index indicated by the N_UL_RB, and the resource block index plus 6/10 of the resource block indicated by the N_UL_RB The index, the resource block index plus 7/10 the resource block index represented by the N_UL_RB, the resource block index plus 8/10 the resource block index represented by the N_UL_RB, and the resource block index plus 9 /10 stated in the table of N_UL_RB Resource block index; the value of the bit in the resource bit bitmap is binary "0" indicating that the following resource block index is not allocated to the user equipment: a resource block index corresponding to the bit, the resource block The index is added with 1/10 the resource block index indicated by the N_UL_RB, the resource block index plus 2/10 of the resource block index indicated by the N_UL_RB, and the resource block index plus 3/10 of the N_UL_RB a resource block index, a resource block index plus 4/10 of the resource block index represented by the N_UL_RB, the resource block index plus 5/10 of the resource block index represented by the N_UL_RB, and the resource block The index plus the resource block index indicated by the N_UL_RB of 6/10, the resource block index plus 7/10 the resource block index indicated by the N_UL_RB, the resource block index plus 8/10 of the N_UL_RB The resource block index indicated, the resource block index plus the resource block index represented by 9/10 of the N_UL_RB.
在一实施例中,在将下行控制信息发送给用户设备之前,上述方法还包括:为上述用户设备在上述下行控制信息中分配起始物理资源块偏移和间隔物理资源块数量,其中,上述间隔物理资源块数量为分配的2个簇之 间相隔的物理资源块的数量,上述起始物理资源块偏移为0到上述间隔物理资源块数量减1之间的整数值;当上述间隔物理资源块数量为K时,起始物理资源块偏移为0、1、……、K-1,每个上述起始物理资源块偏移占上行系统带宽的1/K,总共K个状态,其中,K为正整数。In an embodiment, before the sending the downlink control information to the user equipment, the method further includes: allocating, by the user equipment, the starting physical resource block offset and the interval physical resource block number in the downlink control information, where The number of spaced physical resource blocks is the number of allocated clusters. The number of spaced apart physical resource blocks, the starting physical resource block offset is 0 to an integer value between the number of the spaced physical resource blocks minus 1; when the number of the spaced physical resource blocks is K, the starting physical resource block The offset is 0, 1, ..., K-1, and each of the above starting physical resource block offsets accounts for 1/K of the uplink system bandwidth, for a total of K states, where K is a positive integer.
在一实施例中,在上述间隔物理资源块数量从1增加到K时,总的状态数为W=1+2+……+K;上述资源信息用V比特表示,其中,V=ceil(log2(W),ceil()为向上取整操作,log2()为取以2为底的对数的操作。In an embodiment, when the number of the interval physical resource blocks increases from 1 to K, the total state number is W=1+2+...+K; the resource information is represented by V bits, where V=ceil( Log2(W), ceil() is the rounding operation, and log2() is the base-2 logarithm.
在一实施例中,当上述间隔物理资源块数量为1和2和4和8和10时,总的状态数为W=1+2+4+8+10=24,上述资源信息用5比特表示;当上述间隔物理资源块数量为10时,上述资源信息用10比特的位图表示,其中,上述10比特的位图中的比特位与上述起始物理资块偏移一一对应,上述10比特的位图中的最高比特位MSB对应最小的起始物理资源块偏移,上述10比特的位图中的比特位的比特值为“1”表示与上述比特位对应的起始物理资源块偏移对应的物理资源块分配给了上述用户设备,上述10比特的位图中的比特位的比特值为“0”表示与上述比特位对应的起始物理资源块偏移对应的物理资源块没有分配给上述用户设备;当上述间隔物理资源块数量为16时,上述频率资源用16比特的位图来表示,其中,上述16比特的位图中的比特位与上述起始物理资块偏移一一对应,其中,上述16比特的位图中的最高比特位MSB对应最小的起始物理资源块偏移,上述16比特的位图中的比特位的比特值为“1”表示与上述比特位对应的起始物理资源块偏移对应的物理资源块分配给了上述用户设备,上述16比特的位图中的比特位的比特值为“0”表示与上述比特位对应的起始物理资源块偏移对应的物理资源块没有分配给上述用户设备。In an embodiment, when the number of the spaced physical resource blocks is 1 and 2 and 4 and 8 and 10, the total number of states is W=1+2+4+8+10=24, and the resource information is 5 bits. When the number of the spaced physical resource blocks is 10, the resource information is represented by a 10-bit bitmap, wherein the bits in the 10-bit bitmap are in one-to-one correspondence with the initial physical block offset, The highest bit MSB in the 10-bit bitmap corresponds to the smallest starting physical resource block offset, and the bit value of the bit in the 10-bit bitmap is "1" indicating the starting physical resource corresponding to the above bit. The physical resource block corresponding to the block offset is allocated to the user equipment, and the bit value of the bit in the 10-bit bitmap is “0”, indicating the physical resource corresponding to the initial physical resource block offset corresponding to the bit. The block is not allocated to the user equipment; when the number of the spaced physical resource blocks is 16, the frequency resource is represented by a 16-bit bitmap, wherein the bit in the 16-bit bitmap and the starting physical block Offset one-to-one correspondence, where The highest bit MSB in the above-mentioned 16-bit bitmap corresponds to the smallest starting physical resource block offset, and the bit value of the bit in the above-mentioned 16-bit bitmap is "1" indicating the starting physics corresponding to the above bit. The physical resource block corresponding to the resource block offset is allocated to the user equipment, and the bit value of the bit in the 16-bit bitmap is “0”, indicating the physical medium corresponding to the starting physical resource block offset corresponding to the bit. The resource block is not assigned to the above user equipment.
在一实施例中,接收上述用户设备在上述资源上发送的上述上行信道和/或上述上行信号之前,上述方法还包括:将上行系统带宽N_UL_RB分 成Y个簇;其中,每个簇平均有Z个物理资源块;上述基站分配给上述用户设备的簇用上述Y个比特的比特位图表示,上述比特位图中的最高比特位对应上述Y个簇的最后一个簇,上述比特位图中的最低比特位对应上述Y个簇的第一个簇,上述第一个簇的第一个物理资源块对应上述N_UL_RB个物理资源块中具有最小物理资源块编号的物理资源块;上述上行系统带宽中最后(N_UL_RB–Y*Z)个物理资源块属于上述Y个簇中的最后一个簇;其中,In an embodiment, before receiving the uplink channel and/or the uplink signal sent by the user equipment on the resource, the method further includes: dividing the uplink system bandwidth N_UL_RB Y clusters; wherein each cluster has an average of Z physical resource blocks; the cluster allocated by the base station to the user equipment is represented by a bitmap of the Y bits, and the highest bit in the bitmap corresponds to the Y The last cluster of the cluster, the lowest bit in the bit bitmap corresponds to the first cluster of the Y clusters, and the first physical resource block of the first cluster corresponds to the smallest physical of the N_UL_RB physical resource blocks a physical resource block of the resource block number; the last (N_UL_RB - Y*Z) physical resource blocks in the above uplink system bandwidth belong to the last one of the above Y clusters;
Y=max(ceil(log2(N_UL_RB*(N_UL_RB+1)/2)),ceil(log2(Com(ceil(N_UL_RB/P+1),4)))),Z=floor(N_UL_RB/Y),max()为取2个数中的较大者的操作,ceil()为向上取整操作,log2()为取以2为底的对数的操作,N_UL_RB为以资源块为单位的上行系统带宽,Com(M,N)为从M个数中取出N个数的扩展组合数操作,P为根据上述上行系统带宽确定的资源块组大小,floor()为向下取整操作。Y=max(ceil(log2(N_UL_RB*(N_UL_RB+1)/2)), ceil(log2(Com(ceil(N_UL_RB/P+1),4))))), Z=floor(N_UL_RB/Y), Max() is the operation of the larger of the two numbers, ceil() is the round-up operation, log2() is the base-2 operation, and N_UL_RB is the resource block-based uplink system. Bandwidth, Com(M,N) is an extended combination number operation of extracting N numbers from M numbers, P is a resource block group size determined according to the above uplink system bandwidth, and floor() is a rounding operation.
在一实施例中,在将下行控制信息发送给用户设备之前,上述方法还包括:为上述用户设备分配上述资源的频率资源;其中,上述用于指示上述频率资源的上述资源信息包括NCluster个比特的簇信息;其中,簇的个数为NCluster个,与簇对应的物理上行共享信道的物理资源块号码为
Figure PCTCN2017075912-appb-000013
或者
In an embodiment, before the sending the downlink control information to the user equipment, the method further includes: allocating the frequency resource of the resource to the user equipment; wherein, the resource information used to indicate the frequency resource includes N Cluster The cluster information of the bit; wherein the number of clusters is N Cluster , and the physical resource block number of the physical uplink shared channel corresponding to the cluster is
Figure PCTCN2017075912-appb-000013
or
nPRB=[0,1,2,...,(floor(N_UL_RB/NCluster)-1)]*NCluster+IDCluster;其中,nPRB是物理资源块号码,
Figure PCTCN2017075912-appb-000014
是一个簇内的物理资源块数量,IDCluster是簇的号码或标识,NCluster个比特的簇信息的最高比特MSB对应具有最小的簇号码的簇,nPRB的范围是0到N_UL_RB-1,
Figure PCTCN2017075912-appb-000015
的范围是1到N_UL_RB,IDCluster的范围是0到NCluster-1,
Figure PCTCN2017075912-appb-000016
N_UL_RB为以资源块为单位的上行系统带宽。
n PRB =[0,1,2,...,(floor(N_UL_RB/N Cluster )-1)]*N Cluster +ID Cluster ; where n PRB is the physical resource block number,
Figure PCTCN2017075912-appb-000014
Is the number of physical resource blocks in a cluster, ID Cluster is the number or identifier of the cluster, and the highest bit MSB of the cluster information of N Cluster bits corresponds to the cluster with the smallest cluster number, and the range of n PRB is 0 to N_UL_RB-1.
Figure PCTCN2017075912-appb-000015
The range is 1 to N_UL_RB, and the ID Cluster ranges from 0 to N Cluster -1.
Figure PCTCN2017075912-appb-000016
N_UL_RB is the uplink system bandwidth in units of resource blocks.
在一实施例中,上述下行控制信息还包括资源分配类型比特,其中, 该资源分配类型比特用于指示上述基站给上述用户设备分配上述资源的分配方式。In an embodiment, the downlink control information further includes a resource allocation type bit, where The resource allocation type bit is used to indicate that the foregoing base station allocates the foregoing resource allocation manner to the user equipment.
在一实施例中,在上述资源的频率资源为70个物理资源块时,接收上述用户设备在上述资源上发送的上述上行信道和/或上述上行信号包括:分别在2个资源成分上接收上述上行信道和/或上述上行信号;其中,在上述2个资源成分上接收不同的上述上行信道和/或上述上行信号,上述2个资源成分由上述70个物理资源块划分得到的物理资源块的集合。In an embodiment, when the frequency resource of the resource is 70 physical resource blocks, receiving the uplink channel and/or the uplink signal sent by the user equipment on the resource includes: receiving the foregoing on two resource components respectively. An uplink channel and/or the uplink signal; wherein, the two uplink resource channels are received on the two resource components, and the two resource components are separated by the 70 physical resource blocks. set.
在一实施例中,通过以下之一划分方式将上述70个物理资源块划分为上述2个资源成分:将上述70个物理资源块划分为64个物理资源块和6个物理资源块;其中,上述64个物理资源块为上述2个资源成分的一个资源成分,上述6个物理资源块为上述2个资源成分的另一个资源成分;将上述70个物理资源块分划为60个物理资源块和10个物理资源块;其中,上述60个物理资源块为上述2个资源成分的一个资源成分,上述10个物理资源块为上述2个资源成分的另一个资源成分;将上述70个物理资源块分划为54个物理资源块和16个物理资源块;其中,上述54个物理资源块为上述2个资源成分的一个资源成分,上述16个物理资源块为上述2个资源成分的另一个资源成分;将上述70个物理资源块分划为50个物理资源块和20个物理资源块;其中,上述50个物理资源块为上述2个资源成分的一个资源成分,上述20个物理资源块为上述2个资源成分的另一个资源成分;将上述70个物理资源块分划为45个物理资源块和25个物理资源块;其中,上述45个物理资源块为上述2个资源成分的一个资源成分,上述25个物理资源块为上述2个资源成分的另一个资源成分;将上述70个物理资源块划分为40个物理资源块和30个物理资源块;其中,上述40个物理资源块为上述2个资源成分的一个资源成分,上述30个物理资源块为上述2个资源成分的另一个资源成分。 In an embodiment, the foregoing 70 physical resource blocks are divided into the foregoing two resource components by one of the following: dividing the 70 physical resource blocks into 64 physical resource blocks and 6 physical resource blocks; The 64 physical resource blocks are one resource component of the two resource components, and the six physical resource blocks are another resource component of the two resource components; and the 70 physical resource blocks are divided into 60 physical resource blocks. And 10 physical resource blocks; wherein the 60 physical resource blocks are one resource component of the two resource components, and the ten physical resource blocks are another resource component of the two resource components; and the 70 physical resources are The block is divided into 54 physical resource blocks and 16 physical resource blocks; wherein the 54 physical resource blocks are one resource component of the two resource components, and the 16 physical resource blocks are another of the two resource components. a resource component; the above 70 physical resource blocks are divided into 50 physical resource blocks and 20 physical resource blocks; wherein the 50 physical resource blocks are one of the two resource components a resource component, wherein the 20 physical resource blocks are another resource component of the two resource components; the 70 physical resource blocks are divided into 45 physical resource blocks and 25 physical resource blocks; wherein the 45 physical entities are The resource block is one resource component of the two resource components, and the 25 physical resource blocks are another resource component of the two resource components; and the 70 physical resource blocks are divided into 40 physical resource blocks and 30 physical resources. a block, wherein the 40 physical resource blocks are one resource component of the two resource components, and the 30 physical resource blocks are another resource component of the two resource components.
在一实施例中,在采用将上述70个物理资源块划分为64个物理资源块和6个物理资源块的划分方式时,分别在2个资源成分上接收上述上行信道和/或上述上行信号包括以下之一:在上述64个物理资源块上接收第一物理上行共享信道,在上述6个物理资源块上接收以下至少之一:物理上行控制信道、物理随机接入信道、探测参考信号、第二物理上行共享信道;只在上述64个物理资源块上接收上述上行信道和/或上述上行信号。In an embodiment, when the dividing manner of dividing the 70 physical resource blocks into 64 physical resource blocks and 6 physical resource blocks is adopted, the uplink channel and/or the uplink signal are received on two resource components respectively. The method includes: receiving the first physical uplink shared channel on the 64 physical resource blocks, and receiving at least one of the following on the six physical resource blocks: a physical uplink control channel, a physical random access channel, a sounding reference signal, a second physical uplink shared channel; receiving the uplink channel and/or the uplink signal only on the 64 physical resource blocks.
在一实施例中,上述64个物理资源块包括以下至少之一组合:在上述基站分配给上述用户设备的簇中第1个簇至第6个簇中的60个物理资源块和第7个簇的以下至少之一:前4个物理资源块;倒数4个物理资源块;第1个、第4个、第7个、第10个共4个物理资源块;在上述基站分配给上述用户设备的簇中第1个簇至第6个簇中的60个物理资源块和第7个簇中的具有最小物理资源块索引的4个物理资源块;当上述基站分配给上述用户设备的簇的最大簇号码大于6时,第1个簇至第6个簇中的60个物理资源块和第4个簇中的具有最大物理资源块索引的4个物理资源块;当上述基站分配给上述用户设备的簇的最大簇号码小于或者等于6时,第1个簇至第6个簇中的60个物理资源块和第7个簇中的具有最小物理资源块索引的4个物理资源块;在上述基站分配给上述用户设备的簇中的第1个簇至第7个簇中的70个物理资源块中除了第7个簇中的具有最大物理资源块索引的6个物理资源块之外的64个物理资源块;在上述基站分配给上述用户设备的簇中的第1个簇至第7个簇中的70个物理资源块中除了第7个簇的具有最小物理资源块索引的6个物理资源块之外的64个物理资源块。In an embodiment, the 64 physical resource blocks include at least one of the following: 60 physical resource blocks and 7th in the first cluster to the sixth cluster in the cluster allocated by the base station to the user equipment. At least one of the following: the first 4 physical resource blocks; the last 4 physical resource blocks; the 1st, 4th, 7th, and 10th total 4 physical resource blocks; the base station is allocated to the user 60 physical resource blocks in the cluster from the first cluster to the sixth cluster in the cluster of the device and four physical resource blocks in the seventh cluster having the smallest physical resource block index; when the base station allocates the cluster to the user equipment When the maximum cluster number is greater than 6, the 60 physical resource blocks in the first cluster to the sixth cluster and the four physical resource blocks in the fourth cluster having the largest physical resource block index; when the base station is allocated to the above When the maximum cluster number of the cluster of the user equipment is less than or equal to 6, 60 physical resource blocks in the first cluster to the sixth cluster and four physical resource blocks in the seventh cluster having the smallest physical resource block index; The first cluster in the cluster allocated by the base station to the user equipment to 64 physical resource blocks other than the 6 physical resource blocks of the 7th cluster having the largest physical resource block index among the 70 physical resource blocks of the 7 clusters; among the clusters allocated by the base station to the user equipment Of the 70 physical resource blocks in the 1st cluster to the 7th cluster, 64 physical resource blocks other than the 6 physical resource blocks of the 7th cluster having the smallest physical resource block index.
在一实施例中,上述下行控制信息还包括子帧指示信息,当在第一子帧发送上述下行控制信息时,在上述资源上接收上述上行信道和/或上述上行信号包括:在第二子帧上接收上述上行信道和/或上述上行信号;其中,上述第二子帧的编号为上述第一子帧的编号、上述子帧指示信息对应的10 进制值与指定整数之和,该指定整数为大于或者等于4的整数。In an embodiment, the downlink control information further includes subframe indication information. When the downlink control information is sent in the first subframe, receiving the uplink channel and/or the uplink signal on the resource includes: in the second sub Receiving, on the frame, the uplink channel and/or the uplink signal, where the number of the second subframe is the number of the first subframe, and the number corresponding to the subframe indication information is 10 The sum of the hexadecimal value and the specified integer, which is an integer greater than or equal to 4.
在一实施例中,上述下行控制信息还包括用于指示在物理上行共享信道的最后一个符号或最前面一个符号上是否发送上述上行信息的第一指示信息;在上述第一指示信息指示在物理上行共享信道的最后一个符号或最前面一个符号上不送上述上行信息的情况下,上述最后一个符号或者上述最前面一个符号仍作为上述物理上行共享信道的可用资源使用,或者上述最后一个符号或者上述最前面一个符号不能作为上述物理上行共享信道的可用资源使用。In an embodiment, the downlink control information further includes first indication information for indicating whether to send the uplink information on a last symbol or a first symbol of the physical uplink shared channel; where the first indication information indicates that the physical information is In the case that the last symbol or the first symbol of the uplink shared channel does not send the uplink information, the last symbol or the first symbol is still used as an available resource of the physical uplink shared channel, or the last symbol or The first preceding symbol cannot be used as an available resource of the above physical uplink shared channel.
在一实施例中,上述下行控制信息还包括用于指示在上行子帧或时隙的最后一个符号或最前面一个符号上是否发送上述上行信息的第二指示信息;在上述第二指示信息指示在上述上行子帧或上述时隙的最后一个符号或最前面一个符号上不发送上述上行信息的情况下,上述最后一个符号或者上述最前面一个符号仍作为上述上行子帧或上述时隙的可用资源使用,或者上述最后一个符号或者上述最前面一个符号不能作为上述上行子帧或上述时隙的可用资源使用。In an embodiment, the downlink control information further includes second indication information for indicating whether to send the uplink information on a last symbol or a first symbol of an uplink subframe or a time slot; In the case that the uplink information is not transmitted on the last subframe or the last symbol of the time slot or the first symbol, the last symbol or the first symbol is still available as the uplink subframe or the time slot. The resource usage, or the last symbol or the first symbol above, cannot be used as the available resource of the uplink subframe or the above slot.
在一实施例中,上述资源的频率资源包括1个或者多个簇时,上行系统带宽中的第1至预定数量个物理资源块和倒数第1至预定数量个物理资源块不用于上述簇的资源分配;上述上行系统带宽中除了第1至预定数量个物理资源块和倒数第1至预定数量个物理资源块之外的其他上述物理资源块用于上述簇的资源分配。In an embodiment, when the frequency resource of the resource includes one or more clusters, the first to the predetermined number of physical resource blocks and the first to the predetermined number of physical resource blocks in the uplink system bandwidth are not used for the cluster. Resource allocation; the foregoing physical resource blocks except the first to predetermined number of physical resource blocks and the first to the predetermined number of physical resource blocks in the uplink system bandwidth are used for resource allocation of the cluster.
在一实施例中,当簇的单位为子载波时,分配给子帧捆绑业务的用户设备的最大簇数目为36个;当簇的单位为物理资源块PRB时,分配给子帧捆绑业务的用户设备的最大簇数目为1个且簇中最大的物理资源块PRB数目不超过10个。In an embodiment, when the unit of the cluster is a subcarrier, the maximum number of clusters allocated to the user equipment of the subframe bundling service is 36; when the unit of the cluster is the physical resource block PRB, the subband bundling service is allocated. The maximum number of clusters of the user equipment is one and the maximum number of physical resource blocks PRB in the cluster does not exceed ten.
在一实施例中,当分配的簇的数目超过一个时,按照物理资源块索引 的大小依次给与上述物理资源块索引对应的物理资源块产生解调参考信号;或者按照分配的簇的编号大小和簇中物理资源块索引的大小依次给与上述簇的编号对应的簇中与上述物理资源块索引对应的物理资源块产生解调参考信号;或者,先从具有最小物理资源块索引的物理资源块产生解调参考信号,再给具有等簇间隔的物理资源块产生解调参考信号;或者,先从具有最小物理资源块索引的物理资源块产生解调参考信号,再将产生的所述解调参考信号拷贝给所述具有最小物理块索引的物理资源块之后需要产生所述解调参考信号的每一个物理资源块。In an embodiment, when the number of allocated clusters exceeds one, the physical resource block index is used. The size of the physical resource block corresponding to the physical resource block index is sequentially generated to generate a demodulation reference signal; or the cluster corresponding to the number of the cluster is sequentially given according to the number size of the allocated cluster and the size of the physical resource block index in the cluster. The physical resource block corresponding to the physical resource block index generates a demodulation reference signal; or, the demodulation reference signal is first generated from the physical resource block having the smallest physical resource block index, and then the demodulation reference is generated for the physical resource block having the equal cluster interval. Signaling; or, generating a demodulation reference signal from a physical resource block having a minimum physical resource block index, and then copying the generated demodulation reference signal to the physical resource block having the smallest physical block index Demodulate each physical resource block of the reference signal.
在一实施例中,上述下行控制信息还包括用于指示是否在当前子帧的最后一个正交频分复用OFDM符号或上述当前子帧之后的一个或多个子帧的最后一个OFDM符号上发送探测参考信号SRS的第二指示信息。In an embodiment, the downlink control information further includes: indicating whether to send on a last OFDM symbol of one or more subframes of the last orthogonal frequency division multiplexing OFDM symbol of the current subframe or the current subframe. The second indication information of the sounding reference signal SRS.
在一实施例中,上述下行控制信息还包括用于指示用户设备是否在当前子帧之后的一个或多个子帧上发送非竞争随机接入前导的第三指示信息;其中,发送上述非竞争随机接入前导使用的物理资源块编号为B+C*ceil(N_UL_RB/D);B为起始物理资源块号码,B的取值范围为0至N_UL_RB(D-1),C为0至D-1的整数,D为分配给上述非竞争随机接入前导的物理资源块数量,C为6至N_UL_RB的整数;在D等于7且B等于5的情况下,每一个物理资源块的第一个和最后一个子载波不用于发送上述非竞争随机接入前导;在D等于8且B等于4的情况下,每一个物理资源块的第一个、第二个和最后一个子载波不用于发送上述非竞争随机接入前导;在D等于9且B等于2的情况下,每一个物理资源块的第一个、第二个和最后2个子载波不用于发送上述非竞争随机接入前导;在D等于10且B等于4的情况下,每一个物理资源块的第一个、第二个、第三个和最后2个子载波不用于发送上述非竞争随机接入前导。In an embodiment, the downlink control information further includes third indication information for indicating whether the user equipment sends a non-contention random access preamble in one or more subframes after the current subframe, where the non-contention random is sent. The physical resource block number used by the access preamble is B+C*ceil(N_UL_RB/D); B is the starting physical resource block number, B ranges from 0 to N_UL_RB(D-1), and C is 0 to D. An integer of -1, D is the number of physical resource blocks allocated to the non-contention random access preamble, C is an integer of 6 to N_UL_RB; and in the case where D is equal to 7 and B is equal to 5, the first of each physical resource block The last and last subcarriers are not used to transmit the above non-contention random access preamble; in the case where D is equal to 8 and B is equal to 4, the first, second and last subcarriers of each physical resource block are not used for transmission. The foregoing non-contention random access preamble; in the case that D is equal to 9 and B is equal to 2, the first, second, and last two subcarriers of each physical resource block are not used to transmit the non-contention random access preamble; In the case where D is equal to 10 and B is equal to 4, each one The first, second, third, and last two subcarriers of the physical resource block are not used to transmit the above non-contention random access preamble.
根据本公开的一个方面,还提供了一种上行信息的发送装置,应用于 用户设备,包括:接收模块,配置为接收基站发送的下行控制信息;其中,上述下行控制信息携带有资源信息,该资源信息用于指示用户设备发送上行信道和/或上行信号的资源,上述资源占上述用户设备上行系统资源的80%以上;发送模块,配置为在上述资源上发送上述上行信道和/或上述上行信号。According to an aspect of the present disclosure, a transmitting apparatus for uplink information is further provided, which is applied to The user equipment includes: a receiving module, configured to receive downlink control information sent by the base station, where the downlink control information carries resource information, where the resource information is used to indicate that the user equipment sends the uplink channel and/or the uplink signal resource, where the resource is The transmitting module is configured to send the uplink channel and/or the uplink signal on the foregoing resource.
根据本公开的一个方面,还提供了一种上行信息的接收装置,应用于基站,其中,包括:发送模块,配置为将下行控制信息发送给用户设备;其中,上述下行控制信息携带有资源信息,该资源信息用于指示上述用户设备发送上行信道和/或上行信号的资源,上述资源占上述用户设备上行系统资源的80%以上;接收模块,配置为接收上述用户设备在上述资源上发送的上述上行信道和/或上述上行信号。According to an aspect of the present disclosure, a device for receiving uplink information, is applied to a base station, and includes: a sending module, configured to send downlink control information to a user equipment; wherein the downlink control information carries resource information The resource information is used to indicate that the user equipment sends the uplink channel and/or the uplink signal, and the resource accounts for more than 80% of the uplink system resources of the user equipment. The receiving module is configured to receive the user equipment and send the resource on the resource. The uplink channel and/or the uplink signal described above.
根据本公开的一个方面,还提供了一种系统,包括上述发送装置和上述接收装置。According to an aspect of the present disclosure, there is also provided a system comprising the above transmitting device and the above receiving device.
本公开实施例还提供了一种计算机存储介质,所述计算机存储介质存储有计算机程序,该计算机程序配置为执行本公开实施例的上述上行信息的发送方法。The embodiment of the present disclosure further provides a computer storage medium storing a computer program configured to perform the foregoing method for transmitting uplink information according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
本公开实施例还提供了一种计算机存储介质,所述计算机存储介质存储有计算机程序,该计算机程序配置为执行本公开实施例的上述上行信息的接收方法。The embodiment of the present disclosure further provides a computer storage medium storing a computer program configured to perform the above method for receiving uplink information according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
通过本公开实施例,采用接收基站发送的下行控制信息;其中,下行控制信息携带有用于指示用户设备发送上行信道和/或上行信号的资源的资源信息,该资源占用户设备上行系统资源的80%以上;在该资源上发送上行信道和/或上行信号的方法,即通过将占用户设备上行系统资源的80%以上的资源的资源信息包含在下行控制信息中,并接收基站发送的该下行控制信息,进而能够确定下行控制信息中所包含的内容,进而相关技术中的 LAA上行通信中尚未确定下行控制信息中包含什么内容的技术问题。The downlink control information sent by the receiving base station is used in the embodiment of the present disclosure. The downlink control information carries the resource information of the resource for indicating the user equipment to send the uplink channel and/or the uplink signal, where the resource accounts for 80 of the uplink system resource of the user equipment. % or more; the method of transmitting the uplink channel and/or the uplink signal on the resource, that is, the resource information of the resource occupying 80% or more of the uplink system resource of the user equipment is included in the downlink control information, and receiving the downlink sent by the base station Control information, and in turn, can determine content included in the downlink control information, and further related technologies The technical problem of what content is included in the downlink control information has not been determined in the LAA uplink communication.
附图说明DRAWINGS
此处所说明的附图用来提供对本公开的进一步理解,构成本申请的一部分,本公开的示意性实施例及其说明用于解释本公开,并不构成对本公开的不当限定。在附图中:The drawings described herein are provided to provide a further understanding of the present disclosure, which is a part of the present disclosure, and the description of the present disclosure and the description thereof are not intended to limit the disclosure. In the drawing:
图1是根据本公开实施例的上行信息的发送方法的流程图;1 is a flowchart of a method of transmitting uplink information according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图2是根据本公开实施例的上行信息的接收方法的流程图;2 is a flowchart of a method of receiving uplink information according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图3是根据本公开优选实施例中基站分配给用户设备3个簇的簇的示意图;3 is a schematic diagram of a cluster allocated by a base station to three clusters of user equipments according to a preferred embodiment of the present disclosure;
图4是根据本公开优选实施例中基站分配给用户设备的具有分配间隔的多个簇的示意图;4 is a schematic diagram of a plurality of clusters having allocation intervals allocated by a base station to a user equipment in accordance with a preferred embodiment of the present disclosure;
图5是根据本公开优选实施例的基站分配给用户设备的簇的示意图;FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of a cluster allocated by a base station to a user equipment according to a preferred embodiment of the present disclosure; FIG.
图6是根据本公开实施例的上行信息的发送装置的结构框图;6 is a structural block diagram of an apparatus for transmitting uplink information according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图7是根据本公开实施例的上行信息的接收装置的结构框图。FIG. 7 is a structural block diagram of an apparatus for receiving uplink information according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
具体实施方式detailed description
下文中将参考附图并结合实施例来详细说明本公开。需要说明的是,在不冲突的情况下,本申请中的实施例及实施例中的特征可以相互组合。The present disclosure will be described in detail below with reference to the drawings in conjunction with the embodiments. It should be noted that the embodiments in the present application and the features in the embodiments may be combined with each other without conflict.
需要说明的是,本申请的说明书和权利要求书及上述附图中的术语“第一”、“第二”等是用于区别类似的对象,而不必用于描述特定的顺序或先后次序。It should be noted that the terms "first", "second" and the like in the specification and claims of the present application and the above-mentioned drawings are used to distinguish similar objects, and are not necessarily used to describe a specific order or order.
在本实施例中提供了一种上行信息的发送方法,图1是根据本公开实施例的上行信息的发送方法的流程图,如图1所示,该流程包括如下步骤:In this embodiment, a method for transmitting uplink information is provided. FIG. 1 is a flowchart of a method for transmitting uplink information according to an embodiment of the present disclosure. As shown in FIG. 1, the process includes the following steps:
步骤S102,接收基站发送的下行控制信息;其中,上述下行控制信息携带有资源信息,该资源信息用于指示用户设备发送上行信道和/或上行信 号的资源,该资源占上述用户设备上行系统资源的80%以上;Step S102: Receive downlink control information sent by the base station, where the downlink control information carries resource information, where the resource information is used to indicate that the user equipment sends an uplink channel and/or an uplink signal. Number of resources, which account for more than 80% of the uplink system resources of the above user equipment;
步骤S104,在上述资源上发送上述上行信道和/或上述上行信号。Step S104, transmitting the uplink channel and/or the uplink signal on the resource.
通过上述步骤,通过将占用户设备上行系统资源的80%以上的资源的资源信息包含在下行控制信息中,并接收基站发送的该下行控制信息,进而能够确定下行控制信息中所包含的内容,进而相关技术中的LAA上行通信中尚未确定下行控制信息中包含什么内容的技术问题。Through the above steps, the resource information of the resource that accounts for 80% or more of the uplink system resources of the user equipment is included in the downlink control information, and the downlink control information sent by the base station is received, thereby determining the content included in the downlink control information. Further, in the LAA uplink communication in the related art, the technical problem of what content is included in the downlink control information has not been determined.
需要说明的是,上述方法可以是终端,比如用户设备来执行,但并不限于此。It should be noted that the foregoing method may be performed by a terminal, such as a user equipment, but is not limited thereto.
需要说明的是,上述资源包括时间资源和频率资源,对于时间资源可以包括符号、时隙和子帧;时隙可以包括一个子帧的第一个时隙和第二个时隙;子帧可以包括接收到上述下行控制信息的子帧、用户设备可以发送上行信道或/和信号的一个或多个子帧。频率资源可以是包括一个或多个连续或离散的簇。一个簇包括一个或多个子载波;或者,一个簇可以包括一个或多个资源块;或者,一个簇可以包括一个或多个资源块组;在一实施方式中,各个簇大小相同;在另一实施方式中,除了其中一个簇外,其他簇大小相同;在另一实施例中,上述多个簇的位置通过多个位置点来指示,其中,第一位置点和第二个位置点表示第一个簇的资源位置,其余位置点表示剩余簇的起始位置或结束位置,位置点位置信息可以由信令指示;在另一实施例中,上述多个簇的起始位置通过多个位置点来指示,簇的大小由信令指示,或者,上述多个簇的结束位置通过多个位置点来指示,簇的大小由信令指示;在另一实施方式中,上述频率资源可以包括多个频率资源,每两个相邻的频率资源之间间隔相同;在另一实施例中,上述频率资源可以由起始位置和间隔来指示。It should be noted that the foregoing resources include time resources and frequency resources, and may include symbols, time slots, and subframes for time resources; the first time slot and the second time slot of one subframe may be included in the time slot; the subframe may include The subframe in which the downlink control information is received, the user equipment may transmit one or more subframes of the uplink channel or/and the signal. The frequency resource can be one or more continuous or discrete clusters. One cluster includes one or more subcarriers; or one cluster may include one or more resource blocks; or one cluster may include one or more resource block groups; in one embodiment, each cluster is the same size; In an embodiment, other clusters are the same size except one of the clusters; in another embodiment, the locations of the plurality of clusters are indicated by a plurality of location points, wherein the first location point and the second location point represent a resource location of a cluster, the remaining location points represent a starting location or an ending location of the remaining clusters, and the location point location information may be indicated by signaling; in another embodiment, the starting locations of the plurality of clusters pass through multiple locations Point indicates that the size of the cluster is indicated by signaling, or the end position of the plurality of clusters is indicated by a plurality of location points, and the size of the cluster is indicated by signaling; in another embodiment, the frequency resource may include multiple The frequency resources are equally spaced between every two adjacent frequency resources; in another embodiment, the above frequency resources may be indicated by a starting position and an interval.
上述信道可以包括但不限于此:物理上行共享信道、物理上行控制信道、物理随机接入信道;上述信号可以包括但不限于探测参考信号和解调 参考信号。The foregoing channels may include but are not limited to: a physical uplink shared channel, a physical uplink control channel, and a physical random access channel; the foregoing signals may include but are not limited to sounding reference signals and demodulation. Reference signal.
需要说明的是,上述位置点类似与坐标轴上的位置点,该坐标轴可以是频率坐标轴,该位置点可以是频率位置点,但并不限于此,这些位置点确定了分配的簇的位置,即这些位置点能够确定频率资源的起点、终点。It should be noted that the above position points are similar to the position points on the coordinate axis, and the coordinate axes may be frequency coordinate axes, and the position points may be frequency position points, but are not limited thereto, and the position points determine the assigned clusters. Locations, ie, these location points, are able to determine the start and end points of the frequency resource.
在本公开的一个实施例中,在步骤S104之前,所述方法还可以包括:根据上述资源信息确定上述资源的频率资源。In an embodiment of the present disclosure, before the step S104, the method may further include: determining a frequency resource of the resource according to the resource information.
在上述频率资源包括1个簇、2个簇、3个簇或4个簇的情况下,上述资源信息可用R1个比特来表示,其中,R1=max(ceil(log2(N_UL_RB*(N_UL_RB+1)/2)),ceil(log2(Com(ceil(N_UL_RB/P+1),4))));其中,max()为取2个数中的较大者的操作,ceil()为向上取整操作,log2()为取以2为底的对数的操作,N_UL_RB为以资源块为单位的上行系统带宽,Com(M,N)为从M个数中取出N个数的扩展组合数操作,P为根据上述上行系统带宽确定的资源块组大小。In the case where the above frequency resource includes 1 cluster, 2 clusters, 3 clusters or 4 clusters, the above resource information may be represented by R1 bits, where R1=max(ce2(log2(N_UL_RB*(N_UL_RB+1) )/2)),ceil(log2(Com(ceil(N_UL_RB/P+1),4))))); where max() is the operation of the larger of 2, ceil() is up Rounding operation, log2() is the operation of taking the base 2 logarithm, N_UL_RB is the uplink system bandwidth in resource blocks, and Com(M,N) is the extended combination of N numbers from M numbers. For the number operation, P is the resource block group size determined according to the above uplink system bandwidth.
需要说明的是,当M<N时,Com(M,N)=0,当上述上行系统带宽分别为5MHz、10MHz、15MHz、20MHz时,N_UL_RB的值分别取25、50、75、100,或者N_UL_RB的值分别取25、50、75、110;当上述簇的单位为资源块组时,P的值分别为2、3、4、4;当上述簇的单位为资源块时,P=1;每个上述簇的大小相同。It should be noted that when M<N, Com(M,N)=0, when the uplink system bandwidth is 5MHz, 10MHz, 15MHz, 20MHz, respectively, the value of N_UL_RB is 25, 50, 75, 100, respectively, or The values of N_UL_RB are respectively 25, 50, 75, 110; when the unit of the cluster is a resource block group, the values of P are 2, 3, 4, and 4 respectively; when the unit of the cluster is a resource block, P=1 Each of the above clusters has the same size.
根据上述资源信息确定上述资源的频率资源可以表现为:根据上述R1个比特表示的4个位置点的簇信息来确定上述4个位置点的取值,根据上述4个位置点的取值获得上述频率资源;其中,上述4个位置点包括第1个位置点S0,第2个位置点S1,第3个位置点S2和第4个位置点S3;上述4个位置点确定的簇的方式包括以下之一:方式一:第1个位置点S0表示第1个簇的起始位置,第2个位置点S1表示第1个簇的结束位置,第3 个位置点S2表示第2个簇的起始位置,第4个位置点S3表示第3个簇的起始位置;方式二:第一个位置点S0表示第1个簇的起始位置,第2个位置点S1表示第1个簇的结束位置,第3个位置点S2表示第2个簇的结束位置,第4个位置点S3表示第3个簇的结束位置;方式三:第一个位置点S0表示第1个簇的起始位置,第2个位置点S1表示第2个簇的起始位置,第3个位置点S2表示第3个簇的起始位置,第4个位置点S3表示第4个簇的起始位置;方式四:第一个位置点S0表示第一个簇的结束位置,第2个位置点S1表示第2个簇的结束位置,第3个位置点S2表示第3个簇的结束位置,第4个位置点S3表示第4个簇的结束位置;其中,S0、S1、S2、S3为正整数,上述各个簇的大小等于第1个簇的大小或者以上述各个簇中的指定簇的大小为基准进行半静态配置,上述S3对应的物理资源块的位置不超过上述上行系统带宽,各个簇的大小为上述指定簇的大小的分数倍或整数倍;上述4个位置点的簇信息为扩展组合数累积值r,其中,
Figure PCTCN2017075912-appb-000017
Σ为累加操作,N=ceil(N_UL_RB/P)+1,在i分别取0、1、2、3时,Si分别为S0的取值、S1的取值、S2的取值、S3的取值,M=4。通过该方法可以使得用户设备在接收到下行控制信息中的R比特的扩展组合数累计值后,能够获得上述4个位置点的取值,进而能够知道上述频率资源,并且该频率资源的带宽可以满足无线电管制要求(即占上行系统带宽的80%以上)。
Determining, according to the resource information, the frequency resource of the resource may be: determining the value of the four location points according to the cluster information of the four location points represented by the R1 bits, and obtaining the foregoing according to the values of the four location points. a frequency resource; wherein the four location points include a first location point S0, a second location point S1, a third location point S2, and a fourth location point S3; the manner of determining the clusters of the four location points includes One of the following: Mode 1: The first position point S0 indicates the start position of the first cluster, the second position point S1 indicates the end position of the first cluster, and the third position point S2 indicates the second cluster point. The starting position, the fourth position point S3 represents the starting position of the third cluster; the second mode: the first position point S0 represents the starting position of the first cluster, and the second position point S1 represents the first cluster. The end position, the third position point S2 indicates the end position of the second cluster, and the fourth position point S3 indicates the end position of the third cluster; mode 3: the first position point S0 indicates the start of the first cluster The starting position, the second position point S1 indicates the starting position of the second cluster, and the third position point S2 indicates the first position The starting position of the 3 clusters, the 4th position point S3 represents the starting position of the 4th cluster; the fourth method: the first position point S0 represents the end position of the first cluster, and the second position point S1 represents the The end position of the two clusters, the third position point S2 indicates the end position of the third cluster, and the fourth position point S3 indicates the end position of the fourth cluster; wherein S0, S1, S2, and S3 are positive integers. The size of each cluster is equal to the size of the first cluster or semi-statically configured based on the size of the specified cluster in each cluster, and the location of the physical resource block corresponding to the S3 does not exceed the uplink system bandwidth, and the size of each cluster. a fractional or integer multiple of the size of the cluster specified above; the cluster information of the above four location points is an accumulated value of the expanded combination number r, wherein
Figure PCTCN2017075912-appb-000017
Σ is the accumulation operation, N=ceil(N_UL_RB/P)+1, when i takes 0, 1, 2, and 3 respectively, Si is the value of S0, the value of S1, the value of S2, and the value of S3. Value, M=4. The method can enable the user equipment to obtain the value of the four location points after receiving the integrated value of the extended combination of the R bits in the downlink control information, and further know the frequency resource, and the bandwidth of the frequency resource can be Meet radio regulatory requirements (ie, account for more than 80% of the upstream system bandwidth).
需要说明的是,各个簇的大小都等于第1个簇的大小,一般应用于上述的方式一和方式二中,但并不限于此,比如也可以应用于上述方式三和/或方式四中;各个簇的大小以各个簇中的指定簇的大小为基准进行半静态配置,一般应用于上述的方式三和方式四中,但并不限于此,比如也可以应用于上述的方式一和/或方式二中,上述各个簇中的任一个簇都可以作为上述指定簇对其他簇的大小进行配置。 It should be noted that the size of each cluster is equal to the size of the first cluster, and is generally applied to the foregoing manners 1 and 2, but is not limited thereto, and may be applied to the foregoing manners 3 and/or 4, for example. The size of each cluster is semi-statically configured based on the size of the designated cluster in each cluster. Generally, it is applied to the third method and the fourth method described above, but is not limited thereto. For example, it can also be applied to the above manners 1 and/or Or in the second method, any one of the above clusters may be configured as the size of the other clusters as the specified cluster.
需要说明的是,在上述方式一或上述方式二中,上述S2等于上述S3,表示上述频率资源中只包含有2个簇;上述S1、上述S2与上述S3相等,表示上述频率资源中只包含有1个簇;上述S0、上述S1、上述S2与上述S3相等,表示上述频率资源只包含有1个簇且上述簇的大小为上行系统带宽;上述S0、上述S1、上述S2与上述S3相等,表示上述频率资源只包含有一个簇且上述簇的大小为上述簇的起始位置与结束位置之差所表示的带宽大小。在上述方式三或上述方式四中,上述簇的大小用Q个比特来表示,其中,Q为整数,上述簇的单位为以下之:资源块、1个资源块组、2个资源块组、4个资源块组、8个资源块组、1个子载波、2个子载波、3个子载波、4个子载波、6个子载波;上述S0、上述S1、上述S2与上述S3相等,表示上述频率资源中只包含有一个簇,且上述簇的大小为上行系统带宽。It should be noted that, in the first aspect or the second aspect, the S2 is equal to the S3, and the frequency resource includes only two clusters; the S1 and the S2 are equal to the S3, and the frequency resource includes only the frequency resource. There is one cluster; the above S0, the S1, and the S2 are equal to the above S3, indicating that the frequency resource includes only one cluster and the size of the cluster is an uplink system bandwidth; the S0, the S1, and the S2 are equal to the S3. , indicating that the frequency resource includes only one cluster and the size of the cluster is the bandwidth indicated by the difference between the start position and the end position of the cluster. In the third aspect or the fourth aspect, the size of the cluster is represented by Q bits, wherein Q is an integer, and the unit of the cluster is the following: a resource block, a resource block group, and two resource block groups. 4 resource block groups, 8 resource block groups, 1 subcarrier, 2 subcarriers, 3 subcarriers, 4 subcarriers, and 6 subcarriers; the above S0, the above S1, and the above S2 are equal to the above S3, indicating that the frequency resource is Only one cluster is included, and the size of the above cluster is the uplink system bandwidth.
在上述频率资源包括2个簇或4个簇的情况下,上述频率信息用R2个比特来表示,其中,R2=ceil(log2(Com(ceil(N_UL_RB/(2*H)+1),4))),ceil()为向上取整操作,log2()为取以2为底的对数的操作,N_UL_RB为以资源块为单位的上行系统带宽,Com(M,N)为从M个数中取出N个数的扩展组合数操作,H为根据一半的上行系统带宽确定的资源块组大小。In the case where the above frequency resource includes 2 clusters or 4 clusters, the above frequency information is represented by R2 bits, where R2=ceil(log2(Com(ce_(N_UL_RB/(2*H)+1), 4) ))), ceil() is the rounding operation, log2() is the base 2 logarithm operation, N_UL_RB is the uplink system bandwidth in resource blocks, and Com(M,N) is from M The number of extended combination numbers of N numbers is taken out, and H is the resource block group size determined according to half of the uplink system bandwidth.
需要说明的是,当M<N时,Com(M,N)=0,当上述上行系统带宽分别为5MHz、10MHz、15MHz、20MHz时,N_UL_RB的值分别取25、50、75、100,或者N_UL_RB的值分别取25、50、75、110;当上述簇的单位为资源块组时,H的值分别为2、2、3、3;当上述簇的单位为资源块时,H=1。It should be noted that when M<N, Com(M,N)=0, when the uplink system bandwidth is 5MHz, 10MHz, 15MHz, 20MHz, respectively, the value of N_UL_RB is 25, 50, 75, 100, respectively, or The value of N_UL_RB is 25, 50, 75, and 110 respectively; when the unit of the cluster is a resource block group, the values of H are 2, 2, 3, and 3, respectively; when the unit of the cluster is a resource block, H=1 .
根据上述资源信息确定上述资源的频率资源可以表现为:根据上述R2个比特表示的4个位置点的簇信息来确定上述4个位置点的取值,根据上述4个位置点的取值获得上述频率资源;其中,上述4个位置点包括第1个位置点S0,第2个位置点S1,第3个位置点S2和第4个位置点S3;上 述S0表示第1个簇的起始位置,上述S1表示第1个簇的结束位置,上述S2表示第2个簇的起始位置,上述S3表示第2个簇的结束位置;上述S0加上一半上述N_UL_RB的位置表示第3个簇的起始位置,上述S1加上一半上述N_UL_RB的位置表示第3个簇的结束位置,上述S2加上一半上述N_UL_RB的位置表示第4个簇的起始位置,上述S3加上一半上述N_UL_RB的位置表示第4个簇的结束位置;上述4个位置点的簇信息为扩展组合数累积值r,其中,
Figure PCTCN2017075912-appb-000018
Σ为累加操作,N=ceil(N_UL_RB/(2*H))+1,在i分别取0、1、2、3时,Si分别为S0、S1、S2、S3,M=4。
Determining, according to the resource information, the frequency resource of the resource may be: determining the value of the four location points according to the cluster information of the four location points represented by the R2 bits, and obtaining the foregoing according to the values of the four location points. a frequency resource; wherein the four location points include a first location point S0, a second location point S1, a third location point S2, and a fourth location point S3; the S0 represents a starting location of the first cluster The above S1 indicates the end position of the first cluster, the S2 indicates the start position of the second cluster, and the above S3 indicates the end position of the second cluster; the S0 plus half of the position of the N_UL_RB indicates the third cluster. The starting position, the position of the above S1 plus half of the N_UL_RB indicates the end position of the third cluster, the position of the above S2 plus half of the N_UL_RB indicates the starting position of the fourth cluster, and the above S3 plus the position of the above N_UL_RB Indicates the end position of the fourth cluster; the cluster information of the above four location points is the cumulative value of the expanded combination number r, where
Figure PCTCN2017075912-appb-000018
Σ is the accumulation operation, N=ceil(N_UL_RB/(2*H))+1, when i is 0, 1, 2, and 3 respectively, Si is S0, S1, S2, S3, and M=4, respectively.
需要说明的是,上述S1、上述S2与上述S3相等,表示上述频率资源中只包含有2个簇。另一半上行系统带宽上面的物理资源块组RGB资源也可以是前面一半上行系统带宽上面的物理资源块组RGB资源的镜像。在这里,镜像是指:假设总数是M,那么,N在M中的镜像为M-N+1。例如,5在17中的镜像为13。那么,假设系统带宽为20MHz,分成2部分,各有17个RBG(这时候的RBG按照20/2=10MHz来定义),假设在第一部分带宽上的S0、S1、S2、S3分别取1、5、14、16,那么它们在第2部分带宽上的S0、S1、S2、S3分别取17、13、4、2。考虑到S0到S3要按顺序排列,那么,重排后S0、S1、S2、S3分别取2、4、13、17。It should be noted that the above S1 and S2 are equal to the above S3, and it is indicated that only two clusters are included in the frequency resource. The physical resource block group RGB resource above the other half of the uplink system bandwidth may also be a mirror image of the physical resource block group RGB resources above the first half of the uplink system bandwidth. Here, mirroring means that if the total number is M, then the mirror image of N in M is M-N+1. For example, the mirror image of 5 in 17 is 13. Then, assuming that the system bandwidth is 20MHz, it is divided into two parts, each having 17 RBGs (the RBG at this time is defined by 20/2=10MHz), assuming that S0, S1, S2, and S3 in the first part of the bandwidth are respectively taken as 1, 5, 14, 16 then they take 17, 13, 4, 2, and S3 on the bandwidth of the second part, respectively, 17, 13, 4, and 2. Considering that S0 to S3 are to be arranged in order, after rearrangement, S0, S1, S2, and S3 take 2, 4, 13, and 17, respectively.
在上述频率资源包括4个簇或8个簇的情况下,上述资源信息可用R3个比特来表示,其中,R3=ceil(log2(Com(ceil(N_UL_RB/(4*H1)+1),4))),ceil()为向上取整操作,log2()为取以2为底的对数的操作,N_UL_RB为以资源块为单位的上行系统带宽,Com(M,N)为从M个数中取出N个数的扩展组合数操作,H1为根据四分之一的上行系统带宽确定的资源块组大小。In the case that the frequency resource includes 4 clusters or 8 clusters, the resource information may be represented by R3 bits, where R3=ceil(log2(Com(ceil(N_UL_RB/(4*H1)+1), 4) ))), ceil() is the rounding operation, log2() is the base 2 logarithm operation, N_UL_RB is the uplink system bandwidth in resource blocks, and Com(M,N) is from M The number of extended combination numbers of N numbers is taken out, and H1 is the resource block group size determined according to one quarter of the uplink system bandwidth.
需要说明的是,当上述上行系统带宽分别为10MHz、20MHz时,N_UL_RB的值分别为50、100或者N_UL_RB的值分别为50、110;当簇 的单位为资源块组时,H1的值分别为1、2;当簇的单位为资源块时,H1=1。It should be noted that when the uplink system bandwidth is 10 MHz and 20 MHz, respectively, the values of the N_UL_RB are 50, 100, or the values of the N_UL_RB are 50 and 110, respectively; When the unit is a resource block group, the value of H1 is 1, 2; when the unit of the cluster is a resource block, H1=1.
根据上述资源信息确定上述资源的频率资源可以表现为:根据上述R3个比特表示的4个位置点的簇信息来确定上述4个位置点的取值,根据上述4个位置点的取值获得上述频率资源;其中,上述4个位置点包括第1个位置点S0,第2个位置点S1,第3个位置点S2和第4个位置点S3;上述S0表示第1个簇的起始位置,上述S1表示第1个簇的结束位置,上述S2表示第2个簇的起始位置,上述S3表示第2个簇的结束位置;上述S0加上四分之一上述N_UL_RB的位置表示第3个簇的起始位置,上述S1加上四分之一上述N_UL_RB的位置表示第3个簇的结束位置,上述S2加上四分之一上述N_UL_RB的位置表示第4个簇的起始位置,上述S3加上四分之一上述N_UL_RB的位置表示第4个簇的结束位置,上述S0加上一半上述N_UL_RB的位置表示第5个簇的起始位置,上述S1加上一半上述N_UL_RB的位置表示第5个簇的结束位置,上述S2加上一半上述N_UL_RB的位置表示第6个簇的起始位置,上述S3加上一半上述N_UL_RB的位置表示第6个簇的结束位置,上述S0加上四分之三上述N_UL_RB的位置表示第7个簇的起始位置,上述S1加上四分之三上述N_UL_RB的位置表示第7个簇的结束位置,上述S2加上四分之三上述N_UL_RB的位置表示第8个簇的起始位置,上述S3加上四分之三上述N_UL_RB的位置表示第8个簇的结束位置;其中,上述S1、上述S2和上述S3相等,表示上述频率资源信息中包含有4个簇;上述S0、上述S1、上述S2和上述S3都不相等,表示上述频率资源信息中包含有8个簇;上述4个位置点的簇信息为扩展组合数累积值r,其中,
Figure PCTCN2017075912-appb-000019
Σ为累加操作,N=ceil(N_UL_RB/(4*H1))+1,在i分别取0、1、2、3时,Si分别为S0、S1、S2、S3,M=4。
Determining, according to the resource information, the frequency resource of the resource may be: determining the value of the four location points according to the cluster information of the four location points represented by the R3 bits, and obtaining the foregoing according to the values of the four location points. a frequency resource; wherein the four location points include a first location point S0, a second location point S1, a third location point S2, and a fourth location point S3; the S0 represents a starting location of the first cluster The above S1 indicates the end position of the first cluster, the S2 indicates the start position of the second cluster, the S3 indicates the end position of the second cluster, and the position of the S0 plus the quarter of the N_UL_RB indicates the third position. The starting position of the cluster, the position of the above S1 plus one quarter of the above N_UL_RB indicates the ending position of the third cluster, and the position of the above S2 plus one quarter of the above N_UL_RB indicates the starting position of the fourth cluster, The position of the above-mentioned S3 plus a quarter of the above-mentioned N_UL_RB indicates the end position of the fourth cluster, and the position of the above-mentioned S0 plus half of the above-mentioned N_UL_RB indicates the start position of the fifth cluster, and the above S1 plus half of the position of the above-mentioned N_UL_RB The end position of the 5th cluster, The position of the above-mentioned N_UL_RB is indicated by S2, and the position of the N_UL_RB indicates the start position of the sixth cluster. The position of the above-mentioned S3 plus half of the N_UL_RB indicates the end position of the sixth cluster, and the above S0 plus three-quarters of the position of the above-mentioned N_UL_RB The starting position of the seventh cluster, the above S1 plus three quarters of the position of the above N_UL_RB indicates the end position of the seventh cluster, and the above S2 plus three quarters of the position of the above N_UL_RB indicates the start of the eighth cluster Position, the position of the above-mentioned S3 plus three-quarters of the N_UL_RB indicates the end position of the eighth cluster; wherein the S1, the S2, and the S3 are equal, indicating that the frequency resource information includes four clusters; The S1, the S2, and the S3 are not equal, and the frequency resource information includes eight clusters; and the cluster information of the four location points is an extended combination number r, wherein
Figure PCTCN2017075912-appb-000019
Σ is the accumulation operation, N=ceil(N_UL_RB/(4*H1))+1, when i is 0, 1, 2, and 3 respectively, Si is S0, S1, S2, S3, and M=4, respectively.
需要说明的是,另外3部分的四分之一系统带宽上面的资源块组RGB 资源也可以是第一部分的四分之一系统带宽上面的资源块组RGB资源的镜像。It should be noted that the resource block group RGB above the other three parts of the system bandwidth The resource may also be a mirror of the resource block group RGB resources above the quarter system bandwidth of the first part.
在上述频率资源信包括10个簇或20个簇的情况下,上述资源信息为R4个比特来表示,其中,R4为以下之一:ceil(log2(Com(ceil(N_UL_RB/(10*H2)+1),4)))、max(ceil(log2(N_UL_RB*(N_UL_RB+1)/2)),ceil(log2(Com(ceil(N_UL_RB/(10*H2)+1),4))))、max(ceil(log2(N_UL_RB*(N_UL_RB+1)/2)),ceil(log2(Com(ceil(N_UL_RB/(10*H2)+1),4))))中的最低ceil(log2(N_UL_RB*(N_UL_RB+1)/2))个比特、max(ceil(log2(N_UL_RB*(N_UL_RB+1)/2)),ceil(log2(Com(ceil(N_UL_RB/(10*H2)+1),4))))中的最低10个比特;ceil()为向上取整操作,log2()为取以2为底的对数的操作,N_UL_RB为以资源块为单位的上行系统带宽,Com(M,N)为从M个数中取出N个数的扩展组合数操作,H2为根据十分之一的上行系统带宽确定的资源块组大小。In the case that the frequency resource information includes 10 clusters or 20 clusters, the resource information is represented by R4 bits, where R4 is one of the following: ceil (log2(Com(ce_(N_UL_RB/(10*H2)) +1), 4))), max(ceil(log2(N_UL_RB*(N_UL_RB+1)/2)), ceil(log2(Com(ceil(N_UL_RB/(10*H2)+1), 4))) ), max(ceil(log2(N_UL_RB*(N_UL_RB+1)/2)), ceil(log2(Com(ce_(N_UL_RB/(10*H2)+1), 4)))))) The lowest ceil (log2) (N_UL_RB*(N_UL_RB+1)/2)) bits, max(ceil(log2(N_UL_RB*(N_UL_RB+1)/2)), ceil(log2(Com(cei(N_UL_RB/(10*H2)+1) ), 4))))) the lowest 10 bits; ceil() is the rounding operation, log2() is the base 2 logarithm operation, and N_UL_RB is the upstream system bandwidth in resource blocks. Com(M,N) is an extended combined number operation of extracting N numbers from M numbers, and H2 is a resource block group size determined according to one tenth of the uplink system bandwidth.
需要说明的是,当上述上行系统带宽分别为10MHz、20MHz时,N_UL_RB的值分别为50、100;当簇的单位为资源块组时,H2的值分别为1、1;当簇的单位为资源块时,H2=1。It should be noted that when the uplink system bandwidth is 10 MHz and 20 MHz, respectively, the value of N_UL_RB is 50 and 100 respectively; when the unit of the cluster is a resource block group, the value of H2 is 1, 1 respectively; when the unit of the cluster is When the resource block is H2=1.
根据上述资源信息确定上述资源的频率资源可以表现为以下之一:根据上述R4个比特表示的4个位置点的簇信息来确定上述4个位置点的取值,根据上述4个位置点的取值获得上述频率资源;根据R4个比特表示的资源指示值RIV确定资源的频率信息;根据R4个比特表示的资源比特位图确定资源的频率信息;其中,上述4个位置点包括第1个位置点S0,第2个位置点S1,第3个位置点S2和第4个位置点S3;上述S0表示第1个簇的起始位置,上述S1表示第1个簇的结束位置,上述S2表示第2个簇的 起始位置,上述S3表示第2个簇的结束位置,上述S0加上十分之一上述N_UL_RB的位置表示第3个簇的起始位置,上述S1加上十分之一上述N_UL_RB的位置表示第3个簇的结束位置,上述S2加上十分之一上述N_UL_RB的位置表示第4个簇的起始位置,上述S3加上十分之一上述N_UL_RB的位置表示第4个簇的结束位置,上述S0加上十分之二上述N_UL_RB的位置表示第5个簇的起始位置,上述S1加上十分之二上述N_UL_RB的位置表示第5个簇的结束位置,上述S2加上十分之二上述N_UL_RB的位置表示第6个簇的起始位置,上述S3加上十分之二上述N_UL_RB的位置表示第6个簇的结束位置;依此类推,上述S0加上十分之九上述N_UL_RB的位置表示第19个簇的起始位置,上述S1加上十分之九上述N_UL_RB的位置表示第19个簇的结束位置,上述S2加上十分之九上述N_UL_RB的位置表示第20个簇的起始位置,上述S3加上十分之九上述N_UL_RB的位置表示第20个簇的结束位置;其中,上述S1、上述S2和上述S3相等,表示上述频率资源中包含有10个簇;上述S0、上述S1、上述S2和上述S3都不相等,表示上述频率资源中包含有20个簇;上述4个位置点的簇信息为扩展组合数累积值r,其中,
Figure PCTCN2017075912-appb-000020
Σ为累加操作,N=ceil(N_UL_RB/(10*H2))+1,在i分别取0、1、2、3时,Si分别为S0、S1、S2、S3,M=4,H2=1。
Determining, according to the resource information, the frequency resource of the resource may be one of: determining the value of the four location points according to the cluster information of the four location points represented by the R4 bits, according to the foregoing four location points. The value obtains the frequency resource; determining the frequency information of the resource according to the resource indication value RIV represented by the R4 bits; determining the frequency information of the resource according to the resource bit bitmap represented by the R4 bits; wherein the four location points include the first location Point S0, the second position point S1, the third position point S2 and the fourth position point S3; the above S0 represents the start position of the first cluster, and the above S1 represents the end position of the first cluster, and the above S2 represents The starting position of the second cluster, the above S3 indicates the ending position of the second cluster, and the position of the above S0 plus one tenth of the N_UL_RB indicates the starting position of the third cluster, and the above S1 plus one tenth The position of the N_UL_RB indicates the end position of the third cluster, and the position of the S_ plus one tenth of the N_UL_RB indicates the start position of the fourth cluster, and the position of the S3 plus one tenth of the N_UL_RB indicates the fourth position. End of cluster The S0 plus two tenths of the N_UL_RB positions indicate the starting position of the fifth cluster, and the S1 plus tenths of the N_UL_RB positions indicate the end position of the fifth cluster, and the S2 plus ten The position of the above N_UL_RB indicates the starting position of the sixth cluster, and the above S3 plus two tenths of the positions of the N_UL_RB indicates the end position of the sixth cluster; and so on, the above S0 plus nine tenths The position of the N_UL_RB indicates the start position of the 19th cluster, and the position of the above-mentioned S1 plus tenths of the N_UL_RB indicates the end position of the 19th cluster, and the position of the above S2 plus nine tenths of the above N_UL_RB indicates the 20th. The starting position of the cluster, S3 plus nine tenths of the positions of the N_UL_RB indicates the end position of the 20th cluster; wherein S1, S2 and S3 are equal, indicating that the frequency resource includes 10 clusters The S0, the S1, the S2, and the S3 are not equal, and the frequency resource includes 20 clusters; and the cluster information of the four location points is an extended combination number r, wherein
Figure PCTCN2017075912-appb-000020
Σ is the accumulation operation, N=ceil(N_UL_RB/(10*H2))+1, when i is taken as 0, 1, 2, 3 respectively, Si is S0, S1, S2, S3, M=4, H2= 1.
上述资源指示值RIV用起始资源块索引RB_Start、连续的资源块数量RB_Length和十分之一所述上行系统带宽N_UL_RB_10表示;其中,在(RB_Length-1)小于或者等于floor(N_UL_RB_10/2)的情况下,所述RIV为N_UL_RB_10*(RB_Length-1)+RB_Start,在(RB_Length-1)大于floor(N_UL_RB_10/2)的情况下,所述RIV为N_UL_RB_10*(N_UL_RB_10-RB_Length+1)+(N_UL_RB_10-1-RB_Start); 当所述上行系统带宽分别为10MHz、20MHz时,所述N_UL_RB_10的值分别为5、10;所述RB_Start的取值为0到9的整数;所述RB_Length取值为1到10的整数,floor()为向下取整操作;The resource indication value RIV is represented by a starting resource block index RB_Start, a contiguous number of resource blocks RB_Length, and a tenth of the uplink system bandwidth N_UL_RB_10; wherein, (RB_Length-1) is less than or equal to floor(N_UL_RB_10/2) In the case, the RIV is N_UL_RB_10*(RB_Length-1)+RB_Start, and in the case where (RB_Length-1) is greater than floor(N_UL_RB_10/2), the RIV is N_UL_RB_10*(N_UL_RB_10-RB_Length+1)+(N_UL_RB_10 -1-RB_Start); When the uplink system bandwidth is 10 MHz and 20 MHz, respectively, the value of the N_UL_RB_10 is 5, 10; the value of the RB_Start is an integer ranging from 0 to 9; the RB_Length is an integer ranging from 1 to 10, floor () is a rounding operation;
上述资源比特位图中的最高比特对应到十分之一所述N_UL_RB中具有最小号码的资源块索引,最低比特对应具有最大号码的资源块索引;其中,所述资源比特位图中的比特位的值为二进制“1”,表示以下资源块索引分配给了所述用户设备:与所述比特位对应的资源块索引、所述资源块索引加上1/10所述N_UL_RB所表示的资源块索引、所述资源块索引加上2/10所述N_UL_RB所表示的资源块索引、所述资源块索引加上3/10所述N_UL_RB所表示的资源块索引、所述资源块索引加上4/10所述N_UL_RB所表示的资源块索引、所述资源块索引加上5/10所述N_UL_RB所表示的资源块索引、所述资源块索引加上6/10所述N_UL_RB所表示的资源块索引、所述资源块索引加上7/10所述N_UL_RB所表示的资源块索引、所述资源块索引加上8/10所述N_UL_RB所表示的资源块索引、所述资源块索引加上9/10所述N_UL_RB所表示的资源块索引;所述资源比特位图中的比特位的值为二进制“0”表示以下资源块索引没有分配给所述用户设备:与所述比特位对应的资源块索引、所述资源块索引加上1/10所述N_UL_RB所表示的资源块索引、所述资源块索引加上2/10所述N_UL_RB所表示的资源块索引、所述资源块索引加上3/10所述N_UL_RB所表示的资源块索引、所述资源块索引加上4/10所述N_UL_RB所表示的资源块索引、所述资源块索引加上5/10所述N_UL_RB所表示的资源块索引、所述资源块索引加上6/10所述N_UL_RB所表示的资源块索引、所述资源块索引加上7/10所述N_UL_RB所表示的资源块索引、所述资源块索引加上8/10所述N_UL_RB所表示的资源块索引、所述资源块索引加上9/10所述N_UL_RB所表示的资源块索引。 The highest bit in the resource bit bitmap corresponds to one tenth of the N_UL_RB resource block index having the smallest number, and the lowest bit corresponds to the resource block index having the largest number; wherein the bit in the resource bit bitmap The value of the binary "1" indicates that the following resource block index is allocated to the user equipment: a resource block index corresponding to the bit, the resource block index plus 1/10 of the resource block indicated by the N_UL_RB The index, the resource block index plus 2/10 of the resource block index represented by the N_UL_RB, the resource block index plus 3/10 of the resource block index represented by the N_UL_RB, and the resource block index plus 4 a resource block index represented by the N_UL_RB, the resource block index plus 5/10 of the resource block index indicated by the N_UL_RB, and the resource block index plus 6/10 of the resource block indicated by the N_UL_RB The index, the resource block index plus 7/10 the resource block index represented by the N_UL_RB, the resource block index plus 8/10 the resource block index represented by the N_UL_RB, and the resource block index plus 9 /10 stated in the table of N_UL_RB Resource block index; the value of the bit in the resource bit bitmap is binary "0" indicating that the following resource block index is not allocated to the user equipment: a resource block index corresponding to the bit, the resource block The index is added with 1/10 the resource block index indicated by the N_UL_RB, the resource block index plus 2/10 of the resource block index indicated by the N_UL_RB, and the resource block index plus 3/10 of the N_UL_RB a resource block index, a resource block index plus 4/10 of the resource block index represented by the N_UL_RB, the resource block index plus 5/10 of the resource block index represented by the N_UL_RB, and the resource block The index plus the resource block index indicated by the N_UL_RB of 6/10, the resource block index plus 7/10 the resource block index indicated by the N_UL_RB, the resource block index plus 8/10 of the N_UL_RB The resource block index indicated, the resource block index plus the resource block index represented by 9/10 of the N_UL_RB.
上述根据上述资源信息确定上述资源的频率资源的表现方式相对于现有技术而言,降低了表示资源信息的比特数,节省的该比特数可以用于其他用途,比如可以用于表示异步混合自动重传请求进程号码。The method for determining the frequency resource of the resource according to the foregoing resource information is lower than the prior art, and the number of bits representing the resource information is reduced, and the saved number of bits can be used for other purposes, for example, can be used to represent asynchronous hybrid automatic Retransmit the request process number.
在本公开的一个实施例中,在上述资源上发送上述上行信道和/或上述上行信号之前,上述方法还包括:根据上述资源信息确定上述资源的频率资源:上述资源信息为起始物理资源块偏移和间隔物理资源块数量,其中,上述间隔物理资源块数量为分配的2个簇之间相隔的物理资源块的数量,上述起始物理资源块偏移为0到上述间隔物理资源块数量减1之间的整数值;当上述间隔物理资源块数量为K时,起始物理资源块偏移为0、1、……、K-1,每个上述起始物理资源块偏移占上行系统带宽的1/K,总共K个状态,其中,K为正整数。比如,当间隔物理资源块数量为1时,起始物理资源块偏移为0,即占满上行系统带宽,总共有1个状态;当间隔物理资源块数量为2时,起始物理资源块偏移为0和1,各占上行系统带宽1/2,总共2个状态;当间隔物理资源块数量为3时,起始物理资源块偏移为0和1和2,各占上行系统带宽1/3,总共3个状态;当间隔物理资源块数量为10时,起始物理资源块偏移为0、1、2、……、8、9,各占系统带宽1/10,总共10个状态。In an embodiment of the present disclosure, before the sending the uplink channel and/or the uplink signal on the resource, the method further includes: determining, according to the resource information, a frequency resource of the resource: the resource information is a starting physical resource block. Offset and interval physical resource block number, wherein the number of the interval physical resource blocks is the number of physical resource blocks separated by the allocated two clusters, and the starting physical resource block offset is 0 to the number of the interval physical resource blocks Subtracting the integer value between 1; when the number of the interval physical resource blocks is K, the starting physical resource block offset is 0, 1, ..., K-1, and each of the above starting physical resource block offsets accounts for the uplink 1/K of the system bandwidth, a total of K states, where K is a positive integer. For example, when the number of physical resource blocks is 1, the starting physical resource block offset is 0, that is, the uplink system bandwidth is occupied, and there is a total of one state; when the number of physical resource blocks is 2, the starting physical resource block is The offset is 0 and 1, each occupying 1/2 of the upstream system bandwidth, and a total of 2 states; when the number of physical resource blocks is 3, the starting physical resource block offset is 0, 1 and 2, each occupying the uplink system bandwidth. 1/3, a total of 3 states; when the number of spaced physical resource blocks is 10, the starting physical resource block offset is 0, 1, 2, ..., 8, 9, each accounting for 1/10 of the system bandwidth, a total of 10 Status.
在上述间隔物理资源块数量从1增加到K时,总的状态数为W=1+2+……+K;上述资源信息可用V比特表示,其中,V=ceil(log2(W),ceil()为向上取整操作,log2()为取以2为底的对数的操作。可选的,当上述间隔物理资源块数量为1和2和4和8和10时,总的状态数为W=1+2+4+8+10=24,上述资源信息用5比特表示。When the number of the interval physical resource blocks increases from 1 to K, the total number of states is W=1+2+...+K; the above resource information can be represented by V bits, where V=ceil(log2(W),ceil () is the rounding operation, log2() is the operation of taking the base 2 logarithm. Optionally, when the number of spaced physical resource blocks is 1 and 2 and 4 and 8 and 10, the total number of states For W = 1 + 2 + 4 + 8 + 10 = 24, the above resource information is represented by 5 bits.
在本公开的一个实施例中,当上述间隔物理资源块数量为10时,上述资源信息用10比特的位图表示,则根据上述资源信息确定上述资源的频率资源可以表现为:根据上述10比特的位图中的比特位与上述起始物理资块 偏移的对应关系确定上述频率资源,其中,上述10比特的位图中的最高比特位MSB对应最小的起始物理资源块偏移,上述10比特的位图中的比特位的比特值为“1”表示与上述比特位对应的起始物理资源块偏移对应的物理资源块分配给了上述用户设备,上述10比特的位图中的比特位的比特值为“0”表示与上述比特位对应的起始物理资源块偏移对应的物理资源块没有分配给上述用户设备。In an embodiment of the present disclosure, when the number of the interval physical resource blocks is 10, the resource information is represented by a 10-bit bitmap, and determining the frequency resource of the resource according to the resource information may be expressed as: according to the above 10 bits. The bit in the bitmap and the above starting physical block The offset relationship determines the frequency resource, wherein the highest bit MSB of the 10-bit bitmap corresponds to a minimum starting physical resource block offset, and the bit value of the bit in the 10-bit bitmap is “ 1" indicates that a physical resource block corresponding to a starting physical resource block offset corresponding to the above bit is allocated to the user equipment, and a bit value of a bit in the 10-bit bitmap is "0" indicating that the bit is The physical resource block corresponding to the corresponding starting physical resource block offset is not allocated to the user equipment.
在本公开的一个实施例中,当上述间隔物理资源块数量为16时,上述频率资源用16比特的位图来表示,根据上述资源信息确定上述资源的频率资源可以表现为:根据上述16比特的位图中的比特位与上述起始物理资块偏移的对应关系确定上述频率资源,其中,上述位图中的最高比特位MSB对应最小的起始物理资源块偏移,上述位图中的比特位的比特值为“1”表示与上述比特位对应的起始物理资源块偏移对应的物理资源块分配给了上述用户设备,上述位图中的比特位的比特值为“0”表示与上述比特位对应的起始物理资源块偏移对应的物理资源块没有分配给上述用户设备。In an embodiment of the present disclosure, when the number of the interval physical resource blocks is 16, the frequency resource is represented by a 16-bit bitmap, and determining the frequency resource of the resource according to the resource information may be expressed as follows: The corresponding relationship between the bit in the bitmap and the initial physical block offset determines the frequency resource, wherein the highest bit MSB in the bitmap corresponds to the smallest starting physical resource block offset, in the bitmap The bit value of the bit is "1", and the physical resource block corresponding to the starting physical resource block offset corresponding to the bit is allocated to the user equipment, and the bit value of the bit in the bitmap is "0". A physical resource block corresponding to the initial physical resource block offset corresponding to the above bit is not allocated to the user equipment.
在本公开的一个实施例中,上述方法还可以包括:在上述资源上发送上述上行信道和/或上述上行信号时,将上行系统带宽N_UL_RB分成Y个簇;其中,每个簇平均有Z个物理资源块;上述基站分配给上述用户设备的簇用上述Y个比特的比特位图表示,上述比特位图中的最高比特位对应上述Y个簇的最后一个簇,上述比特位图中的最低比特位对应上述Y个簇的第一个簇,上述第一个簇的第一个物理资源块对应上述N_UL_RB个物理资源块中具有最小物理资源块编号的物理资源块;上述上行系统带宽中最后(N_UL_RB–Y*Z)个物理资源块属于上述Y个簇中的最后一个簇;其中,In an embodiment of the present disclosure, the method may further include: when transmitting the uplink channel and/or the uplink signal on the resource, dividing the uplink system bandwidth N_UL_RB into Y clusters; wherein each cluster has an average of Z a physical resource block; the cluster allocated by the base station to the user equipment is represented by a bitmap of the Y bits, wherein a highest bit in the bitmap corresponds to a last cluster of the Y clusters, and the lowest bit in the bitmap The bit corresponds to the first cluster of the Y clusters, and the first physical resource block of the first cluster corresponds to the physical resource block having the smallest physical resource block number among the N_UL_RB physical resource blocks; (N_UL_RB - Y * Z) physical resource blocks belong to the last one of the above Y clusters;
Y=max(ceil(log2(N_UL_RB*(N_UL_RB+1)/2)),ceil(log2(Com(ceil(N_UL_RB/P+1),4)))),Z=floor(N_UL_RB/Y),max()为 取2个数中的较大者的操作,ceil()为向上取整操作,log2()为取以2为底的对数的操作,N_UL_RB为以资源块为单位的上行系统带宽,Com(M,N)为从M个数中取出N个数的扩展组合数操作,P为根据上述上行系统带宽确定的资源块组大小,floor()为向下取整操作。比如,在当上行系统带宽N_UL_RB=100个物理资源块(PRB)且P=4时,则该上行系统带宽下有Y=14个簇,平均每个簇有Z=7个PRB,最后一个簇有7+(100-14*7)=9个PRB。Y=max(ceil(log2(N_UL_RB*(N_UL_RB+1)/2)), ceil(log2(Com(ceil(N_UL_RB/P+1),4))))), Z=floor(N_UL_RB/Y), Max() is Take the operation of the larger of the two numbers, ceil() is the round-up operation, log2() is the base-2 operation, and N_UL_RB is the uplink system bandwidth in resource blocks, Com( M, N) is an extended combined number operation of extracting N numbers from M numbers, P is a resource block group size determined according to the above uplink system bandwidth, and floor() is a rounding operation. For example, when the uplink system bandwidth N_UL_RB=100 physical resource blocks (PRBs) and P=4, then there are Y=14 clusters under the uplink system bandwidth, and each cluster has Z=7 PRBs and the last cluster. There are 7+(100-14*7)=9 PRBs.
在本公开的一个实施例中,在上述资源上发送上述上行信道和/或上述上行信号之前,上述方法还可以包括:根据上述资源信息确定上述资源的频率资源;其中,上述资源信息包括NCluster个比特的簇信息;其中,簇的个数为NCluster个,与簇对应的物理上行共享信道的物理资源块号码为
Figure PCTCN2017075912-appb-000021
或者
In an embodiment of the present disclosure, before the sending the uplink channel and/or the uplink signal on the foregoing resource, the method may further include: determining a frequency resource of the resource according to the resource information; wherein the resource information includes N Cluster Cluster information of bits; wherein the number of clusters is N Cluster , and the physical resource block number of the physical uplink shared channel corresponding to the cluster is
Figure PCTCN2017075912-appb-000021
or
nPRB=[0,1,2,...,(floor(N_UL_RB/NCluster)-1)]*NCluster+IDCluster;其中,nPRB是物理资源块号码,
Figure PCTCN2017075912-appb-000022
是一个簇内的物理资源块数量,IDCluster是簇的号码或标识,NCluster个比特的簇信息的最高比特MSB对应具有最小的簇号码的簇,nPRB的范围是0到N_UL_RB-1,
Figure PCTCN2017075912-appb-000023
的范围是1到N_UL_RB,IDCluster的范围是0到NCluster-1,
Figure PCTCN2017075912-appb-000024
N_UL_RB为以资源块为单位的上行系统带宽。
n PRB =[0,1,2,...,(floor(N_UL_RB/N Cluster )-1)]*N Cluster +ID Cluster ; where n PRB is the physical resource block number,
Figure PCTCN2017075912-appb-000022
Is the number of physical resource blocks in a cluster, ID Cluster is the number or identifier of the cluster, and the highest bit MSB of the cluster information of N Cluster bits corresponds to the cluster with the smallest cluster number, and the range of n PRB is 0 to N_UL_RB-1.
Figure PCTCN2017075912-appb-000023
The range is 1 to N_UL_RB, and the ID Cluster ranges from 0 to N Cluster -1.
Figure PCTCN2017075912-appb-000024
N_UL_RB is the uplink system bandwidth in units of resource blocks.
根据上述资源信息确定上述资源的频率资源可以表现为:根据上述NCluster个比特的簇信息确定上述NCluster个中分配给上述用户设备的簇的IDCluster;根据上述IDCluster获取与上述IDCluster对应的物理资源块编号;其中,与上述物理资源块编号对应的物理资源块为上述频率资源。Said resource information for determining frequency resources among the resources can be expressed according to: determine the ID Cluster clusters the N Cluster number assigned to said user equipment based on the cluster information of the N Cluster bits; and the ID Cluster acquires the correspondence with the above ID Cluster The physical resource block number; wherein the physical resource block corresponding to the physical resource block number is the frequency resource.
在本公开的一个实施例中,上述下行控制信息还可以包括资源分配类型比特,其中,该资源分配类型比特用于指示上述基站给上述用户设备分 配上述资源的分配方式。比如上述资源分配类型比特可以是1比特、2比特或者3比特,资源分配类型比特可以表示基站采用了哪种方式分配的上述资源。当上述资源分配类型比特为1比特的“0”或2比特的“00”时,可以表示使用4个位置点的簇信息指示的频率资源发送物理上行共享信道,当所述资源分配类型比特为1比特的“1”或2比特的“01”时,用户设备使用起始物理资源块偏移和间隔物理资源块数量所指示的频率资源来发送物理上行共享信道等等,并不限于此。In an embodiment of the present disclosure, the downlink control information may further include a resource allocation type bit, where the resource allocation type bit is used to instruct the base station to allocate the user equipment. With the allocation of the above resources. For example, the resource allocation type bit may be 1 bit, 2 bits, or 3 bits, and the resource allocation type bit may indicate which resource is allocated by the base station in which manner. When the resource allocation type bit is "0" or 2-bit "00" of 1 bit, it may indicate that the physical uplink shared channel is transmitted by using the frequency resource indicated by the cluster information of the four location points, when the resource allocation type bit is When a 1-bit "1" or a 2-bit "01" is used, the user equipment transmits the physical uplink shared channel or the like using the frequency resource indicated by the starting physical resource block offset and the number of spaced physical resource blocks, and the like, and is not limited thereto.
在本公开的一个实施例中,在上述资源的频率资源为70个物理资源块时,在上述资源上发送上述上行信道和/或上述上行信号可以包括:分别在2个资源成分上发送上述上行信道和/或上述上行信号;其中,在上述2个资源成分上发送不同的上述上行信道和/或上述上行信号,上述2个资源成分由上述70个物理资源块划分得到的物理资源块的集合。In an embodiment of the present disclosure, when the frequency resource of the resource is 70 physical resource blocks, sending the uplink channel and/or the uplink signal on the resource may include: sending the uplink on two resource components respectively. a channel and/or the uplink signal; wherein the different uplink channels and/or the uplink signals are transmitted on the two resource components, and the two resource components are a set of physical resource blocks divided by the 70 physical resource blocks. .
需要说明的是,可以通过以下之一划分方式将上述70个物理资源块划分为上述2个资源成分:将上述70个物理资源块划分为64个物理资源块和6个物理资源块;其中,上述64个物理资源块为上述2个资源成分的一个资源成分,上述6个物理资源块为上述2个资源成分的另一个资源成分;将上述70个物理资源块分划为60个物理资源块和10个物理资源块;其中,上述60个物理资源块为上述2个资源成分的一个资源成分,上述10个物理资源块为上述2个资源成分的另一个资源成分;将上述70个物理资源块分划为54个物理资源块和16个物理资源块;其中,上述54个物理资源块为上述2个资源成分的一个资源成分,上述16个物理资源块为上述2个资源成分的另一个资源成分;将上述70个物理资源块分划为50个物理资源块和20个物理资源块;其中,上述50个物理资源块为上述2个资源成分的一个资源成分,上述20个物理资源块为上述2个资源成分的另一个资源成分;将上述70个物理资源块分划为45个物理资源块和25个物理资源块; 其中,上述45个物理资源块为上述2个资源成分的一个资源成分,上述25个物理资源块为上述2个资源成分的另一个资源成分;将上述70个物理资源块划分为40个物理资源块和30个物理资源块;其中,上述40个物理资源块为上述2个资源成分的一个资源成分,上述30个物理资源块为上述2个资源成分的另一个资源成分。It should be noted that the foregoing 70 physical resource blocks may be divided into the above two resource components by one of the following: the foregoing 70 physical resource blocks are divided into 64 physical resource blocks and 6 physical resource blocks; The 64 physical resource blocks are one resource component of the two resource components, and the six physical resource blocks are another resource component of the two resource components; and the 70 physical resource blocks are divided into 60 physical resource blocks. And 10 physical resource blocks; wherein the 60 physical resource blocks are one resource component of the two resource components, and the ten physical resource blocks are another resource component of the two resource components; and the 70 physical resources are The block is divided into 54 physical resource blocks and 16 physical resource blocks; wherein the 54 physical resource blocks are one resource component of the two resource components, and the 16 physical resource blocks are another of the two resource components. Resource component; dividing the above 70 physical resource blocks into 50 physical resource blocks and 20 physical resource blocks; wherein the above 50 physical resource blocks are the above two resource components One resource component, the above 20 physical resource blocks are another resource component of the above two resource components; the 70 physical resource blocks are divided into 45 physical resource blocks and 25 physical resource blocks; The 45 physical resource blocks are one resource component of the two resource components, and the 25 physical resource blocks are another resource component of the two resource components; and the 70 physical resource blocks are divided into 40 physical resources. And a block of 30 physical resource blocks; wherein the 40 physical resource blocks are one resource component of the two resource components, and the 30 physical resource blocks are another resource component of the two resource components.
在采用将上述70个物理资源块划分为64个物理资源块和6个物理资源块的划分方式时,分别在2个资源成分上发送上述上行信道和/或上述上行信号可以包括以下之一:在上述64个物理资源块上发送第一物理上行共享信道,在上述6个物理资源块上发送以下至少之一:物理上行控制信道、物理随机接入信道、探测参考信号、第二物理上行共享信道;只在上述64个物理资源块上发送上述上行信道和/或上述上行信号。When the division manner of dividing the above 70 physical resource blocks into 64 physical resource blocks and 6 physical resource blocks is adopted, respectively transmitting the uplink channel and/or the uplink signal on the two resource components may include one of the following: Transmitting the first physical uplink shared channel on the 64 physical resource blocks, and transmitting at least one of the following on the six physical resource blocks: a physical uplink control channel, a physical random access channel, a sounding reference signal, and a second physical uplink sharing. Channel; transmitting the uplink channel and/or the uplink signal only on the 64 physical resource blocks.
上述64个物理资源块可以包括以下至少之一组合:在上述基站分配给上述用户设备的簇中第1个簇至第6个簇中的60个物理资源块和第7个簇的以下至少之一:前4个物理资源块;倒数4个物理资源块;第1个、第4个、第7个、第10个共4个物理资源块;在上述基站分配给上述用户设备的簇中第1个簇至第6个簇中的60个物理资源块和第7个簇中的具有最小物理资源块索引的4个物理资源块;当上述基站分配给上述用户设备的簇的最大簇号码大于6时,第1个簇至第6个簇中的60个物理资源块和第4个簇中的具有最大物理资源块索引的4个物理资源块;当上述基站分配给上述用户设备的簇的最大簇号码小于或者等于6时,第1个簇至第6个簇中的60个物理资源块和第7个簇中的具有最小物理资源块索引的4个物理资源块;在上述基站分配给上述用户设备的簇中的第1个簇至第7个簇中的70个物理资源块中除了第7个簇中的具有最大物理资源块索引的6个物理资源块之外的64个物理资源块;在上述基站分配给上述用户设备的簇中的第1个簇至第7个簇中的70个物理资源块中除了第7个簇的具有最小物 理资源块索引的6个物理资源块之外的64个物理资源块。The foregoing 64 physical resource blocks may include at least one combination of at least 60 physical resource blocks and at least 7 of the 7th clusters in the clusters allocated to the user equipment in the cluster. One: the first four physical resource blocks; the last four physical resource blocks; the first, fourth, seventh, and tenth total of four physical resource blocks; in the cluster allocated by the base station to the user equipment 60 physical resource blocks from 1 cluster to the 6th cluster and 4 physical resource blocks having the smallest physical resource block index in the 7th cluster; when the base station allocates the cluster number of the cluster to the user equipment, the maximum cluster number is greater than 6 o'clock, 60 physical resource blocks in the first cluster to the sixth cluster and four physical resource blocks in the fourth cluster having the largest physical resource block index; when the base station is allocated to the cluster of the user equipment When the maximum cluster number is less than or equal to 6, 60 physical resource blocks in the first cluster to the sixth cluster and four physical resource blocks in the seventh cluster having the smallest physical resource block index; The first cluster to the seventh cluster in the cluster of the above user equipment 64 physical resource blocks of the 70 physical resource blocks except for the 6 physical resource blocks having the largest physical resource block index in the 7th cluster; the first cluster among the clusters allocated by the base station to the user equipment Among the 70 physical resource blocks in the 7th cluster, except for the 7th cluster, which has the smallest object 64 physical resource blocks other than the 6 physical resource blocks of the resource block index.
在本公开的一个实施例中,上述下行控制信息还可以包括子帧指示信息,当在第一子帧接收到上述下行控制信息时,在上述资源上发送上述上行信道和/或上述上行信号可以包括:在第二子帧上发送上述上行信道和/或上述上行信号;其中,上述第二子帧的编号为上述第一子帧的编号、上述子帧指示信息对应的10进制值与指定整数之和,该指定整数为大于或者等于4的整数。In an embodiment of the present disclosure, the downlink control information may further include subframe indication information, when the downlink control information is received in the first subframe, sending the uplink channel and/or the uplink signal on the resource may be The method includes: transmitting, in the second subframe, the uplink channel and/or the uplink signal, where the number of the second subframe is a number of the first subframe, a decimal value corresponding to the subframe indication information, and a specified The sum of integers, which is an integer greater than or equal to 4.
在本公开的一个实施例中,上述下行控制信息还可以包括用于指示在物理上行共享信道的最后一个符号或最前面一个符号上是否发射上述上行信息的第一指示信息;在上述第一指示信息指示在物理上行共享信道的最后一个符号或最前面一个符号上不发射上述上行信息的情况下,上述最后一个符号或者上述最前面一个符号仍作为上述物理上行共享信道的可用资源使用,或者上述最后一个符号或者上述最前面一个符号不能作为上述物理上行共享信道的可用资源使用。In an embodiment of the present disclosure, the downlink control information may further include first indication information for indicating whether to transmit the uplink information on a last symbol or a first symbol of the physical uplink shared channel; If the information indicates that the uplink information is not transmitted on the last symbol or the first symbol of the physical uplink shared channel, the last symbol or the first symbol is still used as an available resource of the physical uplink shared channel, or The last symbol or the first preceding symbol cannot be used as an available resource of the above physical uplink shared channel.
在本公开的一个实施例中,上述下行控制信息还可以包括用于指示在上行子帧或时隙的最后一个符号或最前面一个符号上是否发射上述上行信息的第二指示信息;在上述第二指示信息指示在上述上行子帧或上述时隙的最后一个符号或最前面一个符号上不发射上述上行信息的情况下,上述最后一个符号或者上述最前面一个符号仍作为上述上行子帧或上述时隙的可用资源使用,或者上述最后一个符号或者上述最前面一个符号不能作为上述上行子帧或上述时隙的可用资源使用。In an embodiment of the present disclosure, the downlink control information may further include second indication information for indicating whether to transmit the uplink information on a last symbol or a first symbol of an uplink subframe or a time slot; If the indication information indicates that the uplink information is not transmitted on the last subframe or the last symbol of the time slot or the first symbol, the last symbol or the first symbol is still used as the uplink subframe or the foregoing The available resources of the time slot are used, or the last symbol or the first symbol above cannot be used as the available resources of the uplink subframe or the time slot.
在上述资源的频率资源包括1个或者多个簇时,上行系统带宽中的第1至预定数量个物理资源块和倒数第1至预定数量个物理资源块不用于上述簇的资源分配;上述上行系统带宽中除了第1至预定数量个物理资源块和倒数第1至预定数量个物理资源块之外的其他上述物理资源块用于上述簇 的资源分配。When the frequency resource of the foregoing resource includes one or more clusters, the first to the predetermined number of physical resource blocks and the first to the predetermined number of physical resource blocks in the uplink system bandwidth are not used for resource allocation of the cluster; The above-mentioned physical resource blocks other than the first to predetermined number of physical resource blocks and the first to the predetermined number of physical resource blocks in the system bandwidth are used for the above cluster Resource allocation.
当簇的单位为子载波时,分配给子帧捆绑业务的用户设备的最大簇数目为36个;当簇的单位为物理资源块PRB时,分配给子帧捆绑业务的用户设备的最大簇数目为1个且簇中最大的物理资源块PRB数目不超过10个。比如,在上行系统带宽N_UL_RB个物理资源块PRB中,实现在上行系统带宽的2头预留出各J个物理资源块PRB。剩下的N_UL_RB-2*J个物理资源块PRB用于簇的资源分配。2头边缘的2*J个物理资源块PRB不用于簇的资源分配。在一实施方式中,J取1或2或3或4。在一实施方式中,2头边缘的2*J个物理资源块PRB用于分配或者发送物理上行控制信道或/和物理随机接入信道或/和探测参考信号或/和解调参考信号。When the unit of the cluster is a subcarrier, the maximum number of clusters of the user equipment allocated to the subframe bundling service is 36; and when the unit of the cluster is the physical resource block PRB, the maximum number of clusters of the user equipment allocated to the subframe bundling service The number of PRBs is one and the largest physical resource block in the cluster does not exceed 10. For example, in the uplink system bandwidth N_UL_RB physical resource blocks PRB, each J physical resource block PRB is reserved in two positions of the uplink system bandwidth. The remaining N_UL_RB-2*J physical resource blocks PRB are used for resource allocation of the cluster. The 2*J physical resource blocks PRB at the 2 edge are not used for resource allocation of the cluster. In one embodiment, J takes 1 or 2 or 3 or 4. In an embodiment, 2*J physical resource blocks PRB of the 2-head edge are used to allocate or transmit a physical uplink control channel or/and a physical random access channel or/and a sounding reference signal or/and a demodulation reference signal.
在一实施例中,当分配的簇的数目超过一个时,按照物理资源块索引的大小依次给与上述物理资源块索引对应的物理资源块产生解调参考信号;或者按照分配的簇的编号大小和簇中物理资源块索引的大小依次给与上述簇的编号对应的簇中与上述物理资源块索引对应的物理资源块产生解调参考信号;或者,先从具有最小物理资源块索引的物理资源块产生解调参考信号,然后是给具有等簇间隔的物理资源块产生解调参考信号;或者,先从具有最小物理资源块索引的物理资源块产生解调参考信号,然后拷贝给后续的每一个物理资源块。In an embodiment, when the number of allocated clusters exceeds one, a demodulation reference signal is sequentially generated according to the size of the physical resource block index to the physical resource block corresponding to the physical resource block index; or according to the number of the allocated cluster And the size of the physical resource block index in the cluster sequentially generates a demodulation reference signal for the physical resource block corresponding to the physical resource block index in the cluster corresponding to the number of the cluster, or first, the physical resource with the smallest physical resource block index The block generates a demodulation reference signal, and then generates a demodulation reference signal for the physical resource block having the equal cluster spacing; or, first, generates a demodulation reference signal from the physical resource block having the smallest physical resource block index, and then copies the subsequent reference signal to each subsequent A block of physical resources.
在本公开的一个实施例中,上述下行控制信息还可以用于指示是否在当前子帧的最后一个正交频分复用OFDM符号或所述当前子帧之后的一个或多个子帧的最后一个OFDM符号上发送探测参考信号SRS的第二指示信息;其中,在所述第二指示信息指示所述当前子帧或所述当前子帧之后的一个或多个子帧的OFDM符号总数为常规循环前缀下的14或扩展循环前缀下的12时,在所述当前子帧的最后一个正交频分复用OFDM符号或所述当前子帧之后的一个或多个子帧的最后一个OFDM符号上不发送所述SRS; 当所述第二指示信息指示所述当前子帧或所述当前子帧之后的一个或多个子帧的OFDM符号总数为常规循环前缀下的3、6、9、10、11、12时,在所述当前子帧的最后一个正交频分复用OFDM符号或所述当前子帧之后的一个或多个子帧的最后一个OFDM符号上发送所述SRS;当所述第二指示信息指示所述当前子帧或所述当前子帧的一个或多个子帧的OFDM符号总数为扩展循环前缀下的3、5、8、9、10、时,在所述当前子帧的最后一个正交频分复用OFDM符号或所述当前子帧之后的一个或多个子帧的最后一个OFDM符号上发送所述SRS。In an embodiment of the present disclosure, the downlink control information may be further used to indicate whether the last orthogonal frequency division multiplexing OFDM symbol of the current subframe or the last one of the one or more subframes after the current subframe And transmitting, by the second indication information, the total number of OFDM symbols of the one or more subframes after the current subframe or the current subframe is a regular cyclic prefix. The next 14 or the extended cyclic prefix at 12 o'clock, not transmitted on the last OFDM symbol of the current subframe or the last OFDM symbol of one or more subframes after the current subframe The SRS; When the second indication information indicates that the total number of OFDM symbols of the current subframe or one or more subframes after the current subframe is 3, 6, 9, 10, 11, 12 under a regular cyclic prefix, Transmitting the SRS on a last OFDM symbol of the current subframe or a last OFDM symbol of one or more subframes subsequent to the current subframe; when the second indication information indicates the The total number of OFDM symbols of the current subframe or one or more subframes of the current subframe is 3, 5, 8, 9, 10 under the extended cyclic prefix, and the last orthogonal frequency division in the current subframe The SRS is transmitted on the last OFDM symbol of the one or more subframes after multiplexing the OFDM symbol or the current subframe.
在本公开的一个实施例中,上述下行控制信息还可以包括用于指示是否在当前子帧之后的一个或多个子帧上发送非竞争随机接入前导的第三指示信息;其中,发送所述非竞争随机接入前导使用的物理资源块编号为B+C*ceil(N_UL_RB/D);B为起始物理资源块号码,B的取值范围为0至N_UL_RB(D-1),C为0至D-1的整数,D为分配给所述非竞争随机接入前导的物理资源块数量,C为6至N_UL_RB的整数;在D等于7且B等于5的情况下,每一个物理资源块的第一个和最后一个子载波不用于发送所述非竞争随机接入前导;在D等于8且B等于4的情况下,每一个物理资源块的第一个、第二个和最后一个子载波不用于发送所述非竞争随机接入前导;在D等于9且B等于2的情况下,每一个物理资源块的第一个、第二个和最后2个子载波不用于发送所述非竞争随机接入前导;在D等于10且B等于4的情况下,每一个物理资源块的第一个、第二个、第三个和最后2个子载波不用于发送所述非竞争随机接入前导。In an embodiment of the present disclosure, the downlink control information may further include third indication information for indicating whether to send a non-contention random access preamble on one or more subframes subsequent to the current subframe; The physical resource block number used by the non-contention random access preamble is B+C*ceil(N_UL_RB/D); B is the starting physical resource block number, and B ranges from 0 to N_UL_RB(D-1), where C is An integer from 0 to D-1, D is the number of physical resource blocks allocated to the non-contention random access preamble, C is an integer from 6 to N_UL_RB; in the case where D is equal to 7 and B is equal to 5, each physical resource The first and last subcarriers of the block are not used to transmit the non-contention random access preamble; in the case where D is equal to 8 and B is equal to 4, the first, second, and last of each physical resource block The subcarrier is not used to transmit the non-contention random access preamble; in the case that D is equal to 9 and B is equal to 2, the first, second, and last 2 subcarriers of each physical resource block are not used to send the non Competitive random access preamble; in the case where D is equal to 10 and B is equal to 4, The first, second, third, and last two subcarriers of each physical resource block are not used to transmit the non-contention random access preamble.
需要说明的是,D取7且B取5且每一个物理资源块的第一个和最后一个子载波空着不用;D取8且B取4且每一个物理资源块的第一个和第二个和最后一个子载波空着不用;D取9且B取2且每一个物理资源块的第一个和第二个和最后2个子载波空着不用;D取10且B取4且每一个物 理资源块的第一个和第二个和第三个和最后2个子载波空着不用;在一实施方式中,用户设备在发射物理上行共享信道时需要跳过分配给非竞争随机接入前导的这些物理资源块,不能在分配给非竞争随机接入前导的物理资源块上发射物理上行共享信道;在一实施方式中,用户设备可在分配给非竞争随机接入前导的物理资源块上发射物理上行共享信道;在一实施方式中,非竞争随机接入前导的格式为格式0至格式4中的一个或者多个格式。It should be noted that D takes 7 and B takes 5 and the first and last subcarriers of each physical resource block are left unused; D takes 8 and B takes 4 and the first and the first of each physical resource block The two and last subcarriers are left unused; D takes 9 and B takes 2 and the first and second and last 2 subcarriers of each physical resource block are left unused; D takes 10 and B takes 4 and each One thing The first and second and third and last two subcarriers of the resource block are left unused; in an embodiment, the user equipment needs to skip the allocation to the non-contention random access preamble when transmitting the physical uplink shared channel. The physical resource blocks cannot transmit the physical uplink shared channel on the physical resource block allocated to the non-contention random access preamble; in an embodiment, the user equipment can be allocated to the physical resource block allocated to the non-contention random access preamble The physical uplink shared channel is transmitted; in an embodiment, the format of the non-contention random access preamble is one or more formats from format 0 to format 4.
根据本公开的一个方面,还提供了一种上行信息的接收方法,图2是根据本公开实施例的上行信息的接收方法的流程图,如图2所示,该流程包括如下步骤:According to an aspect of the disclosure, a method for receiving uplink information is provided. FIG. 2 is a flowchart of a method for receiving uplink information according to an embodiment of the present disclosure. As shown in FIG. 2, the process includes the following steps:
步骤S202,将下行控制信息发送给用户设备;其中,上述下行控制信息携带有资源信息,该资源信息用于指示上述用户设备发送上行信道和/或上行信号的资源,该资源占上述用户设备上行系统资源的80%以上;Step S202: Send the downlink control information to the user equipment, where the downlink control information carries the resource information, where the resource information is used to indicate that the user equipment sends the uplink channel and/or the uplink signal, where the resource occupies the uplink of the user equipment. More than 80% of system resources;
步骤S204,接收上述用户设备在上述资源上发送的上述上行信道和/或上述上行信号。Step S204: Receive the uplink channel and/or the uplink signal sent by the user equipment on the resource.
通过上述步骤,通过将占用户设备上行系统资源的80%以上的资源的资源信息包含在下行控制信息中,并将该下行控制信息发送给用户设备,进而能够确定下行控制信息中所包含的内容,进而相关技术中的LAA上行通信中尚未确定下行控制信息中包含什么内容的技术问题。Through the above steps, the resource information of the resource that accounts for 80% or more of the uplink system resources of the user equipment is included in the downlink control information, and the downlink control information is sent to the user equipment, so that the content included in the downlink control information can be determined. Further, in the LAA uplink communication in the related art, the technical problem of what content is included in the downlink control information has not been determined.
需要说明的是,上述资源包括时间资源和频率资源,对于时间资源可以包括符号、时隙和子帧;时隙可以包括一个子帧的第一个时隙和第二个时隙;子帧可以包括接收到上述下行控制信息的子帧、用户设备可以发送上行信道或/和信号的一个或多个子帧。频率资源可以是包括一个或多个连续或离散的簇。一个簇包括一个或多个子载波;或者,一个簇可以包括一个或多个资源块;或者,一个簇可以包括一个或多个资源块组;在一实施 方式中,各个簇大小相同;在一实施方式中,除了其中一个簇外,其他簇大小相同;在一实施例中,上述多个簇的位置通过多个位置点来指示,其中,第一位置点和第二个位置点表示第一个簇的资源位置,其余位置点表示剩余簇的起始位置或结束位置,位置点位置信息可以由信令指示;在一实施例中,上述多个簇的起始位置通过多个位置点来指示,簇的大小由信令指示,或者,上述多个簇的结束位置通过多个位置点来指示,簇的大小由信令指示;在一实施方式中,上述频率资源可以包括多个频率资源,每两个相邻的频率资源之间间隔相同;在一实施例中,上述频率资源可以由起始位置和间隔来指示。It should be noted that the foregoing resources include time resources and frequency resources, and may include symbols, time slots, and subframes for time resources; the first time slot and the second time slot of one subframe may be included in the time slot; the subframe may include The subframe in which the downlink control information is received, the user equipment may transmit one or more subframes of the uplink channel or/and the signal. The frequency resource can be one or more continuous or discrete clusters. One cluster includes one or more subcarriers; or one cluster may include one or more resource blocks; or one cluster may include one or more resource block groups; In the embodiment, each cluster is the same size; in one embodiment, the other clusters are the same size except one of the clusters; in an embodiment, the locations of the plurality of clusters are indicated by a plurality of location points, wherein the first location The point and the second location point represent resource locations of the first cluster, and the remaining location points represent the starting or ending locations of the remaining clusters, and the location point location information may be indicated by signaling; in an embodiment, the plurality of clusters The starting position is indicated by a plurality of location points, the size of the cluster is indicated by signaling, or the ending positions of the plurality of clusters are indicated by a plurality of location points, the size of the cluster being indicated by signaling; in an embodiment The frequency resource may include multiple frequency resources, and the interval between every two adjacent frequency resources is the same; in an embodiment, the frequency resource may be indicated by a starting position and an interval.
上述信道可以包括但不限于此:物理上行共享信道、物理上行控制信道、物理随机接入信道;上述信号可以包括但不限于探测参考信号和解调参考信号。The foregoing channels may include, but are not limited to, a physical uplink shared channel, a physical uplink control channel, and a physical random access channel; the foregoing signals may include, but are not limited to, a sounding reference signal and a demodulation reference signal.
需要说明的是,上述位置点类似于坐标轴上的位置点,该坐标轴可以是频率坐标轴,该位置点可以是频率位置点,但并不限于此,这些位置点确定了分配的簇的位置,即这些位置点能够确定频率资源的起点、终点。It should be noted that the above position point is similar to a position point on the coordinate axis, and the coordinate axis may be a frequency coordinate axis, and the position point may be a frequency position point, but is not limited thereto, and the position points determine the assigned cluster. Locations, ie, these location points, are able to determine the start and end points of the frequency resource.
在本公开的一个实施例中,在步骤S202之前,上述方法还可以包括:为上述用户设备分配上述资源的频率资源。In an embodiment of the present disclosure, before the step S202, the method may further include: allocating a frequency resource of the resource to the user equipment.
在上述频率资源包括1个簇、2个簇、3个簇或4个簇的情况下,上述资源信息用R1个比特来表示,其中,R1=max(ceil(log2(N_UL_RB*(N_UL_RB+1)/2)),ceil(log2(Com(ceil(N_UL_RB/P+1),4))));其中,max()为取2个数中的较大者的操作,ceil()为向上取整操作,log2()为取以2为底的对数的操作,N_UL_RB为以资源块为单位的上行系统带宽,Com(M,N)为从M个数中取出N个数的扩展组合数操作,P为根据上述上行系统带宽确定的资源块组大小。 In the case where the frequency resource includes one cluster, two clusters, three clusters, or four clusters, the resource information is represented by R1 bits, where R1=max(ce2(log2(N_UL_RB*(N_UL_RB+1) )/2)),ceil(log2(Com(ceil(N_UL_RB/P+1),4))))); where max() is the operation of the larger of 2, ceil() is up Rounding operation, log2() is the operation of taking the base 2 logarithm, N_UL_RB is the uplink system bandwidth in resource blocks, and Com(M,N) is the extended combination of N numbers from M numbers. For the number operation, P is the resource block group size determined according to the above uplink system bandwidth.
需要说明的是,当M<N时,Com(M,N)=0,当上述上行系统带宽分别为5MHz、10MHz、15MHz、20MHz时,N_UL_RB的值分别取25、50、75、100,或者N_UL_RB的值分别取25、50、75、110;当上述簇的单位为资源块组时,P的值分别为2、3、4、4;当上述簇的单位为资源块时,P=1;每个上述簇的大小相同。It should be noted that when M<N, Com(M,N)=0, when the uplink system bandwidth is 5MHz, 10MHz, 15MHz, 20MHz, respectively, the value of N_UL_RB is 25, 50, 75, 100, respectively, or The values of N_UL_RB are respectively 25, 50, 75, 110; when the unit of the cluster is a resource block group, the values of P are 2, 3, 4, and 4 respectively; when the unit of the cluster is a resource block, P=1 Each of the above clusters has the same size.
为上述用户设备分配上述资源的频率资源可以包括:为上述用户设备分配多个簇;其中,上述多个簇的个数和位置由4个位置点的取值确定,上述4个位置点包括第1个位置点S0,第2个位置点S1,第3个位置点S2和第4个位置点S3;上述4个位置点确定的簇的方式包括以下之一:方式一:第1个位置点S0表示第1个簇的起始位置,第2个位置点S1表示第1个簇的结束位置,第3个位置点S2表示第2个簇的起始位置,第4个位置点S3表示第3个簇的起始位置;方式二:第一个位置点S0表示第1个簇的起始位置,第2个位置点S1表示第1个簇的结束位置,第3个位置点S2表示第2个簇的结束位置,第4个位置点S3表示第3个簇的结束位置;方式三:第一个位置点S0表示第1个簇的起始位置,第2个位置点S1表示第2个簇的起始位置,第3个位置点S2表示第3个簇的起始位置,第4个位置点S3表示第4个簇的起始位置;方式四:第一个位置点S0表示第一个簇的结束位置,第2个位置点S1表示第2个簇的结束位置,第3个位置点S2表示第3个簇的结束位置,第4个位置点S3表示第4个簇的结束位置;其中,S0、S1、S2、S3为正整数,上述各个簇的大小等于第1个簇的大小或者以上述各个簇中的指定簇的大小为基准进行半静态配置,上述S3对应的物理资源块的位置不超过上述上行系统带宽;上述4个位置点的簇信息为扩展组合数累积值r,其中,
Figure PCTCN2017075912-appb-000025
Σ为累加操作,N=ceil(N_UL_RB/P)+1,在i分别取0、1、2、3时,Si分别为S0的取值、S1的取值、S2的取值、S3的取值,M=4。
The allocating the frequency resource of the foregoing resource to the user equipment may include: allocating a plurality of clusters to the user equipment; wherein, the number and location of the plurality of clusters are determined by values of four location points, where the four location points include One position point S0, the second position point S1, the third position point S2 and the fourth position point S3; the manner of the cluster determined by the above four position points includes one of the following: mode one: the first position point S0 represents the start position of the first cluster, the second position point S1 represents the end position of the first cluster, the third position point S2 represents the start position of the second cluster, and the fourth position point S3 represents the first position. The starting position of the three clusters; mode two: the first position point S0 indicates the starting position of the first cluster, the second position point S1 indicates the ending position of the first cluster, and the third position point S2 indicates the first position The end position of the two clusters, the fourth position point S3 indicates the end position of the third cluster; the third mode: the first position point S0 indicates the start position of the first cluster, and the second position point S1 indicates the second position The starting position of the cluster, the third position point S2 indicates the starting position of the third cluster, and the fourth position point S3 indicates the fourth cluster Start position; mode 4: the first position point S0 indicates the end position of the first cluster, the second position point S1 indicates the end position of the second cluster, and the third position point S2 indicates the third cluster point End position, the fourth position point S3 represents the end position of the fourth cluster; wherein, S0, S1, S2, S3 are positive integers, and the size of each of the above clusters is equal to the size of the first cluster or in each of the above clusters The size of the specified cluster is semi-statically configured as a reference, and the location of the physical resource block corresponding to the S3 does not exceed the uplink system bandwidth; the cluster information of the four locations is the cumulative value of the extended combination number r, where
Figure PCTCN2017075912-appb-000025
Σ is the accumulation operation, N=ceil(N_UL_RB/P)+1, when i takes 0, 1, 2, and 3 respectively, Si is the value of S0, the value of S1, the value of S2, and the value of S3. Value, M=4.
需要说明的是,各个簇的大小都等于第1个簇的大小,一般应用于上述的方式一和方式二中,但并不限于此,比如也可以应用于上述方式三和/或方式四中;各个簇的大小以各个簇中的指定簇的大小为基准进行半静态配置,一般应用于上述的方式三和方式四中,但并不限于此,比如也可以应用于上述的方式一和/或方式二中,上述各个簇中的任一个簇都可以作为上述指定簇对其他簇的大小进行配置。It should be noted that the size of each cluster is equal to the size of the first cluster, and is generally applied to the foregoing manners 1 and 2, but is not limited thereto, and may be applied to the foregoing manners 3 and/or 4, for example. The size of each cluster is semi-statically configured based on the size of the designated cluster in each cluster. Generally, it is applied to the third method and the fourth method described above, but is not limited thereto. For example, it can also be applied to the above manners 1 and/or Or in the second method, any one of the above clusters may be configured as the size of the other clusters as the specified cluster.
需要说明的是,在上述方式一或上述方式二中,上述S2等于上述S3,表示上述频率资源中只包含有2个簇;上述S1、上述S2与上述S3相等,表示上述频率资源中只包含有1个簇;上述S0、上述S1、上述S2与上述S3相等,表示上述频率资源只包含有1个簇且上述簇的大小为上行系统带宽;上述S0、上述S1、上述S2与上述S3相等,表示上述频率资源只包含有一个簇且上述簇的大小为上述簇的起始位置与结束位置之差所表示的带宽大小。在上述方式三或上述方式四中,上述簇的大小用Q个比特来表示,上述簇的单位为以下之:资源块、1个资源块组、2个资源块组、4个资源块组、8个资源块组、1个子载波、2个子载波、3个子载波、4个子载波、6个子载波;上述S0、上述S1、上述S2与上述S3相等,表示上述频率资源中只包含有一个簇,且上述簇的大小为上行系统带宽。It should be noted that, in the first aspect or the second aspect, the S2 is equal to the S3, and the frequency resource includes only two clusters; the S1 and the S2 are equal to the S3, and the frequency resource includes only the frequency resource. There is one cluster; the above S0, the S1, and the S2 are equal to the above S3, indicating that the frequency resource includes only one cluster and the size of the cluster is an uplink system bandwidth; the S0, the S1, and the S2 are equal to the S3. , indicating that the frequency resource includes only one cluster and the size of the cluster is the bandwidth indicated by the difference between the start position and the end position of the cluster. In the third aspect or the fourth aspect, the size of the cluster is represented by Q bits, and the units of the cluster are as follows: a resource block, a resource block group, two resource block groups, and four resource block groups. 8 resource block groups, 1 subcarrier, 2 subcarriers, 3 subcarriers, 4 subcarriers, and 6 subcarriers; wherein S0, S1, and S2 are equal to S3, indicating that only one cluster is included in the frequency resource. And the size of the above cluster is the uplink system bandwidth.
在上述频率资源包括2个簇或4个簇的情况下,上述频率信息用R2个比特来表示,其中,R2=ceil(log2(Com(ceil(N_UL_RB/(2*H)+1),4))),ceil()为向上取整操作,log2()为取以2为底的对数的操作,N_UL_RB为以资源块为单位的上行系统带宽,Com(M,N)为从M个数中取出N个数的扩展组合数操作,H为根据一半的上行系统带宽确定的资源块组大小。In the case where the above frequency resource includes 2 clusters or 4 clusters, the above frequency information is represented by R2 bits, where R2=ceil(log2(Com(ce_(N_UL_RB/(2*H)+1), 4) ))), ceil() is the rounding operation, log2() is the base 2 logarithm operation, N_UL_RB is the uplink system bandwidth in resource blocks, and Com(M,N) is from M The number of extended combination numbers of N numbers is taken out, and H is the resource block group size determined according to half of the uplink system bandwidth.
需要说明的是,当上述上行系统带宽分别为5MHz、10MHz、15MHz、20MHz时,N_UL_RB的值分别取25、50、75、100,或者N_UL_RB的值分别取25、50、75、110;当上述簇的单位为资源块组时,H的值分别为2、 2、3、3;当上述簇的单位为资源块时,H=1。It should be noted that when the uplink system bandwidth is 5 MHz, 10 MHz, 15 MHz, and 20 MHz, respectively, the values of N_UL_RB are respectively 25, 50, 75, 100, or the values of N_UL_RB are respectively 25, 50, 75, 110; When the unit of the cluster is a resource block group, the value of H is 2, respectively. 2, 3, 3; when the unit of the above cluster is a resource block, H=1.
为上述用户设备分配上述资源的频率资源可以包括:为上述用户设备分配多个簇;其中,上述多个簇的个数和位置由4个位置点的取值确定,上述4个位置点包括第1个位置点S0,第2个位置点S1,第3个位置点S2和第4个位置点S3;上述4个位置点确定的簇的方式包括以下之一:其中,上述4个位置点包括第1个位置点S0,第2个位置点S1,第3个位置点S2和第4个位置点S3;上述S0表示第1个簇的起始位置,上述S1表示第1个簇的结束位置,上述S2表示第2个簇的起始位置,上述S3表示第2个簇的结束位置;上述S0加上一半上述N_UL_RB的位置表示第3个簇的起始位置,上述S1加上一半上述N_UL_RB的位置表示第3个簇的结束位置,上述S2加上一半上述N_UL_RB的位置表示第4个簇的起始位置,上述S3加上一半上述N_UL_RB的位置表示第4个簇的结束位置;上述4个位置点的簇信息为扩展组合数累积值r,其中,
Figure PCTCN2017075912-appb-000026
Σ为累加操作,N=ceil(N_UL_RB/(2*H))+1,在i分别取0、1、2、3时,Si分别为S0、S1、S2、S3,M=4。
The allocating the frequency resource of the foregoing resource to the user equipment may include: allocating a plurality of clusters to the user equipment; wherein, the number and location of the plurality of clusters are determined by values of four location points, where the four location points include 1 position point S0, a second position point S1, a third position point S2 and a fourth position point S3; the manner of the cluster determined by the above four position points includes one of the following: wherein the above four position points include The first position point S0, the second position point S1, the third position point S2 and the fourth position point S3; the above S0 indicates the start position of the first cluster, and the above S1 indicates the end position of the first cluster S2 represents the start position of the second cluster, and S3 represents the end position of the second cluster; the position of the S0 plus half of the N_UL_RB indicates the start position of the third cluster, and the above S1 adds half of the above N_UL_RB The position of the third cluster indicates the end position of the third cluster, and the position of the N_UL_RB is half of the S2, and the position of the fourth cluster is indicated by the position of the N_UL_RB, and the position of the N_UL_RB is the end of the fourth cluster. Cluster information of location points is the cumulative number of extended combinations r, where,
Figure PCTCN2017075912-appb-000026
Σ is the accumulation operation, N=ceil(N_UL_RB/(2*H))+1, when i is 0, 1, 2, and 3 respectively, Si is S0, S1, S2, S3, and M=4, respectively.
需要说明的是,上述S1、上述S2与上述S3相等,表示上述频率资源中只包含有2个簇。It should be noted that the above S1 and S2 are equal to the above S3, and it is indicated that only two clusters are included in the frequency resource.
在本公开的一个实施例中,在步骤S202之前,上述方法还可以包括:为上述用户设备分配上述资源的频率资源;在上述频率资源包括4个簇或8个簇的情况下,上述资源信息用R3个比特来表示,其中,R3=ceil(log2(Com(ceil(N_UL_RB/(4*H1)+1),4))),ceil()为向上取整操作,log2()为取以2为底的对数的操作,N_UL_RB为以资源块为单位的上行系统带宽,Com(M,N)为从M个数中取出N个数的扩展组合数操作,H1为根据四分之一的上行系统带宽确定的资源块组大小。In an embodiment of the present disclosure, before the step S202, the method may further include: allocating a frequency resource of the resource to the user equipment; where the frequency resource includes 4 clusters or 8 clusters, the resource information It is represented by R3 bits, where R3=ceil(log2(Com(ceil(N_UL_RB/(4*H1)+1), 4)))), ceil() is the rounding operation, and log2() is taken 2 is the operation of the bottom logarithm, N_UL_RB is the uplink system bandwidth in units of resource blocks, and Com(M, N) is the extended combination number operation of extracting N numbers from M numbers, and H1 is based on a quarter. The resource block group size determined by the upstream system bandwidth.
需要说明的是,当上述上行系统带宽分别为10MHz、20MHz时, N_UL_RB的值分别为50、100或者N_UL_RB的值分别为50、110;当簇的单位为资源块组时,H1的值分别为1、2;当簇的单位为资源块时,H1=1。It should be noted that when the uplink system bandwidth is 10 MHz and 20 MHz, respectively, The values of N_UL_RB are 50, 100 or N_UL_RB are respectively 50 and 110; when the unit of the cluster is a resource block group, the value of H1 is 1, 2; when the unit of the cluster is a resource block, H1=1.
为上述用户设备分配上述资源的频率资源可以表现为:为上述用户设备分配多个簇;其中,上述多个簇的个数和位置由4个位置点的取值确定,上述4个位置点包括第1个位置点S0,第2个位置点S1,第3个位置点S2和第4个位置点S3;上述4个位置点确定的簇的方式包括以下之一:其中,上述4个位置点包括第1个位置点S0,第2个位置点S1,第3个位置点S2和第4个位置点S3;上述S0表示第1个簇的起始位置,上述S1表示第1个簇的结束位置,上述S2表示第2个簇的起始位置,上述S3表示第2个簇的结束位置;上述S0加上四分之一上述N_UL_RB的位置表示第3个簇的起始位置,上述S1加上四分之一上述N_UL_RB的位置表示第3个簇的结束位置,上述S2加上四分之一上述N_UL_RB的位置表示第4个簇的起始位置,上述S3加上四分之一上述N_UL_RB的位置表示第4个簇的结束位置,上述S0加上一半上述N_UL_RB的位置表示第5个簇的起始位置,上述S1加上一半上述N_UL_RB的位置表示第5个簇的结束位置,上述S2加上一半上述N_UL_RB的位置表示第6个簇的起始位置,上述S3加上一半上述N_UL_RB的位置表示第6个簇的结束位置,上述S0加上四分之三上述N_UL_RB的位置表示第7个簇的起始位置,上述S1加上四分之三上述N_UL_RB的位置表示第7个簇的结束位置,上述S2加上四分之三上述N_UL_RB的位置表示第8个簇的起始位置,上述S3加上四分之三上述N_UL_RB的位置表示第8个簇的结束位置;其中,上述S1、上述S2和上述S3相等,表示上述频率资源信息中包含有4个簇;上述S0、上述S1、上述S2和上述S3都不相等,表示上述频率资源信息中包含有8个簇;上述4个位置点的簇信息为扩展组合数累积值r,其中,
Figure PCTCN2017075912-appb-000027
Σ为累加操作,N=ceil(N_UL_RB/(4*H1))+1, 在i分别取0、1、2、3时,Si分别为S0、S1、S2、S3,M=4。
The frequency resource for allocating the foregoing resource to the user equipment may be: assigning a plurality of clusters to the user equipment; wherein, the number and location of the plurality of clusters are determined by values of four location points, where the four location points include The first position point S0, the second position point S1, the third position point S2 and the fourth position point S3; the manner of the cluster determined by the four position points includes one of the following: wherein the above four position points The first position point S0, the second position point S1, the third position point S2, and the fourth position point S3 are included; the S0 indicates the start position of the first cluster, and the above S1 indicates the end of the first cluster. Position S2 represents the start position of the second cluster, and S3 represents the end position of the second cluster; the position of the S0 plus one quarter of the N_UL_RB indicates the start position of the third cluster, and the above S1 is added. The position of the upper quarter of the above N_UL_RB indicates the end position of the third cluster, and the position of the above S2 plus one quarter of the above N_UL_RB indicates the start position of the fourth cluster, and the above S3 plus one quarter of the above N_UL_RB The position indicates the end position of the 4th cluster, and the above S0 adds half of the above N_U The position of the L_RB indicates the start position of the fifth cluster, and the position of the above S1 plus half of the N_UL_RB indicates the end position of the fifth cluster, and the position of the above S2 plus half of the N_UL_RB indicates the start position of the sixth cluster. The above S3 plus half of the N_UL_RB positions indicate the end position of the sixth cluster, the S0 plus three-quarters of the N_UL_RB positions indicate the start position of the seventh cluster, and the S1 plus three-quarters of the above N_UL_RB The position indicates the end position of the seventh cluster, and the above S2 plus three-quarters of the positions of the N_UL_RB indicates the start position of the eighth cluster, and the above S3 plus three-quarters of the positions of the above-mentioned N_UL_RB indicates the eighth cluster. The S1, the S2, and the S3 are equal, and the frequency resource information includes four clusters; the S0, the S1, the S2, and the S3 are not equal, and the frequency resource information includes There are 8 clusters; the cluster information of the above 4 position points is the cumulative value of the expanded combination number r, wherein
Figure PCTCN2017075912-appb-000027
Σ is the accumulation operation, N=ceil(N_UL_RB/(4*H1))+1, when i is 0, 1, 2, and 3 respectively, Si is S0, S1, S2, S3, and M=4, respectively.
在本公开的一个实施例中,在步骤S202之前,上述方法还可以包括:为上述用户设备分配上述资源的频率资源;在上述频率资源信分别包括10个簇或20个簇的情况下,上述资源信息为R4个比特来表示,其中,R4为以下之一:ceil(log2(Com(ceil(N_UL_RB/(10*H2)+1),4)))、max(ceil(log2(N_UL_RB*(N_UL_RB+1)/2)),ceil(log2(Com(ceil(N_UL_RB/(10*H2)+1),4))))、max(ceil(log2(N_UL_RB*(N_UL_RB+1)/2)),ceil(log2(Com(ceil(N_UL_RB/(10*H2)+1),4))))中的最低ceil(log2(N_UL_RB*(N_UL_RB+1)/2))个比特、max(ceil(log2(N_UL_RB*(N_UL_RB+1)/2)),ceil(log2(Com(ceil(N_UL_RB/(10*H2)+1),4))))中的最低10个比特;ceil()为向上取整操作,log2()为取以2为底的对数的操作,N_UL_RB为以资源块为单位的上行系统带宽,Com(M,N)为从M个数中取出N个数的扩展组合数操作,H2为根据十分之一的上行系统带宽确定的资源块组大小。In an embodiment of the present disclosure, before the step S202, the method may further include: allocating a frequency resource of the resource to the user equipment; in a case where the frequency resource information includes 10 clusters or 20 clusters, respectively, The resource information is represented by R4 bits, where R4 is one of the following: ceil (log2(Com(ceil(N_UL_RB/(10*H2)+1), 4))), max(ceil(log2(N_UL_RB*( N_UL_RB+1)/2)),ceil(log2(Com(ceil(N_UL_RB/(10*H2)+1),4))))), max(ceil(log2(N_UL_RB*(N_UL_RB+1)/2) ), the lowest ceil (log2(N_UL_RB*(N_UL_RB+1)/2)) bits in ceil(log2(Com(ceil(N_UL_RB/(10*H2)+1), 4))))), max(ceil) (log2(N_UL_RB*(N_UL_RB+1)/2)), the lowest 10 bits in ceil(log2(Com(ceil(N_UL_RB/(10*H2)+1), 4)))); ceil() is Rounding up operation, log2() is the operation of taking the base 2 logarithm, N_UL_RB is the uplink system bandwidth in resource block units, and Com(M,N) is the extension of extracting N numbers from M numbers. Combining the number operations, H2 is the resource block group size determined based on one tenth of the uplink system bandwidth.
需要说明的是,当上述上行系统带宽分别为10MHz、20MHz时,N_UL_RB的值分别为50、100;当簇的单位为资源块组时,H2的值分别为1、1;当簇的单位为资源块时,H2=1。It should be noted that when the uplink system bandwidth is 10 MHz and 20 MHz, respectively, the value of N_UL_RB is 50 and 100 respectively; when the unit of the cluster is a resource block group, the value of H2 is 1, 1 respectively; when the unit of the cluster is When the resource block is H2=1.
为上述用户设备分配上述资源的频率资源可以表现为以下之一:为上述用户设备分配多个簇;其中,上述多个簇的个数和位置由4个位置点的取值确定;通过所述R4个比特表示的资源指示值RIV来分配所述资源的频率资源;通过所述R4个比特表示的资源比特位图来分配所述资源的资源频率;上述4个位置点包括第1个位置点S0,第2个位置点S1,第3个位置点S2和第4个位置点S3;上述4个位置点确定的簇的方式包括以下之一:其中,上述4个位置点包括第1个位置点S0,第2个位置点S1,第3个位 置点S2和第4个位置点S3;上述S0表示第1个簇的起始位置,上述S1表示第1个簇的结束位置,上述S2表示第2个簇的起始位置,上述S3表示第2个簇的结束位置,上述S0加上十分之一上述N_UL_RB的位置表示第3个簇的起始位置,上述S1加上十分之一上述N_UL_RB的位置表示第3个簇的结束位置,上述S2加上十分之一上述N_UL_RB的位置表示第4个簇的起始位置,上述S3加上十分之一上述N_UL_RB的位置表示第4个簇的结束位置,上述S0加上十分之二上述N_UL_RB的位置表示第5个簇的起始位置,上述S1加上十分之二上述N_UL_RB的位置表示第5个簇的结束位置,上述S2加上十分之二上述N_UL_RB的位置表示第6个簇的起始位置,上述S3加上十分之二上述N_UL_RB的位置表示第6个簇的结束位置;依此类推,上述S0加上十分之九上述N_UL_RB的位置表示第19个簇的起始位置,上述S1加上十分之九上述N_UL_RB的位置表示第19个簇的结束位置,上述S2加上十分之九上述N_UL_RB的位置表示第20个簇的起始位置,上述S3加上十分之九上述N_UL_RB的位置表示第20个簇的结束位置;其中,上述S1、上述S2和上述S3相等,表示上述频率资源中包含有10个簇;上述S0、上述S1、上述S2和上述S3都不相等,表示上述频率资源中包含有20个簇;上述4个位置点的簇信息为扩展组合数累积值r,其中,
Figure PCTCN2017075912-appb-000028
Σ为累加操作,N=ceil(N_UL_RB/(10*H2))+1,在i分别取0、1、2、3时,Si分别为S0、S1、S2、S3,M=4,H2=1。
The frequency resource for allocating the foregoing resources to the user equipment may be represented as one of: assigning a plurality of clusters to the user equipment; wherein, the number and location of the plurality of clusters are determined by values of four location points; a resource indicating value RIV represented by R4 bits is used to allocate a frequency resource of the resource; a resource bit map of the resource is allocated by a resource bit bitmap represented by the R4 bits; the four location points include a first location point S0, the second position point S1, the third position point S2 and the fourth position point S3; the manner of the cluster determined by the four position points includes one of the following: wherein the four position points include the first position Point S0, the second position point S1, the third position point S2 and the fourth position point S3; the above S0 represents the start position of the first cluster, and the above S1 represents the end position of the first cluster, and the above S2 represents The starting position of the second cluster, the above S3 indicates the ending position of the second cluster, and the position of the above S0 plus one tenth of the N_UL_RB indicates the starting position of the third cluster, and the above S1 plus one tenth The position of the above N_UL_RB indicates the end position of the third cluster, The position of S1 plus one tenth of the above N_UL_RB indicates the start position of the fourth cluster, and the position of the above S3 plus one tenth of the above N_UL_RB indicates the end position of the fourth cluster, and the above S0 plus tenths The position of the N_UL_RB indicates the start position of the fifth cluster, and the position of the N1 and the tenth of the N_UL_RB indicates the end position of the fifth cluster, and the position of the above S2 plus two tenths of the N_UL_RB indicates The starting position of the six clusters, the above S3 plus two tenths of the positions of the above N_UL_RB indicates the end position of the sixth cluster; and so on, the above S0 plus ten tenths of the above N_UL_RB positions indicate the 19th cluster The starting position, the above S1 plus ten tenths of the above N_UL_RB positions indicate the end position of the 19th cluster, and the above S2 plus tenths of the above N_UL_RB positions indicate the starting position of the 20th cluster, the above S3 The tenth of the N_UL_RBs indicates the end position of the 20th cluster; wherein the S1, the S2, and the S3 are equal, indicating that the frequency resource includes 10 clusters; the S0, the S1, and the S2 Not equal to the above S3, indicating the above The frequency resource includes 20 clusters; the cluster information of the above four locations is the cumulative value of the expanded combination number r, wherein
Figure PCTCN2017075912-appb-000028
Σ is the accumulation operation, N=ceil(N_UL_RB/(10*H2))+1, when i is taken as 0, 1, 2, 3 respectively, Si is S0, S1, S2, S3, M=4, H2= 1.
上述资源指示值RIV用起始资源块索引RB_Start、连续的资源块数量RB_Length和十分之一所述上行系统带宽N_UL_RB_10表示;其中,在(RB_Length-1)小于或者等于floor(N_UL_RB_10/2)的情况下,所述RIV为N_UL_RB_10*(RB_Length-1)+RB_Start,在(RB_Length-1)大于floor(N_UL_RB_10/2)的情况下,所述RIV为 N_UL_RB_10*(N_UL_RB_10-RB_Length+1)+(N_UL_RB_10-1-RB_Start);当所述上行系统带宽分别为10MHz、20MHz时,所述N_UL_RB_10的值分别为5、10;所述RB_Start的取值为0到9的整数;所述RB_Length取值为1到10的整数,floor()为向下取整操作;The resource indication value RIV is represented by a starting resource block index RB_Start, a contiguous number of resource blocks RB_Length, and a tenth of the uplink system bandwidth N_UL_RB_10; wherein, (RB_Length-1) is less than or equal to floor(N_UL_RB_10/2) In the case, the RIV is N_UL_RB_10*(RB_Length-1)+RB_Start, and in the case where (RB_Length-1) is greater than floor(N_UL_RB_10/2), the RIV is N_UL_RB_10*(N_UL_RB_10-RB_Length+1)+(N_UL_RB_10-1-RB_Start); when the uplink system bandwidth is 10MHz, 20MHz, respectively, the value of the N_UL_RB_10 is 5, 10; the value of the RB_Start is 0. An integer of up to 9; the RB_Length takes an integer from 1 to 10, and floor() is a rounding operation;
上述资源比特位图中的最高比特对应到十分之一所述N_UL_RB中具有最小号码的资源块索引,最低比特对应具有最大号码的资源块索引;其中,所述资源比特位图中的比特位的值为二进制“1”,表示以下资源块索引分配给了所述用户设备:与所述比特位对应的资源块索引、所述资源块索引加上1/10所述N_UL_RB所表示的资源块索引、所述资源块索引加上2/10所述N_UL_RB所表示的资源块索引、所述资源块索引加上3/10所述N_UL_RB所表示的资源块索引、所述资源块索引加上4/10所述N_UL_RB所表示的资源块索引、所述资源块索引加上5/10所述N_UL_RB所表示的资源块索引、所述资源块索引加上6/10所述N_UL_RB所表示的资源块索引、所述资源块索引加上7/10所述N_UL_RB所表示的资源块索引、所述资源块索引加上8/10所述N_UL_RB所表示的资源块索引、所述资源块索引加上9/10所述N_UL_RB所表示的资源块索引;所述资源比特位图中的比特位的值为二进制“0”表示以下资源块索引没有分配给所述用户设备:与所述比特位对应的资源块索引、所述资源块索引加上1/10所述N_UL_RB所表示的资源块索引、所述资源块索引加上2/10所述N_UL_RB所表示的资源块索引、所述资源块索引加上3/10所述N_UL_RB所表示的资源块索引、所述资源块索引加上4/10所述N_UL_RB所表示的资源块索引、所述资源块索引加上5/10所述N_UL_RB所表示的资源块索引、所述资源块索引加上6/10所述N_UL_RB所表示的资源块索引、所述资源块索引加上7/10所述N_UL_RB所表示的资源块索引、所述资源块索引加上8/10所述N_UL_RB所表示的资源块索引、所述资源块索引加上9/10所述N_UL_RB 所表示的资源块索引。The highest bit in the resource bit bitmap corresponds to one tenth of the N_UL_RB resource block index having the smallest number, and the lowest bit corresponds to the resource block index having the largest number; wherein the bit in the resource bit bitmap The value of the binary "1" indicates that the following resource block index is allocated to the user equipment: a resource block index corresponding to the bit, the resource block index plus 1/10 of the resource block indicated by the N_UL_RB The index, the resource block index plus 2/10 of the resource block index represented by the N_UL_RB, the resource block index plus 3/10 of the resource block index represented by the N_UL_RB, and the resource block index plus 4 a resource block index represented by the N_UL_RB, the resource block index plus 5/10 of the resource block index indicated by the N_UL_RB, and the resource block index plus 6/10 of the resource block indicated by the N_UL_RB The index, the resource block index plus 7/10 the resource block index represented by the N_UL_RB, the resource block index plus 8/10 the resource block index represented by the N_UL_RB, and the resource block index plus 9 /10 stated in the table of N_UL_RB Resource block index; the value of the bit in the resource bit bitmap is binary "0" indicating that the following resource block index is not allocated to the user equipment: a resource block index corresponding to the bit, the resource block The index is added with 1/10 the resource block index indicated by the N_UL_RB, the resource block index plus 2/10 of the resource block index indicated by the N_UL_RB, and the resource block index plus 3/10 of the N_UL_RB a resource block index, a resource block index plus 4/10 of the resource block index represented by the N_UL_RB, the resource block index plus 5/10 of the resource block index represented by the N_UL_RB, and the resource block The index plus the resource block index indicated by the N_UL_RB of 6/10, the resource block index plus 7/10 the resource block index indicated by the N_UL_RB, the resource block index plus 8/10 of the N_UL_RB Represented resource block index, the resource block index plus 9/10 of the N_UL_RB The resource block index represented.
在本公开的一个实施例中,在步骤S202之前,上述方法还包括:为上述用户设备在上述下行控制信息中分配起始物理资源块偏移和间隔物理资源块数量,其中,上述间隔物理资源块数量为分配的2个簇之间相隔的物理资源块的数量,上述起始物理资源块偏移为0到上述间隔物理资源块数量减1之间的整数值;当上述间隔物理资源块数量为K时,起始物理资源块偏移为0、1、……、K-1,每个上述起始物理资源块偏移占上行系统带宽的1/K,总共K个状态,其中,K为正整数。In an embodiment of the present disclosure, before the step S202, the method further includes: allocating, by the user equipment, the starting physical resource block offset and the interval physical resource block number in the downlink control information, where the interval physical resource is The number of blocks is the number of physical resource blocks separated by two allocated clusters, and the initial physical resource block offset is 0 to an integer value between the number of the spaced physical resource blocks minus one; When K is, the starting physical resource block offset is 0, 1, ..., K-1, and each of the above starting physical resource block offsets accounts for 1/K of the uplink system bandwidth, for a total of K states, where K Is a positive integer.
需要说明的是,在上述间隔物理资源块数量从1增加到K时,总的状态数为W=1+2+……+K;上述资源信息用V比特表示,其中,V=ceil(log2(W),ceil()为向上取整操作,log2()为取以2为底的对数的操作。当上述间隔物理资源块数量为1和2和4和8和10时,总的状态数为W=1+2+4+8+10=24,上述资源信息用5比特表示。It should be noted that when the number of the interval physical resource blocks increases from 1 to K, the total state number is W=1+2+...+K; the resource information is represented by V bits, where V=ceil(log2) (W), ceil() is the rounding operation, and log2() is the operation of taking the base 2 logarithm. When the number of spaced physical resource blocks is 1 and 2 and 4 and 8 and 10, the total state The number is W=1+2+4+8+10=24, and the above resource information is represented by 5 bits.
在本公开的一个实施例中,当上述间隔物理资源块数量为10时,上述资源信息用10比特的位图表示,其中,上述10比特的位图中的比特位与上述起始物理资块偏移一一对应,上述10比特的位图中的最高比特位MSB对应最小的起始物理资源块偏移,上述10比特的位图中的比特位的比特值为“1”表示与上述比特位对应的起始物理资源块偏移对应的物理资源块分配给了上述用户设备,上述10比特的位图中的比特位的比特值为“0”表示与上述比特位对应的起始物理资源块偏移对应的物理资源块没有分配给上述用户设备;当上述间隔物理资源块数量为16时,上述频率资源用16比特的位图来表示,其中,上述16比特的位图中的比特位与上述起始物理资块偏移一一对应,其中,上述16比特的位图中的最高比特位MSB对应最小的起始物理资源块偏移,上述16比特的位图中的比特位的比特值为“1”表示与上述比特位对应的起始物理资源块偏移对应的物理资源块分配给了 上述用户设备,上述16比特的位图中的比特位的比特值为“0”表示与上述比特位对应的起始物理资源块偏移对应的物理资源块没有分配给上述用户设备。In an embodiment of the present disclosure, when the number of the spaced physical resource blocks is 10, the resource information is represented by a 10-bit bitmap, wherein the bits in the 10-bit bitmap and the initial physical block are Offset one-to-one correspondence, the highest bit MSB of the above 10-bit bitmap corresponds to the smallest starting physical resource block offset, and the bit value of the bit in the 10-bit bitmap is “1” indicating the bit The physical resource block corresponding to the start physical resource block offset corresponding to the bit is allocated to the user equipment, and the bit value of the bit in the 10-bit bitmap is “0” indicating the starting physical resource corresponding to the bit. The physical resource block corresponding to the block offset is not allocated to the user equipment; when the number of the interval physical resource blocks is 16, the frequency resource is represented by a 16-bit bitmap, wherein the bit in the 16-bit bitmap One-to-one correspondence with the initial physical block offset, wherein the highest bit MSB of the 16-bit bitmap corresponds to a minimum starting physical resource block offset, and the ratio in the 16-bit bitmap Significant bit value of "1" bits corresponding to the above-described starting physical resource block offset corresponding to the physical resource blocks are allocated to In the user equipment, the bit value of the bit in the 16-bit bitmap is "0", and the physical resource block corresponding to the initial physical resource block offset corresponding to the bit is not allocated to the user equipment.
在本公开的一个实施例中,在步骤S204之前,上述方法还可以包括:将上行系统带宽N_UL_RB分成Y个簇;其中,每个簇平均有Z个物理资源块;上述基站分配给上述用户设备的簇用上述Y个比特的比特位图表示,上述比特位图中的最高比特位对应上述Y个簇的最后一个簇,上述比特位图中的最低比特位对应上述Y个簇的第一个簇,上述第一个簇的第一个物理资源块对应上述N_UL_RB个物理资源块中具有最小物理资源块编号的物理资源块;上述上行系统带宽中最后(N_UL_RB–Y*Z)个物理资源块属于上述Y个簇中的最后一个簇;其中,Y=max(ceil(log2(N_UL_RB*(N_UL_RB+1)/2)),ceil(log2(Com(ceil(N_UL_RB/P+1),4)))),Z=floor(N_UL_RB/Y),max()为取2个数中的较大者的操作,ceil()为向上取整操作,log2()为取以2为底的对数的操作,N_UL_RB为以资源块为单位的上行系统带宽,Com(M,N)为从M个数中取出N个数的扩展组合数操作,P为根据上述上行系统带宽确定的资源块组大小,floor()为向下取整操作。In an embodiment of the present disclosure, before the step S204, the method may further include: dividing the uplink system bandwidth N_UL_RB into Y clusters; wherein each cluster has an average of Z physical resource blocks; and the base station is allocated to the user equipment. The cluster is represented by a bit bitmap of the above Y bits, and the highest bit in the bit bitmap corresponds to the last cluster of the Y clusters, and the lowest bit in the bitmap corresponds to the first of the Y clusters a cluster, the first physical resource block of the first cluster corresponds to a physical resource block having the smallest physical resource block number among the N_UL_RB physical resource blocks; and the last (N_UL_RB−Y*Z) physical resource blocks in the uplink system bandwidth. It belongs to the last cluster of the above Y clusters; where Y=max(ceil(log2(N_UL_RB*(N_UL_RB+1)/2)), ceil(log2(Com(ceil(N_UL_RB/P+1), 4)) ))), Z=floor(N_UL_RB/Y), max() is the operation of the larger of the two numbers, ceil() is the rounding operation, and log2() is the base 2 logarithm Operation, N_UL_RB is the uplink system bandwidth in resource blocks, and Com(M,N) is N out of M numbers. The expanded combined operands, resource block group size P is determined in accordance with the uplink system bandwidth, Floor () is a rounding down operation.
在本公开的一个实施例中,在步骤S202之前,上述方法还包括:为上述用户设备分配上述资源的频率资源;其中,上述用于指示上述频率资源的上述资源信息包括NCluster个比特的簇信息;其中,簇的个数为NCluster个,与簇对应的物理上行共享信道的物理资源块号码为
Figure PCTCN2017075912-appb-000029
或者
In an embodiment of the present disclosure, before the step S202, the method further includes: allocating a frequency resource of the resource to the user equipment, where the resource information for indicating the frequency resource includes a cluster of N Cluster bits Information; wherein the number of clusters is N Cluster , and the physical resource block number of the physical uplink shared channel corresponding to the cluster is
Figure PCTCN2017075912-appb-000029
or
nPRB=[0,1,2,...,(floor(N_UL_RB/NCluster)-1)]*NCluster+IDCluster;其中,nPRB是物理资源块号码,
Figure PCTCN2017075912-appb-000030
是一个簇内的物理资源块数量,IDCluster是簇的号码或标识,NCluster个比特的簇信息的最高比特MSB对应具有最小的簇号码的 簇,nPRB的范围是0到N_UL_RB-1,
Figure PCTCN2017075912-appb-000031
的范围是1到N_UL_RB,IDCluster的范围是0到NCluster-1,
Figure PCTCN2017075912-appb-000032
N_UL_RB为以资源块为单位的上行系统带宽。
n PRB =[0,1,2,...,(floor(N_UL_RB/N Cluster )-1)]*N Cluster +ID Cluster ; where n PRB is the physical resource block number,
Figure PCTCN2017075912-appb-000030
Is the number of physical resource blocks in a cluster, ID Cluster is the number or identifier of the cluster, and the highest bit MSB of the cluster information of N Cluster bits corresponds to the cluster with the smallest cluster number, and the range of n PRB is 0 to N_UL_RB-1.
Figure PCTCN2017075912-appb-000031
The range is 1 to N_UL_RB, and the ID Cluster ranges from 0 to N Cluster -1.
Figure PCTCN2017075912-appb-000032
N_UL_RB is the uplink system bandwidth in units of resource blocks.
需要说明的是,上述下行控制信息还可以包括资源分配类型比特,其中,该资源分配类型比特用于指示上述基站给上述用户设备分配上述资源的分配方式。通过该资源分配类型比特的值表示基站采用哪种分配方式将上述资源分配给了用户设备。It should be noted that the downlink control information may further include a resource allocation type bit, where the resource allocation type bit is used to indicate that the base station allocates the foregoing resource allocation manner to the user equipment. The value of the resource allocation type bit indicates which allocation method the base station uses to allocate the above resource to the user equipment.
在本公开的一个实施例中,在上述资源的频率资源为70个物理资源块时,接收上述用户设备在上述资源上发送的上述上行信道和/或上述上行信号包括:分别在2个资源成分上接收上述上行信道和/或上述上行信号;其中,在上述2个资源成分上接收不同的上述上行信道和/或上述上行信号,上述2个资源成分由上述70个物理资源块划分得到的物理资源块的集合。In an embodiment of the present disclosure, when the frequency resource of the resource is 70 physical resource blocks, receiving the uplink channel and/or the uplink signal sent by the user equipment on the resource includes: respectively, two resource components Receiving the uplink channel and/or the uplink signal, wherein the two resource components receive different uplink channels and/or uplink signals, and the two resource components are separated by the 70 physical resource blocks. A collection of resource blocks.
需要说明的是,可以通过以下之一划分方式将上述70个物理资源块划分为上述2个资源成分:将上述70个物理资源块划分为64个物理资源块和6个物理资源块;其中,上述64个物理资源块为上述2个资源成分的一个资源成分,上述6个物理资源块为上述2个资源成分的另一个资源成分;将上述70个物理资源块分划为60个物理资源块和10个物理资源块;其中,上述60个物理资源块为上述2个资源成分的一个资源成分,上述10个物理资源块为上述2个资源成分的另一个资源成分;将上述70个物理资源块分划为54个物理资源块和16个物理资源块;其中,上述54个物理资源块为上述2个资源成分的一个资源成分,上述16个物理资源块为上述2个资源成分的另一个资源成分;将上述70个物理资源块分划为50个物理资源块和20个物理资源块;其中,上述50个物理资源块为上述2个资源成分的一个资源成分,上述20个物理资源块为上述2个资源成分的另一个资源成分;将上述70个物理资源块分划为45个物理资源块和25个物理资源块; 其中,上述45个物理资源块为上述2个资源成分的一个资源成分,上述25个物理资源块为上述2个资源成分的另一个资源成分;将上述70个物理资源块划分为40个物理资源块和30个物理资源块;其中,上述40个物理资源块为上述2个资源成分的一个资源成分,上述30个物理资源块为上述2个资源成分的另一个资源成分。It should be noted that the foregoing 70 physical resource blocks may be divided into the above two resource components by one of the following: the foregoing 70 physical resource blocks are divided into 64 physical resource blocks and 6 physical resource blocks; The 64 physical resource blocks are one resource component of the two resource components, and the six physical resource blocks are another resource component of the two resource components; and the 70 physical resource blocks are divided into 60 physical resource blocks. And 10 physical resource blocks; wherein the 60 physical resource blocks are one resource component of the two resource components, and the ten physical resource blocks are another resource component of the two resource components; and the 70 physical resources are The block is divided into 54 physical resource blocks and 16 physical resource blocks; wherein the 54 physical resource blocks are one resource component of the two resource components, and the 16 physical resource blocks are another of the two resource components. Resource component; dividing the above 70 physical resource blocks into 50 physical resource blocks and 20 physical resource blocks; wherein the above 50 physical resource blocks are the above two resource components One resource component, the above 20 physical resource blocks are another resource component of the above two resource components; the 70 physical resource blocks are divided into 45 physical resource blocks and 25 physical resource blocks; The 45 physical resource blocks are one resource component of the two resource components, and the 25 physical resource blocks are another resource component of the two resource components; and the 70 physical resource blocks are divided into 40 physical resources. And a block of 30 physical resource blocks; wherein the 40 physical resource blocks are one resource component of the two resource components, and the 30 physical resource blocks are another resource component of the two resource components.
在采用将上述70个物理资源块划分为64个物理资源块和6个物理资源块的划分方式时,分别在2个资源成分上接收上述上行信道和/或上述上行信号包括以下之一:在上述64个物理资源块上接收第一物理上行共享信道,在上述6个物理资源块上接收以下至少之一:物理上行控制信道、物理随机接入信道、探测参考信号、第二物理上行共享信道;只在上述64个物理资源块上接收上述上行信道和/或上述上行信号。When the division manner of dividing the above 70 physical resource blocks into 64 physical resource blocks and 6 physical resource blocks is adopted, receiving the uplink channel and/or the uplink signal on the two resource components respectively includes one of the following: The first physical uplink shared channel is received on the 64 physical resource blocks, and at least one of the following is received on the six physical resource blocks: a physical uplink control channel, a physical random access channel, a sounding reference signal, and a second physical uplink shared channel. Receiving the uplink channel and/or the uplink signal only on the 64 physical resource blocks.
上述64个物理资源块包括以下至少之一组合:在上述基站分配给上述用户设备的簇中第1个簇至第6个簇中的60个物理资源块和第7个簇的以下至少之一:前4个物理资源块;倒数4个物理资源块;第1个、第4个、第7个、第10个共4个物理资源块;在上述基站分配给上述用户设备的簇中第1个簇至第6个簇中的60个物理资源块和第7个簇中的具有最小物理资源块索引的4个物理资源块;当上述基站分配给上述用户设备的簇的最大簇号码大于6时,第1个簇至第6个簇中的60个物理资源块和第4个簇中的具有最大物理资源块索引的4个物理资源块;当上述基站分配给上述用户设备的簇的最大簇号码小于或者等于6时,第1个簇至第6个簇中的60个物理资源块和第7个簇中的具有最小物理资源块索引的4个物理资源块;在上述基站分配给上述用户设备的簇中的第1个簇至第7个簇中的70个物理资源块中除了第7个簇中的具有最大物理资源块索引的6个物理资源块之外的64个物理资源块;在上述基站分配给上述用户设备的簇中的第1个簇至第7个簇中的70个物理资源块中除了第7个簇的具有最小物理资 源块索引的6个物理资源块之外的64个物理资源块。The foregoing 64 physical resource blocks include at least one of the following: at least one of the following 60 physical resource blocks and the seventh cluster of the first cluster to the sixth cluster in the cluster allocated by the base station to the user equipment; : the first four physical resource blocks; the last four physical resource blocks; the first, fourth, seventh, and tenth total of four physical resource blocks; the first among the clusters allocated by the base station to the user equipment Clusters to 60 physical resource blocks in the 6th cluster and 4 physical resource blocks in the 7th cluster with the smallest physical resource block index; when the base station allocates the cluster number to the user equipment, the maximum cluster number is greater than 6 60 physical resource blocks in the first cluster to the sixth cluster and four physical resource blocks in the fourth cluster having the largest physical resource block index; the largest cluster of the above-mentioned base station allocated to the user equipment When the cluster number is less than or equal to 6, 60 physical resource blocks in the first cluster to the sixth cluster and four physical resource blocks in the seventh cluster having the smallest physical resource block index; 1st cluster in the user equipment cluster to 70 of the 7th cluster 64 physical resource blocks other than the 6 physical resource blocks having the largest physical resource block index in the 7th cluster; the first cluster to the cluster allocated to the user equipment by the base station to the first Among the 70 physical resource blocks in the 7 clusters, except for the 7th cluster, the smallest physical resources 64 physical resource blocks other than the 6 physical resource blocks of the source block index.
在本公开的一个实施例中,上述下行控制信息还可以包括子帧指示信息,当在第一子帧发送上述下行控制信息时,在上述资源上接收上述上行信道和/或上述上行信号包括:在第二子帧上接收上述上行信道和/或上述上行信号;其中,上述第二子帧的编号为上述第一子帧的编号、上述子帧指示信息对应的10进制值与指定整数之和,该指定整数为大于或者等于4的整数。In an embodiment of the present disclosure, the downlink control information may further include subframe indication information. When the downlink control information is sent in the first subframe, receiving the uplink channel and/or the uplink signal on the resource includes: Receiving, in the second subframe, the uplink channel and/or the uplink signal, where the number of the second subframe is a number of the first subframe, a decimal value corresponding to the subframe indication information, and a specified integer And, the specified integer is an integer greater than or equal to 4.
上述下行控制信息还可以包括用于指示在物理上行共享信道的最后一个符号或最前面一个符号上是否发送上述上行信息的第一指示信息;在上述第一指示信息指示在物理上行共享信道的最后一个符号或最前面一个符号上不送上述上行信息的情况下,上述最后一个符号或者上述最前面一个符号仍作为上述物理上行共享信道的可用资源使用,或者上述最后一个符号或者上述最前面一个符号不能作为上述物理上行共享信道的可用资源使用。The downlink control information may further include first indication information for indicating whether to send the uplink information on a last symbol or a first symbol of the physical uplink shared channel; where the first indication information indicates the last of the physical uplink shared channel In the case where the above uplink information is not sent on a symbol or the first symbol, the last symbol or the first symbol is still used as an available resource of the physical uplink shared channel, or the last symbol or the first symbol above. It cannot be used as an available resource of the above physical uplink shared channel.
上述下行控制信息还可以包括用于指示在上行子帧或时隙的最后一个符号或最前面一个符号上是否发送上述上行信息的第二指示信息;在上述第二指示信息指示在上述上行子帧或上述时隙的最后一个符号或最前面一个符号上不发送上述上行信息的情况下,上述最后一个符号或者上述最前面一个符号仍作为上述上行子帧或上述时隙的可用资源使用,或者上述最后一个符号或者上述最前面一个符号不能作为上述上行子帧或上述时隙的可用资源使用。The downlink control information may further include second indication information for indicating whether to send the uplink information on a last symbol or a first symbol of an uplink subframe or a time slot; and the second indication information indicates the uplink subframe. Or if the uplink information is not sent on the last symbol or the first symbol of the time slot, the last symbol or the first symbol is still used as the available resource of the uplink subframe or the time slot, or The last symbol or the first preceding symbol cannot be used as the available resource of the above uplink subframe or the above slot.
上述资源的频率资源包括1个或者多个簇时,上行系统带宽中的第1至预定数量个物理资源块和倒数第1至预定数量个物理资源块不用于上述簇的资源分配;上述上行系统带宽中除了第1至预定数量个物理资源块和倒数第1至预定数量个物理资源块之外的其他上述物理资源块用于上述簇 的资源分配。When the frequency resource of the foregoing resource includes one or more clusters, the first to predetermined number of physical resource blocks and the first to the predetermined number of physical resource blocks in the uplink system bandwidth are not used for resource allocation of the cluster; the uplink system The above-mentioned physical resource blocks other than the first to predetermined number of physical resource blocks and the first to the predetermined number of physical resource blocks in the bandwidth are used for the above cluster Resource allocation.
当簇的单位为子载波时,分配给子帧捆绑业务的用户设备的最大簇数目为36个;当簇的单位为物理资源块PRB时,分配给子帧捆绑业务的用户设备的最大簇数目为1个且簇中最大的物理资源块PRB数目不超过10个。When the unit of the cluster is a subcarrier, the maximum number of clusters of the user equipment allocated to the subframe bundling service is 36; and when the unit of the cluster is the physical resource block PRB, the maximum number of clusters of the user equipment allocated to the subframe bundling service The number of PRBs is one and the largest physical resource block in the cluster does not exceed 10.
当分配的簇的数目超过一个时,按照物理资源块索引的大小依次给与上述物理资源块索引对应的物理资源块产生解调参考信号;或者按照分配的簇的编号大小和簇中物理资源块索引的大小依次给与上述簇的编号对应的簇中与上述物理资源块索引对应的物理资源块产生解调参考信号;或者,先从具有最小物理资源块索引的物理资源块产生解调参考信号,然后是给具有等簇间隔的物理资源块产生解调参考信号;或者,先从具有最小物理资源块索引的物理资源块产生解调参考信号,然后拷贝给后续的每一个物理资源块。When the number of allocated clusters exceeds one, a demodulation reference signal is generated for the physical resource block corresponding to the physical resource block index according to the size of the physical resource block index; or according to the numbered size of the allocated cluster and the physical resource block in the cluster. The size of the index sequentially generates a demodulation reference signal for the physical resource block corresponding to the physical resource block index in the cluster corresponding to the number of the cluster, or first, generates a demodulation reference signal from the physical resource block with the smallest physical resource block index. Then, a demodulation reference signal is generated for the physical resource block having the equal cluster interval; or, the demodulation reference signal is first generated from the physical resource block having the smallest physical resource block index, and then copied to each subsequent physical resource block.
在本公开的一个实施例中,上述下行控制信息还包括用于指示是否在当前子帧的最后一个正交频分复用OFDM符号或上述当前子帧之后的一个或多个子帧的最后一个OFDM符号上发送探测参考信号SRS的第二指示信息。In an embodiment of the present disclosure, the downlink control information further includes a last OFDM for indicating whether the last orthogonal frequency division multiplexing OFDM symbol of the current subframe or one or more subframes after the current subframe is used. The second indication information of the sounding reference signal SRS is transmitted on the symbol.
在本公开的一个实施例中,上述下行控制信息还包括用于指示用户设备是否在当前子帧之后的一个或多个子帧上发送非竞争随机接入前导的第三指示信息;其中,发送上述非竞争随机接入前导使用的物理资源块编号为B+C*ceil(N_UL_RB/D);B为起始物理资源块号码,B的取值范围为0至N_UL_RB(D-1),C为0至D-1的整数,D为分配给上述非竞争随机接入前导的物理资源块数量,C为6至N_UL_RB的整数;在D等于7且B等于5的情况下,每一个物理资源块的第一个和最后一个子载波不用于发送上述非竞争随机接入前导;在D等于8且B等于4的情况下,每一个物理资源块的第一个、第二个和最后一个子载波不用于发送上述非竞争 随机接入前导;在D等于9且B等于2的情况下,每一个物理资源块的第一个、第二个和最后2个子载波不用于发送上述非竞争随机接入前导;在D等于10且B等于4的情况下,每一个物理资源块的第一个、第二个、第三个和最后2个子载波不用于发送上述非竞争随机接入前导。In an embodiment of the present disclosure, the downlink control information further includes third indication information for indicating whether the user equipment sends a non-contention random access preamble on one or more subframes after the current subframe; The physical resource block number used by the non-contention random access preamble is B+C*ceil(N_UL_RB/D); B is the starting physical resource block number, and B ranges from 0 to N_UL_RB(D-1), where C is An integer from 0 to D-1, where D is the number of physical resource blocks allocated to the non-contention random access preamble, C is an integer from 6 to N_UL_RB; and in the case where D is equal to 7 and B is equal to 5, each physical resource block The first and last subcarriers are not used to transmit the above non-contention random access preamble; in the case where D is equal to 8 and B is equal to 4, the first, second and last subcarriers of each physical resource block Not used to send the above non-competition Random access preamble; in case D is equal to 9 and B is equal to 2, the first, second and last 2 subcarriers of each physical resource block are not used to transmit the above non-contention random access preamble; And when B is equal to 4, the first, second, third, and last two subcarriers of each physical resource block are not used to transmit the above non-contention random access preamble.
为了更好的理解本公开,以下结合优选的实施例对本公开做进一步解释。For a better understanding of the present disclosure, the present disclosure is further explained in conjunction with the preferred embodiments.
实施例1Example 1
该实施例以20MHz系统带宽(100个物理资源块PRB,即25个资源块组RBG,RBG的编号为1–25;P=4)、基站在下行控制信息DCI中分配3个簇(假设S0=1,S1=4,S2=12,S3=20)、簇的单位为资源块组为例子加以说明。图3是根据本公开优选实施例中基站分配给用户设备3个簇的簇的示意图,如图3所示。In this embodiment, a 20 MHz system bandwidth (100 physical resource block PRBs, that is, 25 resource block groups RBG, RBG numbers 1 to 25; P=4), and a base station allocates 3 clusters in downlink control information DCI (assuming S0) =1, S1=4, S2=12, S3=20), and the unit of the cluster is a resource block group as an example. 3 is a schematic diagram of a cluster allocated by a base station to three clusters of a user equipment according to a preferred embodiment of the present disclosure, as shown in FIG.
根据上述假设,用户设备(UE)在接收到上述DCI之后,通过max(ceil(log2(N_UL_RB*(N_UL_RB+1)/2)),ceil(log2(Com(ceil(N_UL_RB/P+1),4))))=max(ceil(log2(100*(100+1)/2)),ceil(log2(Com(ceil(100/4+1),4))))=14个比特的簇的频率资源信息,得到S0、S1、S2、S3的取值。According to the above assumption, after receiving the DCI, the user equipment (UE) passes max(ceil(log2(N_UL_RB*(N_UL_RB+1)/2)), ceil(log2(Com(ceil(N_UL_RB/P+1), 4)))))=max(ceil(log2(100*(100+1)/2)), ceil(log2(Com(ceil(100/4+1),4))))))) 14-bit cluster The frequency resource information obtains the values of S0, S1, S2, and S3.
簇的频率资源信息用4个位置点的簇信息来表示。第一个位置点S0表示第一个簇的起始位置,第2个位置点S1表示第一个簇的结束位置,第3个位置点S2表示第2个簇的起始位置,第4个位置点S3表示第3个簇的起始位置。The frequency resource information of the cluster is represented by cluster information of four position points. The first position point S0 indicates the start position of the first cluster, the second position point S1 indicates the end position of the first cluster, and the third position point S2 indicates the start position of the second cluster, the fourth position The position point S3 represents the start position of the third cluster.
根据上述假设,第一个簇的长度为S1–S0=4-1=3个RBG(等于3*4=12个PRB)。每个簇的大小完全相同,在本实施例中都是3个RBG。According to the above assumption, the length of the first cluster is S1 - S0 = 4-1 = 3 RBGs (equal to 3 * 4 = 12 PRBs). Each cluster is exactly the same size, and in this embodiment, it is 3 RBGs.
簇的信息用扩展组合数累积值
Figure PCTCN2017075912-appb-000033
来表达。在本实施例中,
Cumulative value of cluster information
Figure PCTCN2017075912-appb-000033
To express. In this embodiment,
Figure PCTCN2017075912-appb-000034
Figure PCTCN2017075912-appb-000034
即,r=14287,表达r=14287需要ceil(log2(14287))=ceil(13.8)=14比特。即,UE在接收到上述DCI中的14比特的r=14287之后,就知道了S0、S1、S2、S3的取值,从而知道了物理上行共享信道PUSCH的频率位置,从而在DCI指定的频率位置(S0、S1、S2、S3)上发射物理上行共享信道PUSCH。That is, r = 14287, and expression r = 14287 requires ceil (log2 (14287)) = ceil (13.8) = 14 bits. That is, after receiving the 14 bits of r=14287 in the DCI, the UE knows the values of S0, S1, S2, and S3, so that the frequency position of the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH is known, and thus the frequency specified by the DCI. The physical uplink shared channel PUSCH is transmitted on the location (S0, S1, S2, S3).
由于上述射物理上行共享信道PUSCH跨越了S0=1到S3+(S1-S0)=20+(4-1)=23个RBG(共23*4=92个PRB;92*0.18=16.56MHz带宽)。由于16.56MHz大于20MHz*80%=16MHz,从而满足了无线电管制要求。Since the above-mentioned physical uplink shared channel PUSCH spans S0=1 to S3+(S1-S0)=20+(4-1)=23 RBGs (23*4=92 PRBs; 92*0.18=16.56MHz bandwidth) . Since 16.56MHz is greater than 20MHz*80%=16MHz, the radio regulatory requirements are met.
实施例2Example 2
与实施例1类似。不同的是,这时候簇的大小用Q=2个比特来表示(Q的取值为“00”,代表十进制的“1”),簇的单位为资源块组RBG,即,簇的大小为一个RBG。Similar to Embodiment 1. The difference is that the size of the cluster is represented by Q=2 bits (the value of Q is “00”, which represents “1” in decimal). The unit of the cluster is the resource block group RBG, that is, the size of the cluster is An RBG.
对于S0、S1、S2、S3,第一个位置点S0表示第一个簇的起始位置,第2个位置点S1表示第2个簇的起始位置,第3个位置点S2表示第3个簇的起始位置,第4个位置点S3表示第4个簇的起始位置。这样就表达了4个簇。For S0, S1, S2, and S3, the first position point S0 indicates the start position of the first cluster, the second position point S1 indicates the start position of the second cluster, and the third position point S2 indicates the third position. The starting position of the cluster, the fourth position point S3 indicates the starting position of the fourth cluster. This expresses 4 clusters.
分配的带宽(16.56MHz)达到了无线电管制要求(20MHz*80%=16MHz)。The allocated bandwidth (16.56MHz) meets the radio regulatory requirements (20MHz*80%=16MHz).
实施例3Example 3
该实施例以20MHz系统带宽(100个物理资源块PRB;编号0-99)、基站在下行控制信息DCI中分配起始物理资源块偏移为1、间隔物理资源块数量为10共10个PRB、簇的单位为资源块、用状态来表示资源分配信息为例子加以说明。图4是根据本公开优选实施例中基站分配给用户设备的具有分配间隔的多个簇的示意图,如图4所示 In this embodiment, the 20 MHz system bandwidth (100 physical resource blocks PRB; number 0-99), the base station allocates the starting physical resource block offset in the downlink control information DCI, and the number of the interval physical resource blocks is 10 total 10 PRBs. The unit of the cluster is a resource block, and the resource allocation information is represented by a state as an example. 4 is a schematic diagram of a plurality of clusters having allocation intervals allocated by a base station to a user equipment according to a preferred embodiment of the present disclosure, as shown in FIG.
根据上面的假设,编号为1、11、21、31、41、51、61、71、81、91这10个PRB将分配给用户设备。使用的状态是“46”,如表1所示。According to the above assumption, 10 PRBs numbered 1, 11, 21, 31, 41, 51, 61, 71, 81, 91 will be allocated to the user equipment. The state used is "46" as shown in Table 1.
当用户设备接收到的DCI中的资源分配的信息为状态“46”时,用户设备在编号为1、11、21、31、41、51、61、71、81、91这10个PRB发射物理上行共享信道PUSCH。When the information of the resource allocation in the DCI received by the user equipment is the state "46", the user equipment transmits the physical physics at the 10 PRBs numbered 1, 11, 21, 31, 41, 51, 61, 71, 81, 91. Uplink shared channel PUSCH.
由于上述射物理上行共享信道PUSCH跨越了PRB号码1到91共91个PRB(91*0.18=16.38MHz),从而达到了无线电管制要求(20MHz*80%=16MHz)。Since the above-mentioned physical uplink shared channel PUSCH spans a total of 91 PRBs (91*0.18=16.38 MHz) of PRB numbers 1 to 91, the radio control requirement (20 MHz*80%=16 MHz) is achieved.
表1Table 1
Figure PCTCN2017075912-appb-000035
Figure PCTCN2017075912-appb-000035
Figure PCTCN2017075912-appb-000036
Figure PCTCN2017075912-appb-000036
Figure PCTCN2017075912-appb-000037
Figure PCTCN2017075912-appb-000037
实施例4Example 4
该实施例以20MHz系统带宽(100个物理资源块PRB;编号0-99)、基站在下行控制信息DCI中分配起始物理资源块偏移为1、间隔物理资源块数量为10共10个PRB、簇的单位为资源块、用10比特的位图来表示资源分配信息(假设位图的值为“1100000000”)为例子加以说明。如图4所示。In this embodiment, the 20 MHz system bandwidth (100 physical resource blocks PRB; number 0-99), the base station allocates the starting physical resource block offset in the downlink control information DCI, and the number of the interval physical resource blocks is 10 total 10 PRBs. The unit of the cluster is a resource block, and the resource allocation information is represented by a 10-bit bitmap (assuming that the value of the bitmap is "1100000000") as an example. As shown in Figure 4.
根据上面的假设,簇的频率资源信息用W=10比特的位图来表示,W=10比特的位图对应的比特用来表示物理资源块偏移,最高比特MSB对应最小的物理资源块偏移,如果位图中的比特为“1”则表示该物理资源块偏移对应的物理资源块分配给该用户设备,否则没有分配。 According to the above assumption, the frequency resource information of the cluster is represented by a bitmap of W=10 bits, the bit corresponding to the bitmap of W=10 bits is used to represent the physical resource block offset, and the highest bit MSB corresponds to the smallest physical resource block offset. If the bit in the bitmap is "1", it means that the physical resource block corresponding to the physical resource block offset is allocated to the user equipment, otherwise it is not allocated.
由于位图的值为“1100000000”,MSB和第2高比特都为“1”,则最小的物理资源块偏移0和第二小的物理资源块偏移1都分配给了该用户设备。也就是说,编号为0、1、10、11、20、21、30、31、40、41、50、51、60、61、70、71、80、81、90、91这20个PRB都分配给了该用户设备。Since the value of the bitmap is "1100000000" and both the MSB and the second high bit are "1", the smallest physical resource block offset 0 and the second smallest physical resource block offset 1 are allocated to the user equipment. That is to say, 20 PRBs numbered 0, 1, 10, 11, 20, 21, 30, 31, 40, 41, 50, 51, 60, 61, 70, 71, 80, 81, 90, 91 Assigned to the user device.
当用户设备接收到的DCI中的资源分配的信息为位图“1100000000”时,用户设备在编号为0、1、10、11、20、21、30、31、40、41、50、51、60、61、70、71、80、81、90、91这20个PRB发射物理上行共享信道PUSCH。When the information of the resource allocation in the DCI received by the user equipment is the bitmap “1100000000”, the user equipment is numbered 0, 1, 10, 11, 20, 21, 30, 31, 40, 41, 50, 51, The 20 PRBs of 60, 61, 70, 71, 80, 81, 90, and 91 transmit the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH.
由于上述射物理上行共享信道PUSCH跨越了PRB号码0到91共92个PRB(92*0.18=16.56MHz),从而达到了无线电管制要求(20MHz*80%=16MHz)。Since the above-mentioned physical uplink shared channel PUSCH spans 92 PRBs (92*0.18=16.56 MHz) of PRB numbers 0 to 91, the radio control requirement (20 MHz*80%=16 MHz) is achieved.
实施例5Example 5
该实施例以20MHz系统带宽(100个物理资源块PRB;编号0-99)、基站在下行控制信息DCI中的资源分配用Y=max(ceil(log2(N_UL_RB*(N_UL_RB+1)/2)),ceil(log2(Com(ceil(N_UL_RB/P+1),4))))比特的位图来表示资源分配信息(假设位图的值为“10000000000001”)且P=4为例子加以说明。可参阅图4。In this embodiment, the 20 MHz system bandwidth (100 physical resource blocks PRB; number 0-99) and the resource allocation of the base station in the downlink control information DCI are Y=max (ceil(log_(N_UL_RB*(N_UL_RB+1)/2)) ), ceil (log2 (Com(ceil(N_UL_RB/P+1), 4))))) bit map to represent resource allocation information (assuming the value of the bitmap is "10000000000001") and P=4 is an example . See Figure 4.
根据上面的假设,基站和用户设备将系统带宽N_UL_RB分成Y=max(ceil(log2(N_UL_RB*(N_UL_RB+1)/2)),ceil(log2(Com(ceil(N_UL_RB/P+1),4))))=14个簇,每个簇平均有Z=floor(N_UL_RB/Y)=7个物理资源块。基站分配给用户设备的簇用Y=14比特的比特位图来表示。Y=14比特的最高比特对应到最后一个簇。Y=14比特的最低比特对应到第一个簇。第一个簇的第一个物理资源块对应到N_UL_RB=100个物理资源块中具有最小物理资源块编号的物理资源块。其中,floor()为向下取整操作。最后N_UL_RB–Y*Z=2个物理资源块将附加于最后一个簇,最后一个簇有7+(100-14*7)=9个PRB。 According to the above assumption, the base station and the user equipment divide the system bandwidth N_UL_RB into Y=max(ceil(log2(N_UL_RB*(N_UL_RB+1)/2)), ceil(log2(Com(ceil(N_UL_RB/P+1), 4) )))) = 14 clusters, each cluster has an average of Z = floor (N_UL_RB / Y) = 7 physical resource blocks. The cluster allocated by the base station to the user equipment is represented by a bit map of Y=14 bits. The highest bit of Y=14 bits corresponds to the last cluster. The lowest bit of Y = 14 bits corresponds to the first cluster. The first physical resource block of the first cluster corresponds to a physical resource block having the smallest physical resource block number among the N_UL_RB=100 physical resource blocks. Among them, floor () is a rounding operation. Finally N_UL_RB–Y*Z=2 physical resource blocks will be attached to the last cluster, and the last cluster has 7+(100-14*7)=9 PRBs.
第一个簇的物理资源块编号为[0,…,Z-1]*Y,即,0,14,28,42,56,70,84;The physical resource block number of the first cluster is [0,...,Z-1]*Y, ie, 0, 14, 28, 42, 56, 70, 84;
第2个簇的物理资源块编号为[0,…,Z-1]*Y+1,即,1,15,29,43,57,71,85;The physical resource block number of the second cluster is [0,...,Z-1]*Y+1, that is, 1, 15, 29, 43, 57, 71, 85;
依此类推,有,第C个簇的物理资源块编号为[0,…,Z-1]*Y+(C-1),即,1,15,29,43,57,71,85。其中,C为簇的号码,0<=C<=Y-1,且为整数;Similarly, the physical resource block number of the Cth cluster is [0,...,Z-1]*Y+(C-1), that is, 1, 15, 29, 43, 57, 71, 85. Where C is the number of the cluster, 0<=C<=Y-1, and is an integer;
第13个簇的物理资源块编号为[0,…,Z-1]*Y+12,即,12,26,40,54,68,82,96;The physical resource block number of the 13th cluster is [0,...,Z-1]*Y+12, ie, 12, 26, 40, 54, 68, 82, 96;
第14个簇的物理资源块编号为[0,…,Z-1]*Y+13,即,13,27,41,55,69,83,97,98,99(因为“最后N_UL_RB–Y*Z=2个物理资源块将附加于最后一个簇”)。The physical resource block number of the 14th cluster is [0,...,Z-1]*Y+13, ie 13,27,41,55,69,83,97,98,99 (because "the last N_UL_RB–Y *Z=2 physical resource blocks will be appended to the last cluster").
根据上面的假设,第一个和最后一个簇分配给了该用户设备(因为位图的值为“10000000000001”)。即,物理资源块编号为0,13,14,27,28,41,42,55,56,69,70,83,84,97,98,99这16个物理资源块PRB分配给了该用户设备。According to the above assumption, the first and last clusters are assigned to the user equipment (because the value of the bitmap is "10000000000001"). That is, 16 physical resource blocks PRBs with physical resource block numbers 0, 13, 14, 27, 28, 41, 42, 55, 56, 69, 70, 83, 84, 97, 98, 99 are assigned to the user. device.
当用户设备接收到的DCI中的资源分配的信息为位图“10000000000001”时,用户设备在编号为0,13,14,27,28,41,42,55,56,69,70,83,84,97,98,99这16个PRB发射物理上行共享信道PUSCH。When the information about the resource allocation in the DCI received by the user equipment is the bitmap “10000000000001”, the user equipments are numbered 0, 13, 14, 27, 28, 41, 42, 55, 56, 69, 70, 83, 84, 97, 98, 99 These 16 PRBs transmit a physical uplink shared channel PUSCH.
由于上述射物理上行共享信道PUSCH跨越了PRB号码0到99共100个PRB(100*0.18=18MHz),从而达到了无线电管制要求(20MHz*80%=16MHz)。Since the above-mentioned physical uplink shared channel PUSCH spans a total of 100 PRBs (100*0.18=18 MHz) of PRB numbers 0 to 99, the radio control requirement (20 MHz*80%=16 MHz) is achieved.
当基站分配的物理资源块数目为70个时(例如,DCI中的资源分配的信息为位图“01010101101010”时),用户设备应分成2个资源成分来发 射。2个资源成分加总起来的物理资源块为70。在一实施方式中,用户设备可分成64+6、60+10、54+16、50+20、45+25、40+30来发射。在一实施方式中,各个资源成分发射不同的传输块。在一实施方式中,各个资源成分发射同一传输块的不同部分。When the number of physical resource blocks allocated by the base station is 70 (for example, when the information of resource allocation in the DCI is bitmap "01010101101010"), the user equipment should be divided into two resource components. Shoot. The physical resource block of the two resource components is 70. In an embodiment, the user equipment may be transmitted in 64+6, 60+10, 54+16, 50+20, 45+25, 40+30. In an embodiment, each resource component transmits a different transport block. In an embodiment, each resource component transmits a different portion of the same transport block.
实施例6Example 6
该实施例以20MHz系统带宽(100个物理资源块PRB;编号0-99)、基站在下行控制信息DCI中的资源分配用NCluster=10比特的位图来表示资源分配信息(假设位图的值为“1000000010”)、共有NCluster个簇且一个簇内的物理资源块数量
Figure PCTCN2017075912-appb-000038
为例子加以说明。
In this embodiment, resource allocation information is represented by a 20 MHz system bandwidth (100 physical resource blocks PRB; number 0-99) and a resource allocation of the base station in the downlink control information DCI with a N Cluster = 10 bit bitmap (assuming a bitmap) The value is "1000000010"), the number of physical resource blocks in a cluster that are N Cluster clusters and one cluster
Figure PCTCN2017075912-appb-000038
Explain the examples.
根据上面的假设,所述频率资源信息包括NCluster=10个比特的簇信息(“1000000010”),共有NCluster个簇。则,基站分配了第一个簇(IDCluster=0)和第9个簇(IDCluster=8)。According to the above assumption, the frequency resource information includes cluster information ("1000000010") of N Cluster = 10 bits, sharing N Cluster clusters. Then, the base station allocates the first cluster (ID Cluster =0) and the ninth cluster (ID Cluster = 8).
那么,第一个簇(IDCluster=0)的物理上行共享信道PUSCH的物理资源块PRB号码是Then, the physical resource block PRB number of the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH of the first cluster (ID Cluster =0) is
Figure PCTCN2017075912-appb-000039
Figure PCTCN2017075912-appb-000039
或者nPRB=[0,1,2,...,(floor(N_UL_RB/NCluster)-1)]*NCluster+IDCluster。即,PRB号码为0、10、20、30、40、50、60、70、80、90这10个PRB分配给了该用户设备;第9个簇(IDCluster=8)的物理上行共享信道PUSCH的物理资源块PRB号码是Or n PRB =[0,1,2,...,(floor(N_UL_RB/N Cluster )-1)]*N Cluster +ID Cluster . That is, 10 PRBs with PRB numbers of 0, 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90 are allocated to the user equipment; physical uplink shared channel of the 9th cluster (ID Cluster = 8) The physical resource block PRB number of the PUSCH is
Figure PCTCN2017075912-appb-000040
Figure PCTCN2017075912-appb-000040
或者nPRB=[0,1,2,...,(floor(N_UL_RB/NCluster)-1)]*NCluster+IDCluster。即,PRB号码为8、18、28、38、48、58、68、78、88、98这10个PRB分配给了该用户设备。也就是说,基站给该用户设备分配了0、8、10、18、20、28、30、38、40、48、50、58、60、68、70、78、80、88、90、98这20个PRB。该用户设备用这20个PRB发射物理上行共享信道PUSCH。 Or n PRB =[0,1,2,...,(floor(N_UL_RB/N Cluster )-1)]*N Cluster +ID Cluster . That is, 10 PRBs with PRB numbers of 8, 18, 28, 38, 48, 58, 68, 78, 88, 98 are assigned to the user equipment. That is, the base station allocates 0, 8, 10, 18, 20, 28, 30, 38, 40, 48, 50, 58, 60, 68, 70, 78, 80, 88, 90, 98 to the user equipment. These 20 PRBs. The user equipment transmits the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH by using the 20 PRBs.
在这里面,nPRB是物理资源块号码,
Figure PCTCN2017075912-appb-000041
是一个簇内的物理资源块数量,IDCluster是簇的号码或标识。NCluster个比特的簇信息的最高比特MSB对应到具有最小簇号码IDCluster的簇。nPRB的范围是0到N_UL_RB-1,
Figure PCTCN2017075912-appb-000042
的范围是1到N_UL_RB,IDCluster的范围是0到NCluster-1,
Figure PCTCN2017075912-appb-000043
在本实施例中,
Figure PCTCN2017075912-appb-000044
IDCluster的范围是0到9。
In this case, n PRB is the physical resource block number.
Figure PCTCN2017075912-appb-000041
Is the number of physical resource blocks in a cluster, and ID Cluster is the number or identifier of the cluster. The highest bit MSB of the cluster information of the N Cluster bits corresponds to the cluster having the smallest cluster number ID Cluster . n PRB ranges from 0 to N_UL_RB-1,
Figure PCTCN2017075912-appb-000042
The range is 1 to N_UL_RB, and the ID Cluster ranges from 0 to N Cluster -1.
Figure PCTCN2017075912-appb-000043
In this embodiment,
Figure PCTCN2017075912-appb-000044
ID Cluster 's range is 0 to 9.
由于上述射物理上行共享信道PUSCH跨越了PRB号码0到98共99个PRB(99*0.18=17.82MHz),从而达到了无线电管制要求(20MHz*80%=16MHz)。Since the above-mentioned physical uplink shared channel PUSCH spans a total of 99 PRBs (99*0.18=17.82 MHz) of PRB numbers 0 to 98, the radio control requirement (20 MHz*80%=16 MHz) is achieved.
实施例7Example 7
该实施例以20MHz系统带宽(100个物理资源块PRB;系统带宽的一半就是50个物理资源块PRB,系统带宽的一半就有17个资源块组RBG,RBG的编号为1–17;这里的H=3对应到系统带宽的一半的RBG大小;第17个RBG只有2个PRB而不是3个)、基站在下行控制信息DCI中分配4个簇(假设S0=1,S1=4,S2=12,S3=17)、簇的单位为资源块组为例子加以说明。图5是根据本公开优选实施例的基站分配给用户设备的簇的示意图,如图5所示。This embodiment uses a 20 MHz system bandwidth (100 physical resource blocks PRB; half of the system bandwidth is 50 physical resource blocks PRB, and there are 17 resource block groups RBG in half of the system bandwidth, and the RBG number is 1–17; here H=3 corresponds to the RBG size of half of the system bandwidth; the 17th RBG has only 2 PRBs instead of 3), and the base station allocates 4 clusters in the downlink control information DCI (assuming S0=1, S1=4, S2= 12, S3 = 17), the unit of the cluster is a resource block group as an example. FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of a cluster allocated by a base station to a user equipment according to a preferred embodiment of the present disclosure, as shown in FIG. 5.
根据上述假设,UE在接收到上述DCI之后,通过ceil(log2(Com(ceil(N_UL_RB/(2*H)+1),4)))=ceil(log2(Com(ceil(100/(2*3)+1),4)))=12个比特的簇的频率资源信息,得到S0、S1、S2、S3的取值。According to the above assumption, after receiving the DCI, the UE passes ceil (log2(Com(ce_(N_UL_RB/(2*H)+1), 4))))=ceil(log2(Com(ceil(100/(2*) 3) +1), 4))) = frequency resource information of 12-bit clusters, and the values of S0, S1, S2, and S3 are obtained.
簇的频率资源信息用4个位置点的簇信息来表示。第一个位置点S0表示第一个簇的起始位置,第2个位置点S1表示第一个簇的结束位置,第3个位置点S2表示第2个簇的起始位置,第4个位置点S3表示第2个簇的结束位置。S0偏移系统带宽N_UL_RB=100的一半(即,50个PRB)表示 第3个簇的起始位置,第2个位置点S1偏移系统带宽N_UL_RB=100的一半表示第3个簇的结束位置,第3个位置点S2偏移系统带宽N_UL_RB=100的一半表示第4个簇的起始位置,第4个位置点S3偏移系统带宽N_UL_RB=100的一半表示第4个簇的结束位置。也就是说,把系统带宽的一半当作“独立”的资源,在系统带宽的一半上面分配2个簇,然后复制到系统带宽的另一半(使用平移的方法);在一实施方式中,另一半系统带宽上面的资源块组RGB资源也可以是前面一半系统带宽上面的资源块组RGB资源的镜像(即,另一半系统带宽上面的资源块组RGB的编号分别是17+1-S0、17+1-S1、17+1-S2、17+1-S3。即,RGB的编号分别是17、14、6、1,按顺序的RBG号码是1、6、14、17)。The frequency resource information of the cluster is represented by cluster information of four position points. The first position point S0 indicates the start position of the first cluster, the second position point S1 indicates the end position of the first cluster, and the third position point S2 indicates the start position of the second cluster, the fourth position The position point S3 indicates the end position of the second cluster. S0 offset system bandwidth N_UL_RB=100 half (ie, 50 PRB) representation The starting position of the third cluster, the second position point S1 offset system bandwidth N_UL_RB=100 half indicates the end position of the third cluster, and the third position point S2 offset system bandwidth N_UL_RB=100 half means The starting position of the 4 clusters, the 4th position point S3 offset system bandwidth N_UL_RB = 100 indicates the end position of the 4th cluster. That is, treating half of the system bandwidth as a "standalone" resource, allocating 2 clusters over half of the system bandwidth and then copying it to the other half of the system bandwidth (using the translation method); in one embodiment, another The resource block group RGB resource above half of the system bandwidth may also be the mirror image of the resource block group RGB resource above the first half of the system bandwidth (ie, the resource block group RGB number above the other half of the system bandwidth is 17+1-S0, 17 respectively. +1-S1, 17+1-S2, 17+1-S3. That is, the numbers of RGB are 17, 14, 6, and 1, respectively, and the RBG numbers in order are 1, 6, 14, 17).
根据上述假设,第一个簇和第3个簇的长度都为S1–S0=4-1=3个RBG(等于3*3=9个PRB)。第2个簇和第4个簇的长度都为S3–S2=17–12=5个RBG(等于(5-1)*3+2=14个PRB;这里面,因为第17个簇只有2个PRB,故不是直接乘以RBG的大小)。总共分配了2*(9+14)=46个PRB。According to the above assumption, the length of the first cluster and the third cluster are both S1 - S0 = 4-1 = 3 RBGs (equal to 3 * 3 = 9 PRBs). The length of the second cluster and the fourth cluster are both S3–S2=17–12=5 RBGs (equal to (5-1)*3+2=14 PRBs; here, because the 17th cluster has only 2 PRB, so it is not directly multiplied by the size of the RBG). A total of 2*(9+14)=46 PRBs are allocated.
簇的信息用扩展组合数累积值
Figure PCTCN2017075912-appb-000045
来表达。在本实施例中,
Cumulative value of cluster information
Figure PCTCN2017075912-appb-000045
To express. In this embodiment,
Figure PCTCN2017075912-appb-000046
Figure PCTCN2017075912-appb-000046
即,r=2116,表达r=2116需要ceil(log2(2116))=ceil(11.04)=12比特。即,UE在接收到上述DCI中的12比特的r=2116之后,就知道了S0、S1、S2、S3的取值,从而知道了物理上行共享信道PUSCH的频率位置,从而在DCI指定的频率位置(S0、S1、S2、S3;包括它们的平移)上发射物理上行共享信道PUSCH。That is, r = 2116, and expressing r = 2116 requires ceil (log2 (2116)) = ceil (11.04) = 12 bits. That is, after receiving the 12 bits of r=2116 in the DCI, the UE knows the values of S0, S1, S2, and S3, and thus knows the frequency position of the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH, thereby specifying the frequency at the DCI. The physical uplink shared channel PUSCH is transmitted on the locations (S0, S1, S2, S3; including their translation).
在20MHz系统下,相对现有的ceil(log2(Com(ceil(N_UL_RB/H+1),4)))=14比特的资源分配方案,通过本公开之后,降低到 ceil(log2(Com(ceil(N_UL_RB/(2*H)+1),4)))=12比特。即,节省了2比特。节省下来的2比特可用于其他用途,例如,用于表达异步混合自动重传请求进程号码(HARQprocessID)。In the 20MHz system, compared with the existing ceil (log2 (Com(ce_(N_UL_RB/H+1), 4))))) 14-bit resource allocation scheme, after the disclosure, Ceil(log2(Com(ceil(N_UL_RB/(2*H)+1), 4)))) = 12 bits. That is, 2 bits are saved. The 2 bits saved can be used for other purposes, for example, to express an asynchronous hybrid automatic repeat request process number (HARQprocessID).
由于上述射物理上行共享信道PUSCH跨越了S0=1到S3=17共2份的17个RBG(共2*50=100个PRB;100*0.18=18MHz带宽)。由于18MHz大于20MHz*80%=16MHz,从而满足了无线电管制要求。Since the above-mentioned physical uplink shared channel PUSCH spans 17 RBGs with a total of 2 copies from S0=1 to S3=17 (a total of 2*50=100 PRBs; 100*0.18=18 MHz bandwidth). Since 18MHz is greater than 20MHz*80%=16MHz, the radio regulatory requirements are met.
实施例8Example 8
该实施例以20MHz系统带宽(100个物理资源块PRB;系统带宽的十分之一就是10个物理资源块PRB,系统带宽的十分之一就有10个资源块组RBG,RBG的编号为1–10;这里的H=1对应到系统带宽的十分之一的RBG大小。即,这里面一个RBG只包含一个PRB)、基站在下行控制信息DCI中分配10*2=20个簇(假设S0=1,S1=2,S2=8,S3=9)、簇的单位为资源块组为例子加以说明。This embodiment uses a 20 MHz system bandwidth (100 physical resource blocks PRB; one tenth of the system bandwidth is 10 physical resource blocks PRB, and one tenth of the system bandwidth has 10 resource block groups RBG, and the RBG number is 1–10; where H=1 corresponds to the RBG size of one tenth of the system bandwidth. That is, one RBG contains only one PRB), and the base station allocates 10*2=20 clusters in the downlink control information DCI ( Assuming that S0=1, S1=2, S2=8, and S3=9), the unit of the cluster is a resource block group as an example.
根据上述假设,UE在接收到上述DCI之后,通过ceil(log2(Com(ceil(N_UL_RB/(10*H)+1),4)))=ceil(log2(Com(ceil(100/(10*1)+1),4)))=9个比特的簇的频率资源信息,得到S0、S1、S2、S3的取值。According to the above assumption, after receiving the DCI, the UE passes ceil (log2(Com(ce_(N_UL_RB/(10*H)+1), 4))))=ceil(log2(Com(ceil(100/(10*) 1) +1), 4))) = frequency resource information of a cluster of 9 bits, and the values of S0, S1, S2, and S3 are obtained.
簇的频率资源信息用4个位置点的簇信息来表示。第一个位置点S0表示第一个簇的起始位置,第2个位置点S1表示第一个簇的结束位置,第3个位置点S2表示第2个簇的起始位置,第4个位置点S3表示第2个簇的结束位置。S0偏移系统带宽N_UL_RB的十分之一(即,10个PRB)表示第3个簇的起始位置,第2个位置点S1偏移系统带宽N_UL_RB的十分之一(即,10个PRB)表示第3个簇的结束位置,第3个位置点S2偏移系统带宽N_UL_RB的十分之一(即,10个PRB)表示第4个簇的起始位置,第4个位置点S3偏移系统带宽N_UL_RB的十分之一(即,10个PRB)表 示第4个簇的结束位置。当S1等于S2且S2等于S3时,表示只有10个簇,S0偏移系统带宽N_UL_RB的十分之二(即,20个PRB)表示第5个簇的起始位置,第2个位置点S1偏移系统带宽N_UL_RB的十分之二(即,20个PRB)表示第5个簇的结束位置,第3个位置点S2偏移系统带宽N_UL_RB的十分之二(即,20个PRB)表示第6个簇的起始位置,第4个位置点S3偏移系统带宽N_UL_RB的十分之二(即,20个PRB)表示第6个簇的结束位置。依此类推,S0偏移系统带宽N_UL_RB的十分之九(即,90个PRB)表示第19个簇的起始位置,第2个位置点S1偏移系统带宽N_UL_RB的十分之九(即,90个PRB)表示第19个簇的结束位置,第3个位置点S2偏移系统带宽N_UL_RB的十分之九(即,90个PRB)表示第20个簇的起始位置,第4个位置点S3偏移系统带宽N_UL_RB的十分之九(即,90个PRB)表示第20个簇的结束位置。The frequency resource information of the cluster is represented by cluster information of four position points. The first position point S0 indicates the start position of the first cluster, the second position point S1 indicates the end position of the first cluster, and the third position point S2 indicates the start position of the second cluster, the fourth position The position point S3 indicates the end position of the second cluster. One tenth of the S0 offset system bandwidth N_UL_RB (ie, 10 PRBs) indicates the start position of the third cluster, and the second position point S1 is offset by one tenth of the system bandwidth N_UL_RB (ie, 10 PRBs) ) indicates the end position of the third cluster, and the third position point S2 is offset by one tenth of the system bandwidth N_UL_RB (ie, 10 PRBs) indicating the start position of the fourth cluster, and the fourth position point S3 is biased. Move one tenth of the system bandwidth N_UL_RB (ie, 10 PRBs) Shows the end position of the 4th cluster. When S1 is equal to S2 and S2 is equal to S3, it means that there are only 10 clusters, and S0 offset system bandwidth N_UL_RB is two tenths (ie, 20 PRBs) indicating the starting position of the fifth cluster, and the second position point S1 Two tenths of the offset system bandwidth N_UL_RB (ie, 20 PRBs) indicate the end position of the fifth cluster, and the third position point S2 offsets two tenths of the system bandwidth N_UL_RB (ie, 20 PRBs) The starting position of the sixth cluster, the fourth position point S3 offsets the system bandwidth N_UL_RB by two tenths (ie, 20 PRBs) indicating the end position of the sixth cluster. And so on, nine tenths of the S0 offset system bandwidth N_UL_RB (ie, 90 PRBs) indicate the starting position of the 19th cluster, and the second position point S1 is offset by nine tenths of the system bandwidth N_UL_RB (ie, , 90 PRBs) indicate the end position of the 19th cluster, and the 3rd position point S2 offsets the system bandwidth N_UL_RB by nine tenths (ie, 90 PRBs) indicating the starting position of the 20th cluster, the fourth The position point S3 offsets nine tenths of the system bandwidth N_UL_RB (ie, 90 PRBs) indicating the end position of the 20th cluster.
根据上述假设,RBG编号(在本例子中,对应到PRB+1。因为PRB编号是0–99。系统带宽的十分之一的RBG只包含一个PRB)为1、8、11、18、21、28、31、38、41、48、51、58、61、68、71、78、81、88、91、98(即,PRB编号分别是0、7、10、17、20、27、30、37、40、47、50、57、60、67、70、77、80、87、90、97)。总共分配了2*10=20个PRB。According to the above assumption, the RBG number (in this example, corresponds to PRB+1. Because the PRB number is 0-99. One-tenth of the system bandwidth RBG contains only one PRB) is 1, 8, 11, 18, 21 , 28, 31, 38, 41, 48, 51, 58, 61, 68, 71, 78, 81, 88, 91, 98 (ie, the PRB numbers are 0, 7, 10, 17, 20, 27, 30, respectively) , 37, 40, 47, 50, 57, 60, 67, 70, 77, 80, 87, 90, 97). A total of 2*10=20 PRBs are allocated.
簇的信息用扩展组合数累积值
Figure PCTCN2017075912-appb-000047
来表达。在本实施例中,
Cumulative value of cluster information
Figure PCTCN2017075912-appb-000047
To express. In this embodiment,
Figure PCTCN2017075912-appb-000048
Figure PCTCN2017075912-appb-000048
,即,r=299,表达r=299需要ceil(log2(299))=ceil(8.22)=9比特。即,UE在接收到上述DCI中的9比特的r=299之后,就知道了S0、S1、S2、S3的取值,从而知道了物理上行共享信道PUSCH的频率位置,从而在DCI指定的频率位置(S0、S1、S2、S3;包括它们的平移或拷贝或镜像)上发 射物理上行共享信道PUSCH。That is, r=299, expressing r=299 requires ceil(log2(299))=ceil(8.22)=9 bits. That is, after receiving the r=299 of 9 bits in the DCI, the UE knows the values of S0, S1, S2, and S3, so that the frequency position of the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH is known, and thus the frequency specified by the DCI. Position (S0, S1, S2, S3; including their translation or copy or mirror) The physical uplink shared channel PUSCH is transmitted.
在20MHz系统下,相对现有的ceil(log2(Com(ceil(N_UL_RB/4+1),4)))=14比特的资源分配方案,通过本公开之后,降低到ceil(log2(Com(ceil(N_UL_RB/(10*1)+1),4)))=9比特。即,节省了5比特。节省下来的5比特可用于其他用途,例如,用于表达异步HARQprocessID。In the 20MHz system, compared with the existing ceil (log2 (Com(ce_(N_UL_RB/4+1), 4))))) 14-bit resource allocation scheme, after the disclosure, it is reduced to ceil (log2(Com(ceil) (N_UL_RB/(10*1)+1), 4))) = 9 bits. That is, 5 bits are saved. The 5 bits saved can be used for other purposes, for example, to express an asynchronous HARQ processID.
由于上述射物理上行共享信道PUSCH跨越了S0=1到S3=98共98个RB(PRB0–97;共98*0.18=17.64MHz带宽)。由于17.64MHz大于20MHz*80%=16MHz,从而满足了无线电管制要求。Since the above-mentioned physical uplink shared channel PUSCH spans S0=1 to S3=98, a total of 98 RBs (PRB0-97; a total of 98*0.18=17.64 MHz bandwidth). Since 17.64MHz is greater than 20MHz*80%=16MHz, the radio regulatory requirements are met.
实施例9Example 9
该实施例以基站指示用户设备是需要在下一个子帧的最后一个符号发射探测参考信号SRS、基站在下行控制信息DCI中指示当前子帧的符号数为常规循环前缀下的14且下一个子帧的符号数为常规循环前缀下的12为例子加以说明。In this embodiment, the base station indicates that the user equipment needs to transmit the sounding reference signal SRS in the last symbol of the next subframe, and the base station indicates in the downlink control information DCI that the number of symbols of the current subframe is 14 under the normal cyclic prefix and the next subframe. The number of symbols is 12 for the regular cyclic prefix as an example.
根据上述假设,UE在接收到上述DCI之后,发现当前子帧的符号数为常规循环前缀下的14,由于一个子帧最多14个符号,因而此时知道当前子帧不能发射探测参考信号SRS。According to the above assumption, after receiving the DCI, the UE finds that the number of symbols in the current subframe is 14 under the regular cyclic prefix, and since one subframe has a maximum of 14 symbols, it is known at this time that the current subframe cannot transmit the sounding reference signal SRS.
根据上述假设,UE在接收到上述DCI之后,发现下一个子帧的符号数为常规循环前缀下的12,则知道下一个子帧可以发射探测参考信号SRS。According to the above assumption, after receiving the DCI, the UE finds that the symbol number of the next subframe is 12 under the regular cyclic prefix, and knows that the next subframe can transmit the sounding reference signal SRS.
根据上述假设,UE在接收到上述DCI之后,发现UE需要在下一个子帧的最后一个符号发射探测参考信号SRS。因此,发现UE就在下一个子帧的最后一个符号发射探测参考信号SRS。According to the above assumption, after receiving the DCI, the UE finds that the UE needs to transmit the sounding reference signal SRS in the last symbol of the next subframe. Therefore, it is found that the UE transmits the sounding reference signal SRS in the last symbol of the next subframe.
探测参考信号SRS可使用物理上行共享信道PUSCH的频率资源或全带宽发射(大于80%的系统带宽),从而满足了无线电管制要求。The sounding reference signal SRS may use the frequency resource of the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH or full bandwidth transmission (greater than 80% of the system bandwidth) to meet the radio regulatory requirements.
实施例10Example 10
该实施例以20MHz系统带宽(100个物理资源块PRB,即 N_UL_RB=100,物理资源块PRB索引为0–99)、基站在下行控制信息DCI中分配个NCluster簇(在本例子中,NCluster=10)或指定簇的资源块间隔NSpacing(在本例子中,NSpacing=N_UL_RB/NCluster且NSpacing=10)、簇的单位为资源块、DCI中簇的起始物理资源块PRB索引为1、DCI中簇的长度为2个PRB为例子加以说明。需要说明的是,上述簇的个数和资源块间隔的乘积为系统带宽。In this embodiment, the 20 MHz system bandwidth (100 physical resource block PRBs, ie, N_UL_RB=100, physical resource block PRB index is 0-99), and the base station allocates N Cluster clusters in the downlink control information DCI (in this example, N Cluster = 10) or the resource block interval of the specified cluster N Spacing (in this example, N Spacing = N_UL_RB/N Cluster and N Spacing = 10), the unit of the cluster is the resource block, and the starting physical resource block PRB of the cluster in the DCI The index is 1. The length of the cluster in the DCI is 2 PRBs as an example. It should be noted that the product of the number of clusters and the resource block interval is the system bandwidth.
根据上述假设,UE在接收到上述DCI之后,通过资源块分配信息中的最低ceil(log2(N_UL_RB*(N_UL_RB+1)/2))=13个比特的簇的频率资源信息,得到簇的起始物理资源块PRB索引和簇的长度。根据假设,在本实施例中,簇的起始物理资源块PRB索引为1(即,第2个PRB)、DCI中簇的长度为2个PRB。也就是说第一个簇的物理资源块PRB索引为1和2(连续资源分配)。According to the above assumption, after receiving the DCI, the UE obtains the cluster resource information by using the lowest ceil (log2(N_UL_RB*(N_UL_RB+1)/2))=13 bit cluster resource resource information in the resource block allocation information. The length of the physical resource block PRB index and cluster. According to the assumption, in the present embodiment, the starting physical resource block PRB index of the cluster is 1 (ie, the second PRB), and the length of the cluster in the DCI is 2 PRBs. That is to say, the physical resource block PRB index of the first cluster is 1 and 2 (continuous resource allocation).
由于簇的数量为NCluster=10和簇的资源块间隔为NSpacing=10,所以,第2个簇的物理资源块PRB索引为11和12。依此类推,第3个簇的物理资源块PRB索引为21和22;直到第10个簇的物理资源块PRB索引为91和92。这样一来,分配给该UE的物理资源块PRB索引为1、2、11、12、21、22、31、32、41、42、51、52、61、62、71、72、81、82、91、92。共有20个物理资源块PRB。Since the number of clusters is N Cluster = 10 and the resource block interval of the cluster is N Spacing = 10, the physical resource block PRB index of the second cluster is 11 and 12. And so on, the physical resource block PRB index of the third cluster is 21 and 22; until the physical resource block PRB index of the 10th cluster is 91 and 92. In this way, the physical resource block PRB indexes allocated to the UE are 1, 2, 11, 12, 21, 22, 31, 32, 41, 42, 51, 52, 61, 62, 71, 72, 81, 82. 91, 92. There are 20 physical resource blocks PRB.
即,UE在接收到上述DCI中的13比特之后,就知道了物理上行共享信道PUSCH的频率位置(物理资源块PRB索引),从而在DCI指定的频率位置上发射物理上行共享信道PUSCH。That is, after receiving the 13 bits in the DCI, the UE knows the frequency position (physical resource block PRB index) of the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH, and transmits the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH at the frequency position specified by the DCI.
由于上述射物理上行共享信道PUSCH跨越了PRB=1到PRB=92共92个PRB;92*0.18=16.56MHz带宽。由于16.56MHz大于20MHz*80%=16MHz,从而满足了无线电管制要求。Since the above-mentioned physical uplink shared channel PUSCH spans PRB=1 to PRB=92, a total of 92 PRBs; 92*0.18=16.56 MHz bandwidth. Since 16.56MHz is greater than 20MHz*80%=16MHz, the radio regulatory requirements are met.
需要说明的是,当DCI分配的簇的起始物理资源块PRB索引达到或超 过簇的资源块间隔NSpacing时,需要反折过来分配物理资源块PRB,即,对(物理资源块PRB索引+NSpacing)取系统带宽N_UL_RB的模。即,mod((nPRB+NSpacing),N_UL_RB),其中mod(m,n)表示对m取n的模的操作,nPRB为DCI中分配的PRB索引。例如,假设DCI分配的簇的起始物理资源块PRB索引为83且分配了2个物理资源块PRB,则分配的簇的起始物理资源块PRB索引为83和84为第一个簇的物理资源块PRB索引。根据上面的推理,93和94为第2个簇的物理资源块PRB索引。根据上面的推理,103和104为第3个簇的物理资源块PRB索引。但由于103>NSpacing,所以,超过资源块间隔NSpacing的物理资源块PRB索引都应取取系统带宽N_UL_RB的模。取模的结果使得3和4为第3个簇的物理资源块PRB索引。依此类推,13和14为第4个簇的物理资源块PRB索引。直到最后一个簇(第10个簇),得到,73和74为第10个簇的物理资源块PRB索引。这样一来,分配给该UE的物理资源块PRB索引为83、84、93、94、3、4、13、14、23、24、33、34、43、44、53、54、63、64、73、74。共有20个物理资源块PRB。It should be noted that when the starting physical resource block PRB index of the cluster allocated by the DCI reaches or exceeds the resource block interval N Spacing of the cluster, the physical resource block PRB needs to be reversely folded, that is, the pair (physical resource block PRB index + N Spacing ) takes the modulus of the system bandwidth N_UL_RB. That is, mod(( n PRB + N Spacing ), N_UL_RB), where mod(m, n) represents an operation of a mode in which m is n, and n PRB is an allocated PRB index in the DCI. For example, assuming that the starting physical resource block PRB index of the cluster allocated by the DCI is 83 and two physical resource blocks PRB are allocated, the starting physical resource block PRB index of the allocated cluster is 83 and 84 is the physical of the first cluster. Resource block PRB index. According to the above reasoning, 93 and 94 are the physical resource block PRB indexes of the second cluster. According to the above reasoning, 103 and 104 are physical resource block PRB indexes of the third cluster. However, since 103>N Spacing , the physical resource block PRB index exceeding the resource block interval N Spacing should take the modulus of the system bandwidth N_UL_RB. The result of modulo is such that 3 and 4 are the physical resource block PRB indexes of the third cluster. And so on, 13 and 14 are the physical resource block PRB indexes of the 4th cluster. Until the last cluster (the 10th cluster), 73 and 74 are the physical resource block PRB indexes of the 10th cluster. In this way, the physical resource block PRB indexes allocated to the UE are 83, 84, 93, 94, 3, 4, 13, 14, 23, 24, 33, 34, 43, 44, 53, 54, 63, 64. , 73, 74. There are 20 physical resource blocks PRB.
另外,如果限制第一个簇的PRB索引不超过NSpacing-1,则不需要取模操作。In addition, if the PRB index of the first cluster is restricted to not exceed N Spacing -1, no modulo operation is required.
另外,簇的数量NCluster或簇的资源块间隔NSpacing可以通过高层信令来通知或配置,也可以用物理层信令来通知。In addition, the number of clusters N Cluster or the resource block interval N Spacing of the cluster may be notified or configured through high layer signaling, or may be notified by physical layer signaling.
通过以上的实施方式的描述,本领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到根据上述实施例的方法可借助软件加必需的通用硬件平台的方式来实现,当然也可以通过硬件,但很多情况下前者是更佳的实施方式。基于这样的理解,本公开的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质(如只读 存储器(ROM,Read-OnlyMemory)/随机存取存储器(RAM,RandomAccessMemory)、磁碟、光盘)中,包括若干指令用以使得一台终端设备(可以是手机,计算机,服务器,或者网络设备等)执行本公开各个实施例所述的方法。Through the description of the above embodiments, those skilled in the art can clearly understand that the method according to the above embodiment can be implemented by means of software plus a necessary general hardware platform, and of course, by hardware, but in many cases, the former is A better implementation. Based on such understanding, portions of the technical solutions of the present disclosure that contribute in essence or to the prior art may be embodied in the form of a software product stored in a storage medium (eg, read-only) Memory (ROM, Read-Only Memory) / Random Access Memory (RAM, Disk, CD), including a number of instructions to make a terminal device (can be a mobile phone, computer, server, or network device, etc.) The methods described in various embodiments of the present disclosure are performed.
在本实施例中还提供了一种上行信息的发送装置,该装置用于实现上述实施例及优选实施方式,已经进行过说明的不再赘述。如以下所使用的,术语“模块”可以实现预定功能的软件和/或硬件的组合。尽管以下实施例所描述的装置较佳地以软件来实现,但是硬件,或者软件和硬件的组合的实现也是可能并被构想的。In the embodiment, a device for transmitting uplink information is provided, which is used to implement the foregoing embodiments and preferred embodiments, and details are not described herein. As used below, the term "module" may implement a combination of software and/or hardware of a predetermined function. Although the apparatus described in the following embodiments is preferably implemented in software, hardware, or a combination of software and hardware, is also possible and contemplated.
图6是根据本公开实施例的上行信息的发送装置的结构框图,如图6所示,该装置包括:FIG. 6 is a structural block diagram of an apparatus for transmitting uplink information according to an embodiment of the present disclosure. As shown in FIG. 6, the apparatus includes:
接收模块62,配置为接收基站发送的下行控制信息;其中,上述下行控制信息携带有资源信息,该资源信息用于指示用户设备发送上行信道和/或上行信号的资源,上述资源占上述用户设备上行系统资源的80%以上;The receiving module 62 is configured to receive downlink control information sent by the base station, where the downlink control information carries resource information, where the resource information is used to indicate that the user equipment sends the uplink channel and/or the uplink signal, where the resource occupies the user equipment. More than 80% of the uplink system resources;
发送模块64,与上述接收模块62连接,配置为在上述资源上发送上述上行信道和/或上述上行信号。The transmitting module 64 is connected to the receiving module 62 and configured to transmit the uplink channel and/or the uplink signal on the resource.
需要说明的是,上述装置可以应用于终端,比如用户设备,但并不限于此。It should be noted that the foregoing apparatus may be applied to a terminal, such as a user equipment, but is not limited thereto.
通过上述装置,将占用户设备上行系统资源的80%以上的资源的资源信息包含在下行控制信息中,并接收基站发送的该下行控制信息,进而能够确定下行控制信息中所包含的内容,进而相关技术中的LAA上行通信中尚未确定下行控制信息中包含什么内容的技术问题。The resource information of the resource that accounts for 80% or more of the uplink system resources of the user equipment is included in the downlink control information, and the downlink control information sent by the base station is received, and the content included in the downlink control information can be determined. The technical problem of what content is included in the downlink control information has not been determined in the LAA uplink communication in the related art.
在本公开的一个实施例中,上述装置还可以包括:确定模块,与上述发送模块64连接,配置为根据上述资源信息确定上述资源的频率信息。In an embodiment of the present disclosure, the apparatus may further include: a determining module, connected to the sending module 64, configured to determine frequency information of the resource according to the resource information.
需要说明的是,在本实施例中,对确定模块如何确定上述资源的频率 信息的解释以及本实施例中相关的其他解释可参考图1所示的方法实施例的解释,此处不再赘述。It should be noted that, in this embodiment, how to determine the frequency of the foregoing resources is determined by the determining module. For the explanation of the information and other related explanations in this embodiment, reference may be made to the explanation of the method embodiment shown in FIG. 1 , and details are not described herein again.
图7是根据本公开实施例的上行信息的接收装置的结构框图,如图7所示,该装置包括:FIG. 7 is a structural block diagram of an apparatus for receiving uplink information according to an embodiment of the present disclosure. As shown in FIG. 7, the apparatus includes:
发送模块70,配置为将下行控制信息发送给用户设备;其中,上述下行控制信息携带有资源信息,该资源信息用于指示上述用户设备发送上行信道和/或上行信号的资源,上述资源占上述用户设备上行系统资源的80%以上;The sending module 70 is configured to send the downlink control information to the user equipment, where the downlink control information carries resource information, where the resource information is used to instruct the user equipment to send resources of an uplink channel and/or an uplink signal, where the foregoing resources occupy More than 80% of the user equipment uplink system resources;
接收模块72,与上述发送模块70连接,配置为接收上述用户设备在上述资源上发送的上述上行信道和/或上述上行信号。The receiving module 72 is connected to the sending module 70, and is configured to receive the uplink channel and/or the uplink signal sent by the user equipment on the resource.
需要说明的是,该接收装置可以应用于基站,但并不限于此。It should be noted that the receiving apparatus may be applied to a base station, but is not limited thereto.
通过上述装置将占用户设备上行系统资源的80%以上的资源的资源信息包含在下行控制信息中,并将该下行控制信息发送给用户设备,进而能够确定下行控制信息中所包含的内容,进而相关技术中的LAA上行通信中尚未确定下行控制信息中包含什么内容的技术问题。The resource information of the resources of the uplink system resources of the user equipment is included in the downlink control information, and the downlink control information is sent to the user equipment, and the content included in the downlink control information can be determined. The technical problem of what content is included in the downlink control information has not been determined in the LAA uplink communication in the related art.
在本公开的一个实施例中,上述装置还可以包括:分配模块,与上述发送模块70连接,配置为为上述用户设备分配上述资源的频率资源。In an embodiment of the present disclosure, the apparatus may further include: an allocating module, connected to the sending module 70, configured to allocate a frequency resource of the resource to the user equipment.
需要说明的是,在本实施例中,对为上述用户设备如何分配上述资源的频率资源的解释以及本实施例中相关的其他解释可参考图1所示的方法实施例的解释,此处不再赘述。It should be noted that, in this embodiment, an explanation of how to allocate the frequency resource of the foregoing resource for the user equipment and other related explanations in this embodiment may be referred to the explanation of the method embodiment shown in FIG. Let me repeat.
根据本公开的一个方面,还提供了一种系统,包括上述图6所示的发送装置和图7所示的接收装置。According to an aspect of the present disclosure, there is also provided a system comprising the above-described transmitting device shown in FIG. 6 and the receiving device shown in FIG.
需要说明的是,上述各个模块是可以通过软件或硬件来实现的,对于后者,可以通过以下方式实现,但不限于此:上述模块均位于同一处理器中;或者,上述模块分别位于多个处理器中。 It should be noted that each of the above modules may be implemented by software or hardware. For the latter, the foregoing may be implemented by, but not limited to, the foregoing modules are all located in the same processor; or, the modules are located in multiple In the processor.
本公开的实施例还提供了一种存储介质。在一实施方式中,在本实施例中,上述存储介质可以被设置为存储用于执行以下步骤的程序代码:Embodiments of the present disclosure also provide a storage medium. In an embodiment, in the embodiment, the storage medium may be configured to store program code for performing the following steps:
A1,接收基站发送的下行控制信息;其中,上述下行控制信息携带有资源信息,该资源信息用于指示用户设备发送上行信道和/或上行信号的资源,上述资源占上述用户设备上行系统资源的80%以上;A1: receiving downlink control information sent by the base station, where the downlink control information carries resource information, where the resource information is used to indicate that the user equipment sends the uplink channel and/or the uplink signal resource, where the resource occupies the uplink system resource of the user equipment. More than 80%;
A2,在上述资源上发送上述上行信道和/或上述上行信号。A2: transmitting the uplink channel and/or the uplink signal on the resource.
在一实施方式中,在本实施例中,上述存储介质可以包括但不限于:U盘、ROM、RAM、移动硬盘、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。In an embodiment, in the embodiment, the foregoing storage medium may include, but is not limited to, a U disk, a ROM, a RAM, a mobile hard disk, a magnetic disk, or an optical disk, and the like, which can store program codes.
在一实施方式中,本实施例中的具体示例可以参考上述实施例及可选实施方式中所描述的示例,本实施例在此不再赘述。In an embodiment, the specific examples in this embodiment may refer to the examples described in the foregoing embodiments and the optional embodiments, and details are not described herein again.
本公开实施例中提出的各个模块均可以通过处理器来实现,当然也可通过具体的逻辑电路实现;在实际应用中,处理器可以为中央处理器(CPU,Central Processing Unit)、微处理器(MPU,Microprocessor Unit)或现场可编程门阵列(FPGA,Field Programmable Gate Array)等。The various modules proposed in the embodiments of the present disclosure may be implemented by a processor, and may also be implemented by a specific logic circuit. In practical applications, the processor may be a central processing unit (CPU), a microprocessor. (MPU, Microprocessor Unit) or Field Programmable Gate Array (FPGA).
本公开实施例中,如果以软件功能模块的形式实现上述上行信息的发送、接收方法,并作为独立的产品销售或使用时,也可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解,本公开实施例的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中,包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机、服务器、或者网络设备等)执行本公开各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分。而前述的存储介质包括:U盘、移动硬盘、ROM、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。这样,本公开实施例不限制于任何特定的硬件和软件结合。In the embodiment of the present disclosure, if the method for transmitting and receiving the uplink information is implemented in the form of a software function module, and is sold or used as a separate product, it may also be stored in a computer readable storage medium. Based on such understanding, the technical solution of the embodiments of the present disclosure may be embodied in the form of a software product in essence or in the form of a software product stored in a storage medium, including a plurality of instructions. A computer device (which may be a personal computer, server, or network device, etc.) is caused to perform all or part of the methods described in various embodiments of the present disclosure. The foregoing storage medium includes various media that can store program codes, such as a USB flash drive, a mobile hard disk, a ROM, a magnetic disk, or an optical disk. Thus, embodiments of the present disclosure are not limited to any specific combination of hardware and software.
相应地,本公开实施例还提供一种计算机存储介质,该计算机存储介 质中存储有计算机程序,该计算机程序用于执行本公开实施例的上述上行信息的发送方法;Correspondingly, an embodiment of the present disclosure further provides a computer storage medium, the computer storage medium Storing a computer program for executing the above method for transmitting uplink information according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
同时,本公开实施例还提供一种计算机存储介质,该计算机存储介质中存储有计算机程序,该计算机程序用于执行本公开实施例的上述上行信息的接收方法。In the meantime, the embodiment of the present disclosure further provides a computer storage medium, where the computer storage medium stores a computer program, and the computer program is used to execute the method for receiving the uplink information in the embodiment of the present disclosure.
显然,本领域的技术人员应该明白,上述的本公开的各模块或各步骤可以用通用的计算装置来实现,它们可以集中在单个的计算装置上,或者分布在多个计算装置所组成的网络上,它们可以用计算装置可执行的程序代码来实现,从而,可以将它们存储在存储装置中由计算装置来执行,并且在某些情况下,可以以不同于此处的顺序执行所示出或描述的步骤,或者将它们分别制作成各个集成电路模块,或者将它们中的多个模块或步骤制作成单个集成电路模块来实现。这样,本公开不限制于任何特定的硬件和软件结合。It will be apparent to those skilled in the art that the various modules or steps of the present disclosure described above can be implemented by a general-purpose computing device that can be centralized on a single computing device or distributed across a network of multiple computing devices. In the above, they may be implemented by program code executable by the computing device, such that they may be stored in the storage device for execution by the computing device, and in some cases may be performed in a different order than that illustrated herein. Or the steps described, either separately as individual integrated circuit modules, or as a plurality of modules or steps in a single integrated circuit module. As such, the disclosure is not limited to any specific combination of hardware and software.
以上所述仅为本公开的优选实施例而已,并不用于限制本公开,对于本领域的技术人员来说,本公开可以有各种更改和变化。凡在本公开的精神和原则之内,所作的任何修改、等同替换、改进等,均应包含在本公开的保护范围之内。 The above description is only a preferred embodiment of the present disclosure, and is not intended to limit the disclosure, and various changes and modifications may be made to the present disclosure. Any modifications, equivalent substitutions, improvements, etc., made within the spirit and scope of the present disclosure are intended to be included within the scope of the present disclosure.

Claims (75)

  1. 一种上行信息的发送方法,包括:A method for transmitting uplink information, including:
    接收基站发送的下行控制信息;其中,所述下行控制信息携带有资源信息,该资源信息用于指示用户设备发送上行信道和/或上行信号的资源,该资源占所述用户设备上行系统资源的80%以上;Receiving downlink control information sent by the base station, where the downlink control information carries resource information, where the resource information is used to indicate that the user equipment sends the uplink channel and/or the uplink signal resource, where the resource occupies the uplink system resource of the user equipment. More than 80%;
    在所述资源上发送所述上行信道和/或所述上行信号。Transmitting the uplink channel and/or the uplink signal on the resource.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其中,在所述资源上发送所述上行信道和/或所述上行信号之前,所述方法还包括:根据所述资源信息确定所述资源的频率资源;The method of claim 1, wherein before the transmitting the uplink channel and/or the uplink signal on the resource, the method further comprises: determining a frequency resource of the resource according to the resource information;
    在所述频率资源包括1个簇、2个簇、3个簇或4个簇的情况下,所述资源信息用R1个比特来表示,其中,In the case where the frequency resource includes 1 cluster, 2 clusters, 3 clusters, or 4 clusters, the resource information is represented by R1 bits, where
    R1=max(ceil(log2(N_UL_RB*(N_UL_RB+1)/2)),R1=max(ceil(log 2 (N_UL_RB*(N_UL_RB+1)/2)),
    ceil(log2(Com(ceil(N_UL_RB/P+1),4))));max()为取2个数中的较大者的操作,ceil()为向上取整操作,log2()为取以2为底的对数的操作,N_UL_RB为以资源块为单位的上行系统带宽,Com(M,N)为从M个数中取出N个数的扩展组合数操作,P为根据所述上行系统带宽确定的资源块组大小。Ceil(log 2 (Com(ceil(N_UL_RB/P+1),4)))); max() is the operation of the larger of the two numbers, ceil() is the rounding operation, log 2 ( For the operation of taking the base 2 logarithm, N_UL_RB is the uplink system bandwidth in units of resource blocks, and Com(M, N) is the operation of extracting N numbers from the M numbers, and P is based on The resource block group size determined by the uplink system bandwidth.
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其中,当所述上行系统带宽分别为5MHz、10MHz、15MHz、20MHz时,N_UL_RB的值分别取25、50、75、100,或者N_UL_RB的值分别取25、50、75、110;当所述簇的单位为资源块组时,P的值分别为2、3、4、4;当所述簇的单位为资源块时,P=1;每个所述簇的大小相同。The method according to claim 2, wherein when the uplink system bandwidth is 5 MHz, 10 MHz, 15 MHz, and 20 MHz, respectively, the values of N_UL_RB are respectively 25, 50, 75, 100, or the values of N_UL_RB are 25, 50, respectively. , 75, 110; when the unit of the cluster is a resource block group, the values of P are 2, 3, 4, 4 respectively; when the unit of the cluster is a resource block, P=1; each of the clusters The same size.
  4. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其中,根据所述资源信息确定所述资源的频率资源包括:根据所述R1个比特表示的4个位置点的簇信息来确定所述4个位置点的取值,根据所述4个位置点的取值获得所述频率资源;The method according to claim 2, wherein determining the frequency resource of the resource according to the resource information comprises: determining, according to the cluster information of the four location points represented by the R1 bits, determining the location of the four location points a value, the frequency resource is obtained according to the values of the four location points;
    其中,所述4个位置点包括第1个位置点S0,第2个位置点S1,第3 个位置点S2和第4个位置点S3;所述4个位置点确定的簇的方式包括以下之一:Wherein, the four position points include a first position point S0, a second position point S1, and a third position a location point S2 and a fourth location point S3; the manner in which the clusters are determined by the four location points includes one of the following:
    方式一:第1个位置点S0表示第1个簇的起始位置,第2个位置点S1表示第1个簇的结束位置,第3个位置点S2表示第2个簇的起始位置,第4个位置点S3表示第3个簇的起始位置;Method 1: The first position point S0 indicates the start position of the first cluster, the second position point S1 indicates the end position of the first cluster, and the third position point S2 indicates the start position of the second cluster. The fourth position point S3 represents the starting position of the third cluster;
    方式二:第一个位置点S0表示第1个簇的起始位置,第2个位置点S1表示第1个簇的结束位置,第3个位置点S2表示第2个簇的结束位置,第4个位置点S3表示第3个簇的结束位置;Method 2: The first position point S0 indicates the start position of the first cluster, the second position point S1 indicates the end position of the first cluster, and the third position point S2 indicates the end position of the second cluster, Four position points S3 indicate the end position of the third cluster;
    方式三:第一个位置点S0表示第1个簇的起始位置,第2个位置点S1表示第2个簇的起始位置,第3个位置点S2表示第3个簇的起始位置,第4个位置点S3表示第4个簇的起始位置;Mode 3: The first position point S0 represents the starting position of the first cluster, the second position point S1 represents the starting position of the second cluster, and the third position point S2 represents the starting position of the third cluster. , the fourth position point S3 represents the starting position of the fourth cluster;
    方式四:第一个位置点S0表示第一个簇的结束位置,第2个位置点S1表示第2个簇的结束位置,第3个位置点S2表示第3个簇的结束位置,第4个位置点S3表示第4个簇的结束位置;Method 4: The first position point S0 indicates the end position of the first cluster, the second position point S1 indicates the end position of the second cluster, and the third position point S2 indicates the end position of the third cluster, the fourth position The position point S3 represents the end position of the fourth cluster;
    其中,S0、S1、S2、S3为正整数,所述各个簇的大小等于第1个簇的大小或者以所述各个簇中的指定簇的大小为基准进行半静态配置,所述S3对应的物理资源块的位置不超过所述上行系统带宽;Wherein, S0, S1, S2, and S3 are positive integers, and the size of each cluster is equal to the size of the first cluster or semi-statically configured based on the size of the designated cluster in each cluster, and the S3 corresponds to The location of the physical resource block does not exceed the uplink system bandwidth;
    所述4个位置点的簇信息为扩展组合数累积值r,其中,
    Figure PCTCN2017075912-appb-100001
    Σ为累加操作,N=ceil(N_UL_RB/P)+1,在i分别取0、1、2、3时,Si分别为S0的取值、S1的取值、S2的取值、S3的取值,M=4。
    The cluster information of the four location points is an extended combination number cumulative value r, where
    Figure PCTCN2017075912-appb-100001
    Σ is the accumulation operation, N=ceil(N_UL_RB/P)+1, when i takes 0, 1, 2, and 3 respectively, Si is the value of S0, the value of S1, the value of S2, and the value of S3. Value, M=4.
  5. 根据权利要求4所述的方法,其中,在所述方式一或所述方式二中,所述S2等于所述S3,表示所述频率资源中只包含有2个簇;所述S1、所述S2与所述S3相等,表示所述频率资源中只包含有1个簇;所述S0、所述S1、所述S2与所述S3相等,表示所述频率资源只包含有1个簇且所述 簇的大小为上行系统带宽;所述S0、所述S1、所述S2与所述S3相等,表示所述频率资源只包含有一个簇且所述簇的大小为所述簇的起始位置与结束位置之差所表示的带宽大小。The method according to claim 4, wherein in the mode one or the second mode, the S2 is equal to the S3, indicating that the frequency resource includes only two clusters; S2 is equal to the S3, indicating that the frequency resource includes only one cluster; the S0, the S1, and the S2 are equal to the S3, indicating that the frequency resource includes only one cluster and Description The size of the cluster is the uplink system bandwidth; the S0, the S1, and the S2 are equal to the S3, indicating that the frequency resource includes only one cluster and the size of the cluster is the starting position of the cluster. The amount of bandwidth represented by the difference in end positions.
  6. 根据权利要求4所述的方法,其中,在所述方式三或所述方式四中,所述簇的大小用Q个比特来表示,所述簇的单位为以下之:资源块、1个资源块组、2个资源块组、4个资源块组、8个资源块组、1个子载波、2个子载波、3个子载波、4个子载波、6个子载波;所述S0、所述S1、所述S2与所述S3相等,表示所述频率资源中只包含有一个簇,且所述簇的大小为上行系统带宽,Q为整数。The method according to claim 4, wherein in the mode three or the mode four, the size of the cluster is represented by Q bits, and the units of the cluster are as follows: resource block, 1 resource Block group, 2 resource block groups, 4 resource block groups, 8 resource block groups, 1 subcarrier, 2 subcarriers, 3 subcarriers, 4 subcarriers, 6 subcarriers; the S0, the S1, the S2 is equal to the S3, indicating that the frequency resource includes only one cluster, and the size of the cluster is an uplink system bandwidth, and Q is an integer.
  7. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其中,在所述资源上发送所述上行信道和/或所述上行信号之前,所述方法还包括:根据所述资源信息确定所述资源的频率资源;The method of claim 1, wherein before the transmitting the uplink channel and/or the uplink signal on the resource, the method further comprises: determining a frequency resource of the resource according to the resource information;
    在所述频率资源包括2个簇或4个簇的情况下,所述频率信息用R2个比特来表示,其中,R2=ceil(log2(Com(ceil(N_UL_RB/(2*H)+1),4))),ceil()为向上取整操作,log2()为取以2为底的对数的操作,N_UL_RB为以资源块为单位的上行系统带宽,Com(M,N)为从M个数中取出N个数的扩展组合数操作,H为根据一半的上行系统带宽确定的资源块组大小。In the case where the frequency resource includes 2 clusters or 4 clusters, the frequency information is represented by R2 bits, where R2=ceil(log 2 (Com(ce_(N_UL_RB/(2*H)+1) ), 4))), ceil() is the rounding operation, log 2 () is the base 2 operation, and N_UL_RB is the upstream system bandwidth in resource blocks, Com(M,N) In order to extract N number of extended combination numbers from M numbers, H is a resource block group size determined according to half of the uplink system bandwidth.
  8. 根据权利要求7所述的方法,其中,当所述上行系统带宽分别为5MHz、10MHz、15MHz、20MHz时,N_UL_RB的值分别取25、50、75、100,或者N_UL_RB的值分别取25、50、75、110;当所述簇的单位为资源块组时,H的值分别为2、2、3、3;当所述簇的单位为资源块时,H=1。The method according to claim 7, wherein when the uplink system bandwidth is 5 MHz, 10 MHz, 15 MHz, and 20 MHz, respectively, the values of N_UL_RB are respectively 25, 50, 75, 100, or the values of N_UL_RB are respectively 25, 50. 75, 110; when the unit of the cluster is a resource block group, the values of H are 2, 2, 3, and 3, respectively; when the unit of the cluster is a resource block, H=1.
  9. 根据权利要求7所述的方法,其中,根据所述资源信息确定所述资源的频率资源包括:根据所述R2个比特表示的4个位置点的簇信息来确定所述4个位置点的取值,根据所述4个位置点的取值获得所述频率资源;The method according to claim 7, wherein determining the frequency resource of the resource according to the resource information comprises: determining, according to the cluster information of the four location points represented by the R2 bits, the selection of the four location points a value, the frequency resource is obtained according to the values of the four location points;
    其中,所述4个位置点包括第1个位置点S0,第2个位置点S1,第3 个位置点S2和第4个位置点S3;Wherein, the four position points include a first position point S0, a second position point S1, and a third position Position point S2 and fourth position point S3;
    所述S0表示第1个簇的起始位置,所述S1表示第1个簇的结束位置,所述S2表示第2个簇的起始位置,所述S3表示第2个簇的结束位置;所述S0加上一半所述N_UL_RB的位置表示第3个簇的起始位置,所述S1加上一半所述N_UL_RB的位置表示第3个簇的结束位置,所述S2加上一半所述N_UL_RB的位置表示第4个簇的起始位置,所述S3加上一半所述N_UL_RB的位置表示第4个簇的结束位置;The S0 represents the start position of the first cluster, the S1 represents the end position of the first cluster, the S2 represents the start position of the second cluster, and the S3 represents the end position of the second cluster; The position of the S0 plus half of the N_UL_RB indicates the start position of the third cluster, and the position of the S1 plus half of the N_UL_RB indicates the end position of the third cluster, and the S2 adds half of the N_UL_RB The position indicates the starting position of the 4th cluster, and the position of the S3 plus half of the N_UL_RB indicates the ending position of the 4th cluster;
    所述4个位置点的簇信息为扩展组合数累积值r,其中,
    Figure PCTCN2017075912-appb-100002
    Σ为累加操作,N=ceil(N_UL_RB/(2*H))+1,在i分别取0、1、2、3时,Si分别为S0、S1、S2、S3,M=4。
    The cluster information of the four location points is an extended combination number cumulative value r, where
    Figure PCTCN2017075912-appb-100002
    Σ is the accumulation operation, N=ceil(N_UL_RB/(2*H))+1, when i is 0, 1, 2, and 3 respectively, Si is S0, S1, S2, S3, and M=4, respectively.
  10. 根据权利要求9所述的方法,其中,所述S1、所述S2与所述S3相等,表示所述频率资源中只包含有2个簇。The method according to claim 9, wherein the S1 and the S2 are equal to the S3, indicating that only two clusters are included in the frequency resource.
  11. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其中,在所述资源上发送所述上行信道和/或所述上行信号之前,所述方法还包括:根据所述资源信息确定所述资源的频率资源;The method of claim 1, wherein before the transmitting the uplink channel and/or the uplink signal on the resource, the method further comprises: determining a frequency resource of the resource according to the resource information;
    在所述频率资源包括4个簇或8个簇的情况下,所述资源信息用R3个比特来表示,其中,R3=ceil(log2(Com(ceil(N_UL_RB/(4*H1)+1),4))),ceil()为向上取整操作,log2()为取以2为底的对数的操作,N_UL_RB为以资源块为单位的上行系统带宽,Com(M,N)为从M个数中取出N个数的扩展组合数操作,H1为根据四分之一的上行系统带宽确定的资源块组大小。In the case where the frequency resource includes 4 clusters or 8 clusters, the resource information is represented by R3 bits, where R3=ceil(log 2 (Com(ce_(N_UL_RB/(4*H1)+1) ), 4))), ceil() is the rounding operation, log 2 () is the base 2 operation, and N_UL_RB is the upstream system bandwidth in resource blocks, Com(M,N) To extract the N number of extended combination number operations from the M numbers, H1 is the resource block group size determined according to one quarter of the uplink system bandwidth.
  12. 根据权利要求11所述的方法,其中,当所述上行系统带宽分别为10MHz、20MHz时,N_UL_RB的值分别为50、100或者N_UL_RB的值分别为50、110;当簇的单位为资源块组时,H1的值分别为1、2;当簇的单位为资源块时,H1=1。The method according to claim 11, wherein when the uplink system bandwidth is 10 MHz and 20 MHz, respectively, the values of N_UL_RB are 50, 100 or N_UL_RB are respectively 50, 110; when the unit of the cluster is a resource block group When the value of H1 is 1, 2; when the unit of the cluster is a resource block, H1=1.
  13. 根据权利要求11或12所述的方法,其中,根据所述资源信息确 定所述资源的频率资源包括:根据所述R3个比特表示的4个位置点的簇信息来确定所述4个位置点的取值,根据所述4个位置点的取值获得所述频率资源;The method according to claim 11 or 12, wherein according to said resource information Determining the frequency resource of the resource includes: determining a value of the four location points according to the cluster information of the four location points represented by the R3 bits, and obtaining the frequency according to the values of the four location points Resource
    其中,所述4个位置点包括第1个位置点S0,第2个位置点S1,第3个位置点S2和第4个位置点S3;The four position points include a first position point S0, a second position point S1, a third position point S2 and a fourth position point S3;
    所述S0表示第1个簇的起始位置,所述S1表示第1个簇的结束位置,所述S2表示第2个簇的起始位置,所述S3表示第2个簇的结束位置;所述S0加上四分之一所述N_UL_RB的位置表示第3个簇的起始位置,所述S1加上四分之一所述N_UL_RB的位置表示第3个簇的结束位置,所述S2加上四分之一所述N_UL_RB的位置表示第4个簇的起始位置,所述S3加上四分之一所述N_UL_RB的位置表示第4个簇的结束位置,所述S0加上一半所述N_UL_RB的位置表示第5个簇的起始位置,所述S1加上一半所述N_UL_RB的位置表示第5个簇的结束位置,所述S2加上一半所述N_UL_RB的位置表示第6个簇的起始位置,所述S3加上一半所述N_UL_RB的位置表示第6个簇的结束位置,所述S0加上四分之三所述N_UL_RB的位置表示第7个簇的起始位置,所述S1加上四分之三所述N_UL_RB的位置表示第7个簇的结束位置,所述S2加上四分之三所述N_UL_RB的位置表示第8个簇的起始位置,所述S3加上四分之三所述N_UL_RB的位置表示第8个簇的结束位置;其中,所述S1、所述S2和所述S3相等,表示所述频率资源信息中包含有4个簇;所述S0、所述S1、所述S2和所述S3都不相等,表示所述频率资源信息中包含有8个簇;The S0 represents the start position of the first cluster, the S1 represents the end position of the first cluster, the S2 represents the start position of the second cluster, and the S3 represents the end position of the second cluster; The position of the S0 plus one quarter of the N_UL_RB indicates the starting position of the third cluster, and the position of the S1 plus one quarter of the N_UL_RB indicates the ending position of the third cluster, the S2 Adding one quarter of the position of the N_UL_RB indicates the starting position of the fourth cluster, and the position of the S3 plus one quarter of the N_UL_RB indicates the ending position of the fourth cluster, the S0 plus half The position of the N_UL_RB indicates the start position of the fifth cluster, and the position of the S1 plus half of the N_UL_RB indicates the end position of the fifth cluster, and the position of the S2 plus half of the N_UL_RB indicates the sixth position. The starting position of the cluster, the position of the S3 plus half of the N_UL_RB indicates the ending position of the sixth cluster, and the position of the S0 plus three-quarters of the N_UL_RB indicates the starting position of the seventh cluster. The position of the S1 plus three-quarters of the N_UL_RB indicates the end position of the seventh cluster, and the S2 plus three-quarters of the N_UL The position of the _RB indicates the start position of the eighth cluster, and the position of the S_3 plus three-quarters of the N_UL_RB indicates the end position of the eighth cluster; wherein the S1, the S2, and the S3 are equal , the frequency resource information includes four clusters; the S0, the S1, the S2, and the S3 are not equal, indicating that the frequency resource information includes eight clusters;
    所述4个位置点的簇信息为扩展组合数累积值r,其中,
    Figure PCTCN2017075912-appb-100003
    Σ为累加操作,N=ceil(N_UL_RB/(4*H1))+1,在i分别取0、1、2、3时,Si分别为S0、S1、S2、S3,M=4。
    The cluster information of the four location points is an extended combination number cumulative value r, where
    Figure PCTCN2017075912-appb-100003
    Σ is the accumulation operation, N=ceil(N_UL_RB/(4*H1))+1, when i is 0, 1, 2, and 3 respectively, Si is S0, S1, S2, S3, and M=4, respectively.
  14. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其中,在所述资源上发送所述上行 信道和/或所述上行信号之前,所述方法还包括:根据所述资源信息确定所述资源的频率资源;The method of claim 1 wherein said uplink is sent on said resource Before the channel and/or the uplink signal, the method further includes: determining a frequency resource of the resource according to the resource information;
    在所述频率资源信包括10个簇或20个簇的情况下,所述资源信息为R4个比特来表示,其中,R4为以下之一:In the case that the frequency resource information includes 10 clusters or 20 clusters, the resource information is represented by R4 bits, where R4 is one of the following:
    ceil(log2(Com(ceil(N_UL_RB/(10*H2)+1),4)))、max(ceil(log2(N_UL_RB*(N_UL_RB+1)/2)),ceil(log2(Com(ceil(N_UL_RB/(10*H2)+1),4))))、max(ceil(log2(N_UL_RB*(N_UL_RB+1)/2)),ceil(log2(Com(ceil(N_UL_RB/(10*H2)+1),4))))中的最低ceil(log2(N_UL_RB*(N_UL_RB+1)/2))个比特、max(ceil(log2(N_UL_RB*(N_UL_RB+1)/2)),ceil(log2(Com(ceil(N_UL_RB/(10*H2)+1),4))))中的最低10个比特;ceil()为向上取整操作,log2()为取以2为底的对数的操作,N_UL_RB为以资源块为单位的上行系统带宽,Com(M,N)为从M个数中取出N个数的扩展组合数操作,H2为根据十分之一的上行系统带宽确定的资源块组大小。Ceil(log 2 (Com(ceil(N_UL_RB/(10*H2)+1), 4)))), max(ceil(log 2 (N_UL_RB*(N_UL_RB+1)/2)),ceil(log 2 (Com (ceil(N_UL_RB/(10*H2)+1), 4)))), max(ceil(log 2 (N_UL_RB*(N_UL_RB+1)/2)), ceil(log 2 (Com(ceil(N_UL_RB/) (10*H2)+1), 4)))) The lowest ceil (log 2 (N_UL_RB*(N_UL_RB+1)/2)) bits, max(ceil(log 2 (N_UL_RB*(N_UL_RB+1)) /2)), the lowest 10 bits in ceil(log 2 (Com(ceil(N_UL_RB/(10*H2)+1), 4)))); ceil() is the round-up operation, log 2 () For the operation of the base 2 logarithm, N_UL_RB is the uplink system bandwidth in units of resource blocks, Com(M,N) is the extended combination number operation of extracting N numbers from M numbers, and H2 is based on ten The resource block group size determined by one of the upstream system bandwidths.
  15. 根据权利要求14所述的方法,其中,当所述上行系统带宽分别为10MHz、20MHz时,N_UL_RB的值分别为50、100;当簇的单位为资源块组时,H2的值分别为1、1;当簇的单位为资源块时,H2=1。The method according to claim 14, wherein when the uplink system bandwidth is 10 MHz and 20 MHz, respectively, the value of N_UL_RB is 50 and 100 respectively; when the unit of the cluster is a resource block group, the value of H2 is 1, respectively. 1; When the unit of the cluster is a resource block, H2=1.
  16. 根据权利要求14或15所述的方法,其中,根据所述资源信息确定所述资源的频率资源包括以下之一:The method according to claim 14 or 15, wherein determining the frequency resource of the resource according to the resource information comprises one of the following:
    根据所述R4个比特表示的4个位置点的簇信息来确定所述4个位置点的取值,根据所述4个位置点的取值获得所述频率资源;Determining the values of the four location points according to the cluster information of the four location points represented by the R4 bits, and obtaining the frequency resource according to the values of the four location points;
    根据所述R4个比特表示的资源指示值RIV确定所述资源的频率信息;Determining frequency information of the resource according to the resource indication value RIV represented by the R4 bits;
    根据所述R4个比特表示的资源比特位图确定所述资源的频率信息;Determining frequency information of the resource according to the resource bit bitmap represented by the R4 bits;
    其中,所述4个位置点包括第1个位置点S0,第2个位置点S1,第3 个位置点S2和第4个位置点S3;所述S0表示第1个簇的起始位置,所述S1表示第1个簇的结束位置,所述S2表示第2个簇的起始位置,所述S3表示第2个簇的结束位置,所述S0加上十分之一所述N_UL_RB的位置表示第3个簇的起始位置,所述S1加上十分之一所述N_UL_RB的位置表示第3个簇的结束位置,所述S2加上十分之一所述N_UL_RB的位置表示第4个簇的起始位置,所述S3加上十分之一所述N_UL_RB的位置表示第4个簇的结束位置,所述S0加上十分之二所述N_UL_RB的位置表示第5个簇的起始位置,所述S1加上十分之二所述N_UL_RB的位置表示第5个簇的结束位置,所述S2加上十分之二所述N_UL_RB的位置表示第6个簇的起始位置,所述S3加上十分之二所述N_UL_RB的位置表示第6个簇的结束位置;依此类推,所述S0加上十分之九所述N_UL_RB的位置表示第19个簇的起始位置,所述S1加上十分之九所述N_UL_RB的位置表示第19个簇的结束位置,所述S2加上十分之九所述N_UL_RB的位置表示第20个簇的起始位置,所述S3加上十分之九所述N_UL_RB的位置表示第20个簇的结束位置;其中,所述S1、所述S2和所述S3相等,表示所述频率资源中包含有10个簇;所述S0、所述S1、所述S2和所述S3都不相等,表示所述频率资源中包含有20个簇;Wherein, the four position points include a first position point S0, a second position point S1, and a third position a position point S2 and a fourth position point S3; the S0 represents a start position of the first cluster, the S1 represents an end position of the first cluster, and the S2 represents a start position of the second cluster, The S3 indicates the end position of the second cluster, and the position of the S0 plus one tenth of the N_UL_RB indicates the starting position of the third cluster, and the S1 plus one tenth of the position of the N_UL_RB Indicates the end position of the third cluster, the position where the S2 plus one tenth of the N_UL_RB indicates the start position of the fourth cluster, and the position of the S3 plus one tenth of the N_UL_RB indicates the fourth position The end position of the cluster, the position of the S0 plus two tenths of the N_UL_RB indicates the starting position of the fifth cluster, and the position of the S1 plus two tenths of the N_UL_RB indicates the fifth cluster End position, the position of the S_ plus two tenths of the N_UL_RB indicates the starting position of the sixth cluster, and the position of the S3 plus two tenths of the N_UL_RB indicates the ending position of the sixth cluster; And so on, the position of the S_ plus nine tenths of the N_UL_RB indicates the starting position of the 19th cluster, and the S1 plus nine tenths of the N_UL_RB The position indicates the end position of the 19th cluster, and the position of the N_UL_RB of the S2 plus nine tenths indicates the starting position of the 20th cluster, and the position of the N_UL_RB of the S3 plus nine tenths indicates the An end position of 20 clusters; wherein the S1, the S2, and the S3 are equal, indicating that the frequency resource includes 10 clusters; the S0, the S1, the S2, and the S3 are both Not equal, indicating that the frequency resource contains 20 clusters;
    所述4个位置点的簇信息为扩展组合数累积值r,其中,The cluster information of the four location points is an extended combination number cumulative value r, where
    Figure PCTCN2017075912-appb-100004
    Σ为累加操作,N=ceil(N_UL_RB/(10*H2))+1,在i分别取0、1、2、3时,Si分别为S0、S1、S2、S3,M=4,H2=1;
    Figure PCTCN2017075912-appb-100004
    Σ is the accumulation operation, N=ceil(N_UL_RB/(10*H2))+1, when i is taken as 0, 1, 2, 3 respectively, Si is S0, S1, S2, S3, M=4, H2= 1;
    所述资源指示值RIV用起始资源块索引RB_Start、连续的资源块数量RB_Length和十分之一所述上行系统带宽N_UL_RB_10表示;其中,在(RB_Length-1)小于或者等于floor(N_UL_RB_10/2)的情况下,所述RIV为N_UL_RB_10*(RB_Length-1)+RB_Start,在(RB_Length-1)大于 floor(N_UL_RB_10/2)的情况下,所述RIV为N_UL_RB_10*(N_UL_RB_10-RB_Length+1)+(N_UL_RB_10-1-RB_Start);当所述上行系统带宽分别为10MHz、20MHz时,所述N_UL_RB_10的值分别为5、10;所述RB_Start的取值为0到9的整数;所述RB_Length取值为1到10的整数,floor()为向下取整操作;The resource indication value RIV is represented by a starting resource block index RB_Start, a contiguous number of resource blocks RB_Length, and a tenth of the uplink system bandwidth N_UL_RB_10; wherein, (RB_Length-1) is less than or equal to floor(N_UL_RB_10/2) In the case, the RIV is N_UL_RB_10*(RB_Length-1)+RB_Start, and the (RB_Length-1) is greater than In the case of floor (N_UL_RB_10/2), the RIV is N_UL_RB_10*(N_UL_RB_10-RB_Length+1)+(N_UL_RB_10-1-RB_Start); when the uplink system bandwidth is 10 MHz, 20 MHz, respectively, the value of the N_UL_RB_10 5, 10; RB_Start takes an integer from 0 to 9; RB_Length takes an integer from 1 to 10, and floor() is a round-down operation;
    所述资源比特位图中的最高比特对应到十分之一所述N_UL_RB中具有最小号码的资源块索引,最低比特对应具有最大号码的资源块索引;其中,所述资源比特位图中的比特位的值为二进制“1”,表示以下资源块索引分配给了所述用户设备:与所述比特位对应的资源块索引、所述资源块索引加上1/10所述N_UL_RB所表示的资源块索引、所述资源块索引加上2/10所述N_UL_RB所表示的资源块索引、所述资源块索引加上3/10所述N_UL_RB所表示的资源块索引、所述资源块索引加上4/10所述N_UL_RB所表示的资源块索引、所述资源块索引加上5/10所述N_UL_RB所表示的资源块索引、所述资源块索引加上6/10所述N_UL_RB所表示的资源块索引、所述资源块索引加上7/10所述N_UL_RB所表示的资源块索引、所述资源块索引加上8/10所述N_UL_RB所表示的资源块索引、所述资源块索引加上9/10所述N_UL_RB所表示的资源块索引;所述资源比特位图中的比特位的值为二进制“0”表示以下资源块索引没有分配给所述用户设备:与所述比特位对应的资源块索引、所述资源块索引加上1/10所述N_UL_RB所表示的资源块索引、所述资源块索引加上2/10所述N_UL_RB所表示的资源块索引、所述资源块索引加上3/10所述N_UL_RB所表示的资源块索引、所述资源块索引加上4/10所述N_UL_RB所表示的资源块索引、所述资源块索引加上5/10所述N_UL_RB所表示的资源块索引、所述资源块索引加上6/10所述N_UL_RB所表示的资源块索引、所述资源块索引加上7/10所述N_UL_RB所表示的资源块索引、所述资源块索引加上8/10所述 N_UL_RB所表示的资源块索引、所述资源块索引加上9/10所述N_UL_RB所表示的资源块索引。The highest bit in the resource bit bitmap corresponds to one tenth of the N_UL_RB resource block index having the smallest number, and the lowest bit corresponds to the resource block index having the largest number; wherein the bits in the resource bit bitmap The value of the bit is a binary "1", indicating that the following resource block index is allocated to the user equipment: a resource block index corresponding to the bit, the resource block index plus 1/10 of the resource represented by the N_UL_RB a block index, the resource block index plus 2/10 of the resource block index represented by the N_UL_RB, the resource block index plus 3/10 of the resource block index represented by the N_UL_RB, and the resource block index plus 4/10, the resource block index indicated by the N_UL_RB, the resource block index plus 5/10 of the resource block index indicated by the N_UL_RB, and the resource block index plus 6/10 of the resource indicated by the N_UL_RB a block index, the resource block index plus 7/10 the resource block index represented by the N_UL_RB, the resource block index plus 8/10 the resource block index represented by the N_UL_RB, and the resource block index plus Table 9-10 stated by N_UL_RB Resource block index; the value of the bit in the resource bit bitmap is binary "0" indicating that the following resource block index is not allocated to the user equipment: a resource block index corresponding to the bit, the resource block The index is added with 1/10 the resource block index indicated by the N_UL_RB, the resource block index plus 2/10 of the resource block index indicated by the N_UL_RB, and the resource block index plus 3/10 of the N_UL_RB a resource block index, a resource block index plus 4/10 of the resource block index represented by the N_UL_RB, the resource block index plus 5/10 of the resource block index represented by the N_UL_RB, and the resource block The index plus 6/10 the resource block index represented by the N_UL_RB, the resource block index plus 7/10 the resource block index indicated by the N_UL_RB, and the resource block index plus 8/10 The resource block index indicated by the N_UL_RB and the resource block index plus 9/10 of the resource block index indicated by the N_UL_RB.
  17. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其中,在所述资源上发送所述上行信道和/或所述上行信号之前,所述方法还包括:根据所述资源信息确定所述资源的频率资源;The method of claim 1, wherein before the transmitting the uplink channel and/or the uplink signal on the resource, the method further comprises: determining a frequency resource of the resource according to the resource information;
    其中,所述资源信息为起始物理资源块偏移和间隔物理资源块数量,其中,所述间隔物理资源块数量为分配的2个簇之间相隔的物理资源块的数量,所述起始物理资源块偏移为0到所述间隔物理资源块数量减1之间的整数值;当所述间隔物理资源块数量为K时,起始物理资源块偏移为0、1、……、K-1,每个所述起始物理资源块偏移占上行系统带宽的1/K,总共K个状态,其中,K为正整数。The resource information is a starting physical resource block offset and a number of spaced physical resource blocks, where the number of the spaced physical resource blocks is the number of physical resource blocks separated by the allocated two clusters, and the starting The physical resource block offset is 0 to an integer value between the number of the interval physical resource blocks minus one; when the number of the interval physical resource blocks is K, the starting physical resource block offset is 0, 1, ..., K-1, each of the starting physical resource block offsets accounts for 1/K of the uplink system bandwidth, for a total of K states, where K is a positive integer.
  18. 根据权利要求17所述的方法,其中,在所述间隔物理资源块数量从1增加到K时,总的状态数为W=1+2+……+K;所述资源信息用V比特表示,其中,V=ceil(log2(W),ceil()为向上取整操作,log2()为取以2为底的对数的操作。The method according to claim 17, wherein when the number of the spaced physical resource blocks is increased from 1 to K, the total number of states is W = 1 + 2 + ... + K; the resource information is represented by V bits Where V=ceil(log 2 (W), ceil() is the rounding operation, and log 2 () is the operation of taking the base 2 logarithm.
  19. 根据权利要求17所述的方法,其中,The method of claim 17, wherein
    当所述间隔物理资源块数量为1和2和4和8和10时,总的状态数为W=1+2+4+8+10=24,所述资源信息用5比特表示;When the number of the interval physical resource blocks is 1 and 2 and 4 and 8 and 10, the total state number is W=1+2+4+8+10=24, and the resource information is represented by 5 bits;
    当所述间隔物理资源块数量为10时,所述资源信息用10比特的位图表示,其中,根据所述资源信息确定所述资源的频率资源包括:根据所述10比特的位图中的比特位与所述起始物理资块偏移的对应关系确定所述频率资源,其中,所述10比特的位图中的最高比特位MSB对应最小的起始物理资源块偏移,所述10比特的位图中的比特位的比特值为“1”表示与所述比特位对应的起始物理资源块偏移对应的物理资源块分配给了所述用户设备,所述10比特的位图中的比特位的比特值为“0”表示与所述比特 位对应的起始物理资源块偏移对应的物理资源块没有分配给所述用户设备;When the number of the interval physical resource blocks is 10, the resource information is represented by a 10-bit bitmap, wherein determining the frequency resource of the resource according to the resource information includes: according to the 10-bit bitmap Corresponding relationship between the bit and the starting physical block offset determines the frequency resource, wherein the highest bit MSB of the 10-bit bitmap corresponds to a minimum starting physical resource block offset, the 10 The bit value of the bit in the bitmap of the bit is "1", indicating that the physical resource block corresponding to the starting physical resource block offset corresponding to the bit is allocated to the user equipment, the 10-bit bitmap The bit value of the bit in the "0" indicates that the bit is The physical resource block corresponding to the start physical resource block offset corresponding to the bit is not allocated to the user equipment;
    当所述间隔物理资源块数量为16时,所述频率资源用16比特的位图来表示,根据所述资源信息确定所述资源的频率资源包括:根据所述16比特的位图中的比特位与所述起始物理资块偏移的对应关系确定所述频率资源,其中,所述位图中的最高比特位MSB对应最小的起始物理资源块偏移,所述位图中的比特位的比特值为“1”表示与所述比特位对应的起始物理资源块偏移对应的物理资源块分配给了所述用户设备,所述位图中的比特位的比特值为“0”表示与所述比特位对应的起始物理资源块偏移对应的物理资源块没有分配给所述用户设备。When the number of the interval physical resource blocks is 16, the frequency resource is represented by a 16-bit bitmap, and determining the frequency resource of the resource according to the resource information comprises: according to the bit in the 16-bit bitmap The frequency resource is offset from the initial physical resource block, wherein the highest bit MSB in the bitmap corresponds to a minimum starting physical resource block offset, the bits in the bitmap The bit value of the bit is “1”, and the physical resource block corresponding to the starting physical resource block offset corresponding to the bit is allocated to the user equipment, and the bit value of the bit in the bitmap is “0”. A physical resource block corresponding to a starting physical resource block offset corresponding to the bit is not allocated to the user equipment.
  20. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:在所述资源上发送所述上行信道和/或所述上行信号时,将上行系统带宽N_UL_RB分成Y个簇;其中,每个簇平均有Z个物理资源块;所述基站分配给所述用户设备的簇用所述Y个比特的比特位图表示,所述比特位图中的最高比特位对应所述Y个簇的最后一个簇,所述比特位图中的最低比特位对应所述Y个簇的第一个簇,所述第一个簇的第一个物理资源块对应所述N_UL_RB个物理资源块中具有最小物理资源块编号的物理资源块;所述上行系统带宽中最后(N_UL_RB–Y*Z)个物理资源块属于所述Y个簇中的最后一个簇;其中,The method according to claim 1, wherein the method further comprises: when transmitting the uplink channel and/or the uplink signal on the resource, dividing an uplink system bandwidth N_UL_RB into Y clusters; wherein each The cluster has an average of Z physical resource blocks; the cluster allocated by the base station to the user equipment is represented by a bit bitmap of the Y bits, and the highest bit in the bitmap corresponds to the last of the Y clusters a cluster, the lowest bit in the bitmap corresponds to the first cluster of the Y clusters, and the first physical resource block of the first cluster corresponds to the smallest physical of the N_UL_RB physical resource blocks a physical resource block of the resource block number; the last (N_UL_RB - Y*Z) physical resource blocks in the uplink system bandwidth belong to the last one of the Y clusters;
    Y=max(ceil(log2(N_UL_RB*(N_UL_RB+1)/2)),ceil(log2(Com(ceil(N_UL_RB/P+1),4)))),Z=floor(N_UL_RB/Y),max()为取2个数中的较大者的操作,ceil()为向上取整操作,log2()为取以2为底的对数的操作,N_UL_RB为以资源块为单位的上行系统带宽,Com(M,N)为从M个数中取出N个数的扩展组合数操作,P为根据所述上行系统带宽确定的资源块组大小,floor()为向下取整操作。 Y=max(ceil(log 2 (N_UL_RB*(N_UL_RB+1)/2)), ceil(log 2 (Com(ceil(N_UL_RB/P+1), 4))))), Z=floor(N_UL_RB/Y ), max() is the operation of the larger of the two numbers, ceil() is the rounding operation, log 2 () is the operation of the base 2 logarithm, and N_UL_RB is the resource block. Upstream system bandwidth, Com(M,N) is an extended combination number operation of extracting N numbers from M numbers, P is a resource block group size determined according to the uplink system bandwidth, and floor() is rounded down operating.
  21. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其中,在所述资源上发送所述上行信道和/或所述上行信号之前,所述方法还包括:根据所述资源信息确定所述资源的频率资源;其中,所述资源信息包括NCluster个比特的簇信息;The method of claim 1, wherein before the transmitting the uplink channel and/or the uplink signal on the resource, the method further comprises: determining a frequency resource of the resource according to the resource information; The resource information includes cluster information of N Cluster bits;
    其中,簇的个数为NCluster个,与簇对应的物理上行共享信道的物理资源块号码为
    Figure PCTCN2017075912-appb-100005
    或者nPRB=[0,1,2,...,(floor(N_UL_RB/NCluster)-1)]*NCluster+IDCluster;其中,nPRB是物理资源块号码,
    Figure PCTCN2017075912-appb-100006
    是一个簇内的物理资源块数量,IDCluster是簇的号码或标识,NCluster个比特的簇信息的最高比特MSB对应具有最小的簇号码的簇,nPRB的范围是0到N_UL_RB-1,
    Figure PCTCN2017075912-appb-100007
    的范围是1到N_UL_RB,IDCluster的范围是0到NCluster-1,
    Figure PCTCN2017075912-appb-100008
    N_UL_RB为以资源块为单位的上行系统带宽。
    The number of clusters is N Cluster , and the physical resource block number of the physical uplink shared channel corresponding to the cluster is
    Figure PCTCN2017075912-appb-100005
    Or n PRB =[0,1,2,...,(floor(N_UL_RB/N Cluster )-1)]*N Cluster +ID Cluster ; where n PRB is the physical resource block number,
    Figure PCTCN2017075912-appb-100006
    Is the number of physical resource blocks in a cluster, ID Cluster is the number or identifier of the cluster, and the highest bit MSB of the cluster information of N Cluster bits corresponds to the cluster with the smallest cluster number, and the range of n PRB is 0 to N_UL_RB-1.
    Figure PCTCN2017075912-appb-100007
    The range is 1 to N_UL_RB, and the ID Cluster ranges from 0 to N Cluster -1.
    Figure PCTCN2017075912-appb-100008
    N_UL_RB is the uplink system bandwidth in units of resource blocks.
  22. 根据权利要求21所述的方法,其中,根据所述资源信息确定所述资源的频率资源包括:The method according to claim 21, wherein determining the frequency resource of the resource according to the resource information comprises:
    根据所述NCluster个比特的簇信息确定所述NCluster个中分配给所述用户设备的簇的IDClusterThe cluster information bits N Cluster determine the allocation of clusters to the user equipment in the N Cluster ID Cluster according to one;
    根据所述IDCluster获取与所述IDCluster对应的物理资源块编号;其中,与所述物理资源块编号对应的物理资源块为所述频率资源。ID Cluster according to the acquired physical resource block number corresponding to the ID Cluster; wherein, the physical resource block corresponding to a physical resource block number of the frequency resources.
  23. 根据权利要求1至22中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述下行控制信息还包括资源分配类型比特,其中,该资源分配类型比特用于指示所述基站给所述用户设备分配所述资源的分配方式。The method according to any one of claims 1 to 22, wherein the downlink control information further includes a resource allocation type bit, wherein the resource allocation type bit is used to instruct the base station to allocate the user equipment to the user equipment How resources are allocated.
  24. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其中,在所述资源的频率资源为70个物理资源块时,在所述资源上发送所述上行信道和/或所述上行信号包括:分别在2个资源成分上发送所述上行信道和/或所述上行信号;其中,在所述2个资源成分上发送不同的所述上行信道和/或所述上行信号,所述2个 资源成分由所述70个物理资源块划分得到的物理资源块的集合。The method according to claim 1, wherein when the frequency resource of the resource is 70 physical resource blocks, transmitting the uplink channel and/or the uplink signal on the resource comprises: respectively, in two resources Transmitting, by the component, the uplink channel and/or the uplink signal, where different uplink channels and/or uplink signals are sent on the two resource components, the two A collection of physical resource blocks obtained by dividing the resource components by the 70 physical resource blocks.
  25. 根据权利要求24所述的方法,其中,通过以下之一划分方式将所述70个物理资源块划分为所述2个资源成分:The method according to claim 24, wherein the 70 physical resource blocks are divided into the 2 resource components by one of the following division methods:
    将所述70个物理资源块划分为64个物理资源块和6个物理资源块;其中,所述64个物理资源块为所述2个资源成分的一个资源成分,所述6个物理资源块为所述2个资源成分的另一个资源成分;And dividing the 70 physical resource blocks into 64 physical resource blocks and 6 physical resource blocks; wherein the 64 physical resource blocks are one resource component of the two resource components, and the six physical resource blocks are Another resource component of the two resource components;
    将所述70个物理资源块分划为60个物理资源块和10个物理资源块;其中,所述60个物理资源块为所述2个资源成分的一个资源成分,所述10个物理资源块为所述2个资源成分的另一个资源成分;And dividing the 70 physical resource blocks into 60 physical resource blocks and 10 physical resource blocks; wherein the 60 physical resource blocks are one resource component of the two resource components, and the 10 physical resources are The block is another resource component of the two resource components;
    将所述70个物理资源块分划为54个物理资源块和16个物理资源块;其中,所述54个物理资源块为所述2个资源成分的一个资源成分,所述16个物理资源块为所述2个资源成分的另一个资源成分;And dividing the 70 physical resource blocks into 54 physical resource blocks and 16 physical resource blocks; wherein the 54 physical resource blocks are one resource component of the two resource components, and the 16 physical resources are The block is another resource component of the two resource components;
    将所述70个物理资源块分划为50个物理资源块和20个物理资源块;其中,所述50个物理资源块为所述2个资源成分的一个资源成分,所述20个物理资源块为所述2个资源成分的另一个资源成分;And dividing the 70 physical resource blocks into 50 physical resource blocks and 20 physical resource blocks; wherein the 50 physical resource blocks are one resource component of the two resource components, and the 20 physical resources are The block is another resource component of the two resource components;
    将所述70个物理资源块分划为45个物理资源块和25个物理资源块;其中,所述45个物理资源块为所述2个资源成分的一个资源成分,所述25个物理资源块为所述2个资源成分的另一个资源成分;And dividing the 70 physical resource blocks into 45 physical resource blocks and 25 physical resource blocks; wherein the 45 physical resource blocks are one resource component of the two resource components, and the 25 physical resources are The block is another resource component of the two resource components;
    将所述70个物理资源块划分为40个物理资源块和30个物理资源块;其中,所述40个物理资源块为所述2个资源成分的一个资源成分,所述30个物理资源块为所述2个资源成分的另一个资源成分。And dividing the 70 physical resource blocks into 40 physical resource blocks and 30 physical resource blocks; wherein the 40 physical resource blocks are one resource component of the two resource components, and the 30 physical resource blocks are Another resource component of the two resource components.
  26. 根据权利要求25所述的方法,其中,在采用将所述70个物理资源块划分为64个物理资源块和6个物理资源块的划分方式时,分别在2个资源成分上发送所述上行信道和/或所述上行信号包括以下之一:The method according to claim 25, wherein when the division of the 70 physical resource blocks into 64 physical resource blocks and 6 physical resource blocks is adopted, the uplink is sent on 2 resource components respectively The channel and/or the uplink signal includes one of the following:
    在所述64个物理资源块上发送第一物理上行共享信道,在所述6个物 理资源块上发送以下至少之一:物理上行控制信道、物理随机接入信道、探测参考信号、第二物理上行共享信道;Transmitting a first physical uplink shared channel on the 64 physical resource blocks, where the six objects Transmitting at least one of the following: a physical uplink control channel, a physical random access channel, a sounding reference signal, and a second physical uplink shared channel;
    只在所述64个物理资源块上发送所述上行信道和/或所述上行信号。The uplink channel and/or the uplink signal are transmitted only on the 64 physical resource blocks.
  27. 根据权利要求26所述的方法,其中,所述64个物理资源块包括以下至少之一组合:The method of claim 26, wherein the 64 physical resource blocks comprise at least one of the following combinations:
    在所述基站分配给所述用户设备的簇中第1个簇至第6个簇中的60个物理资源块和第7个簇的以下至少之一:前4个物理资源块;倒数4个物理资源块;第1个、第4个、第7个、第10个共4个物理资源块;At least one of 60 physical resource blocks and 7th clusters in the first cluster to the sixth cluster in the cluster allocated by the base station to the user equipment: the first four physical resource blocks; the last four physical resource blocks Physical resource block; the first, fourth, seventh, and tenth total of four physical resource blocks;
    在所述基站分配给所述用户设备的簇中第1个簇至第6个簇中的60个物理资源块和第7个簇中的具有最小物理资源块索引的4个物理资源块;60 physical resource blocks in the first to sixth clusters and four physical resource blocks in the seventh cluster having the smallest physical resource block index among the clusters allocated by the base station to the user equipment;
    当所述基站分配给所述用户设备的簇的最大簇号码大于6时,第1个簇至第6个簇中的60个物理资源块和第4个簇中的具有最大物理资源块索引的4个物理资源块;When the maximum cluster number of the cluster allocated by the base station to the user equipment is greater than 6, 60 physical resource blocks in the first cluster to the sixth cluster and the largest physical resource block index in the fourth cluster 4 physical resource blocks;
    当所述基站分配给所述用户设备的簇的最大簇号码小于或者等于6时,第1个簇至第6个簇中的60个物理资源块和第7个簇中的具有最小物理资源块索引的4个物理资源块;When the maximum cluster number of the cluster allocated by the base station to the user equipment is less than or equal to 6, 60 physical resource blocks in the first cluster to the sixth cluster and the smallest physical resource block in the seventh cluster 4 physical resource blocks of the index;
    在所述基站分配给所述用户设备的簇中的第1个簇至第7个簇中的70个物理资源块中除了第7个簇中的具有最大物理资源块索引的6个物理资源块之外的64个物理资源块;Among the 70 physical resource blocks in the 1st to 7th clusters of the cluster allocated by the base station to the user equipment, except for the 6 physical resource blocks having the largest physical resource block index in the 7th cluster 64 physical resource blocks outside;
    在所述基站分配给所述用户设备的簇中的第1个簇至第7个簇中的70个物理资源块中除了第7个簇的具有最小物理资源块索引的6个物理资源块之外的64个物理资源块。Among the 70 physical resource blocks in the first cluster to the seventh cluster in the cluster allocated by the base station to the user equipment, except for the 6 physical resource blocks of the 7th cluster having the smallest physical resource block index 64 physical resource blocks outside.
  28. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其中,所述下行控制信息还包括子帧指示信息,当在第一子帧接收到所述下行控制信息时,在所述资源上发送所述上行信道和/或所述上行信号包括:在第二子帧上发送所述上行信道 和/或所述上行信号;其中,所述第二子帧的编号为所述第一子帧的编号、所述子帧指示信息对应的10进制值与指定整数之和,该指定整数为大于或者等于4的整数。The method according to claim 1, wherein the downlink control information further comprises subframe indication information, when the downlink control information is received in the first subframe, sending the uplink channel and/or on the resource. Or the uplink signal includes: sending the uplink channel in a second subframe And/or the uplink signal; wherein the number of the second subframe is a number of the first subframe, a sum of a decimal value corresponding to the subframe indication information, and a specified integer, where the specified integer is An integer greater than or equal to 4.
  29. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其中,所述下行控制信息还包括用于指示在物理上行共享信道的最后一个符号或最前面一个符号上是否发射所述上行信息的第一指示信息;在所述第一指示信息指示在物理上行共享信道的最后一个符号或最前面一个符号上不发射所述上行信息的情况下,所述最后一个符号或者所述最前面一个符号仍作为所述物理上行共享信道的可用资源使用,或者所述最后一个符号或者所述最前面一个符号不能作为所述物理上行共享信道的可用资源使用。The method according to claim 1, wherein the downlink control information further comprises first indication information for indicating whether to transmit the uplink information on a last symbol or a first symbol of a physical uplink shared channel; If the first indication information indicates that the uplink information is not transmitted on the last symbol or the first symbol of the physical uplink shared channel, the last symbol or the first symbol still serves as the physical uplink sharing. The available resources of the channel are used, or the last symbol or the first symbol cannot be used as an available resource of the physical uplink shared channel.
  30. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其中,所述下行控制信息还包括用于指示在上行子帧或时隙的最后一个符号或最前面一个符号上是否发射所述上行信息的第二指示信息;在所述第二指示信息指示在所述上行子帧或所述时隙的最后一个符号或最前面一个符号上不发射所述上行信息的情况下,所述最后一个符号或者所述最前面一个符号仍作为所述上行子帧或所述时隙的可用资源使用,或者所述最后一个符号或者所述最前面一个符号不能作为所述上行子帧或所述时隙的可用资源使用。The method according to claim 1, wherein the downlink control information further comprises second indication information for indicating whether the uplink information is transmitted on a last symbol or a first symbol of an uplink subframe or a time slot; In a case where the second indication information indicates that the uplink information is not transmitted on the last subframe or the last symbol of the time slot or the first symbol, the last symbol or the first one The symbol is still used as the available resource of the uplink subframe or the time slot, or the last symbol or the first symbol cannot be used as an available resource of the uplink subframe or the time slot.
  31. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其中,所述资源的频率资源包括1个或者多个簇时,上行系统带宽中的第1至预定数量个物理资源块和倒数第1至预定数量个物理资源块不用于所述簇的资源分配;所述上行系统带宽中除了第1至预定数量个物理资源块和倒数第1至预定数量个物理资源块之外的其他所述物理资源块用于所述簇的资源分配。The method according to claim 1, wherein when the frequency resource of the resource comprises one or more clusters, the first to the predetermined number of physical resource blocks and the last number to the predetermined number of physical resources in the uplink system bandwidth a block is not used for resource allocation of the cluster; the other physical resource blocks in the uplink system bandwidth except the first to the predetermined number of physical resource blocks and the last to the first to the predetermined number of physical resource blocks are used for the Cluster resource allocation.
  32. 根据权利要求31所述的方法,其中,当簇的单位为子载波时,分配给子帧捆绑业务的用户设备的最大簇数目为36个;当簇的单位为物理资源块PRB时,分配给子帧捆绑业务的用户设备的最大簇数目为1个且簇中 最大的物理资源块PRB数目不超过10个。The method according to claim 31, wherein when the unit of the cluster is a subcarrier, the maximum number of clusters of user equipment allocated to the subframe bundling service is 36; when the unit of the cluster is a physical resource block PRB, The maximum number of clusters of the user equipment of the subframe bundling service is one and in the cluster. The maximum number of physical resource blocks PRB does not exceed 10.
  33. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其中,当分配的簇的数目超过一个时,按照物理资源块索引的大小依次给与所述物理资源块索引对应的物理资源块产生解调参考信号;或者按照分配的簇的编号大小和簇中物理资源块索引的大小依次给与所述簇的编号对应的簇中与所述物理资源块索引对应的物理资源块产生解调参考信号;或者,先从具有最小物理资源块索引的物理资源块产生解调参考信号,再给具有等簇间隔的物理资源块产生解调参考信号;或者,先从具有最小物理资源块索引的物理资源块产生解调参考信号,再将产生的所述解调参考信号拷贝给所述具有最小物理块索引的物理资源块之后需要产生所述解调参考信号的每一个物理资源块。The method according to claim 1, wherein when the number of allocated clusters exceeds one, a demodulation reference signal is sequentially generated for the physical resource block corresponding to the physical resource block index according to the size of the physical resource block index; or The number of the allocated clusters and the size of the physical resource block index in the cluster sequentially generate a demodulation reference signal for the physical resource block corresponding to the physical resource block index in the cluster corresponding to the number of the cluster; or, The physical resource block of the minimum physical resource block index generates a demodulation reference signal, and then generates a demodulation reference signal for the physical resource block having the equal cluster interval; or, first, generates a demodulation reference signal from the physical resource block having the smallest physical resource block index And copying the generated demodulation reference signal to the physical resource block having the smallest physical block index, and then generating each physical resource block of the demodulation reference signal.
  34. 根据权利要求1或28所述的方法,其中,所述下行控制信息还包括用于指示是否在当前子帧的最后一个正交频分复用OFDM符号或所述当前子帧之后的一个或多个子帧的最后一个OFDM符号上发送探测参考信号SRS的第二指示信息;其中,在所述第二指示信息指示所述当前子帧或所述当前子帧之后的一个或多个子帧的OFDM符号总数为常规循环前缀下的14或扩展循环前缀下的12时,在所述当前子帧的最后一个正交频分复用OFDM符号或所述当前子帧之后的一个或多个子帧的最后一个OFDM符号上不发送所述SRS;当所述第二指示信息指示所述当前子帧或所述当前子帧之后的一个或多个子帧的OFDM符号总数为常规循环前缀下的3、6、9、10、11、12时,在所述当前子帧的最后一个正交频分复用OFDM符号或所述当前子帧之后的一个或多个子帧的最后一个OFDM符号上发送所述SRS;当所述第二指示信息指示所述当前子帧或所述当前子帧的一个或多个子帧的OFDM符号总数为扩展循环前缀下的3、5、8、9、10、时,在所述当前子帧的最后一个正交频分复用OFDM符号或所述当前子帧之后的一个或多个子帧的最后一个OFDM符号上发送所述SRS。 The method according to claim 1 or 28, wherein the downlink control information further comprises one or more instructions for indicating whether the last orthogonal frequency division multiplexing OFDM symbol of the current subframe or the current subframe The second indication information of the sounding reference signal SRS is transmitted on the last OFDM symbol of the subframe; wherein the second indication information indicates the OFDM symbol of the one or more subframes after the current subframe or the current subframe The total number is 14 under the regular cyclic prefix or 12 at the extended cyclic prefix, the last Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing OFDM symbol of the current subframe or the last one of the one or more subframes after the current subframe Not transmitting the SRS on the OFDM symbol; when the second indication information indicates that the total number of OFDM symbols of the current subframe or one or more subframes after the current subframe is 3, 6, 9 under a regular cyclic prefix And 10, 11, 12, transmitting the SRS on a last OFDM symbol of the current subframe or a last OFDM symbol of one or more subframes subsequent to the current subframe; The first The indication information indicates that the total number of OFDM symbols of the current subframe or the one or more subframes of the current subframe is 3, 5, 8, 9, 10 under the extended cyclic prefix, at the end of the current subframe. The SRS is transmitted on an OFDM symbol of one Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) symbol or one or more subframes subsequent to the current subframe.
  35. 根据权利要求1或28所述的方法,其中,所述下行控制信息还包括用于指示是否在当前子帧之后的一个或多个子帧上发送非竞争随机接入前导的第三指示信息;其中,发送所述非竞争随机接入前导使用的物理资源块编号为B+C*ceil(N_UL_RB/D);B为起始物理资源块号码,B的取值范围为0至N_UL_RB–(D-1),C为0至D-1的整数,D为分配给所述非竞争随机接入前导的物理资源块数量,C为6至N_UL_RB的整数;在D等于7且B等于5的情况下,每一个物理资源块的第一个和最后一个子载波不用于发送所述非竞争随机接入前导;在D等于8且B等于4的情况下,每一个物理资源块的第一个、第二个和最后一个子载波不用于发送所述非竞争随机接入前导;在D等于9且B等于2的情况下,每一个物理资源块的第一个、第二个和最后2个子载波不用于发送所述非竞争随机接入前导;在D等于10且B等于4的情况下,每一个物理资源块的第一个、第二个、第三个和最后2个子载波不用于发送所述非竞争随机接入前导。The method according to claim 1 or 28, wherein the downlink control information further comprises third indication information for indicating whether to transmit a non-contention random access preamble on one or more subframes subsequent to the current subframe; The physical resource block number used for sending the non-contention random access preamble is B+C*ceil(N_UL_RB/D); B is the starting physical resource block number, and the value range of B is 0 to N_UL_RB–(D- 1), C is an integer from 0 to D-1, D is the number of physical resource blocks allocated to the non-contention random access preamble, C is an integer from 6 to N_UL_RB; and in the case where D is equal to 7 and B is equal to 5 The first and last subcarriers of each physical resource block are not used to transmit the non-contention random access preamble; in the case where D is equal to 8 and B is equal to 4, the first and the first of each physical resource block The second and last subcarriers are not used to transmit the non-contention random access preamble; in the case where D is equal to 9 and B is equal to 2, the first, second, and last two subcarriers of each physical resource block are not used. Transmitting the non-contention random access preamble; at D equal to 10 and B equal to 4 In this case, the first, second, third, and last two subcarriers of each physical resource block are not used to transmit the non-contention random access preamble.
  36. 根据权利要求35所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:在没有分配给所述非竞争随机接入前导的物理资源块上发送物理上行共享信道;或者在分配给所述非竞争随机接入前导的物理资源块上发送物理上行共享信道。The method of claim 35, wherein the method further comprises: transmitting a physical uplink shared channel on a physical resource block not allocated to the non-contention random access preamble; or assigning to the non-contention random access A physical uplink shared channel is transmitted on the physical resource block of the preamble.
  37. 一种上行信息的接收方法,包括:A method for receiving uplink information, including:
    将下行控制信息发送给用户设备;其中,所述下行控制信息携带有资源信息,该资源信息用于指示所述用户设备发送上行信道和/或上行信号的资源,该资源占所述用户设备上行系统资源的80%以上;Sending the downlink control information to the user equipment, where the downlink control information carries the resource information, where the resource information is used to indicate that the user equipment sends the uplink channel and/or the uplink signal resource, where the resource occupies the uplink of the user equipment. More than 80% of system resources;
    接收所述用户设备在所述资源上发送的所述上行信道和/或所述上行信号。Receiving, by the user equipment, the uplink channel and/or the uplink signal sent on the resource.
  38. 根据权利要求37所述的方法,其中,在将下行控制信息发送给用户设备之前,所述方法还包括:为所述用户设备分配所述资源的频率资源; The method according to claim 37, wherein before the transmitting the downlink control information to the user equipment, the method further comprises: allocating a frequency resource of the resource to the user equipment;
    其中,在所述频率资源包括1个簇、2个簇、3个簇或4个簇的情况下,所述资源信息用R1个比特来表示,其中,Wherein, in the case that the frequency resource includes one cluster, two clusters, three clusters or four clusters, the resource information is represented by R1 bits, wherein
    R1=max(ceil(log2(N_UL_RB*(N_UL_RB+1)/2)),ceil(log2(Com(ceil(N_UL_RB/P+1),4))));其中,max()为取2个数中的较大者的操作,ceil()为向上取整操作,log2()为取以2为底的对数的操作,N_UL_RB为以资源块为单位的上行系统带宽,Com(M,N)为从M个数中取出N个数的扩展组合数操作,P为根据所述上行系统带宽确定的资源块组大小。R1=max(ceil(log 2 (N_UL_RB*(N_UL_RB+1)/2)),ceil(log 2 (Com(ceil(N_UL_RB/P+1),4))))); where max() is taken The operation of the larger of the two numbers, ceil() is the rounding operation, log 2 () is the base 2 operation, and N_UL_RB is the upstream system bandwidth in resource blocks, Com ( M, N) is an extended combined number operation of extracting N numbers from M numbers, and P is a resource block group size determined according to the uplink system bandwidth.
  39. 根据权利要求37所述的方法,其中,当所述上行系统带宽分别为5MHz、10MHz、15MHz、20MHz时,N_UL_RB的值分别取25、50、75、100,或者N_UL_RB的值分别取25、50、75、110;当所述簇的单位为资源块组时,P的值分别为2、3、4、4;当所述簇的单位为资源块时,P=1;每个所述簇的大小相同。The method according to claim 37, wherein when the uplink system bandwidth is 5 MHz, 10 MHz, 15 MHz, and 20 MHz, respectively, the value of N_UL_RB is 25, 50, 75, 100, respectively, or the value of N_UL_RB is 25, 50, respectively. , 75, 110; when the unit of the cluster is a resource block group, the values of P are 2, 3, 4, 4 respectively; when the unit of the cluster is a resource block, P=1; each of the clusters The same size.
  40. 根据权利要求37所述的方法,其中,为所述用户设备分配所述资源的频率资源包括:为所述用户设备分配多个簇;其中,所述多个簇的个数和位置由4个位置点的取值确定,所述4个位置点包括第1个位置点S0,第2个位置点S1,第3个位置点S2和第4个位置点S3;所述4个位置点确定的簇的方式包括以下之一:The method of claim 37, wherein allocating the frequency resource of the resource to the user equipment comprises: allocating a plurality of clusters to the user equipment; wherein, the number and location of the plurality of clusters are four The value of the location point is determined, and the four location points include a first location point S0, a second location point S1, a third location point S2, and a fourth location point S3; the four location points are determined. The way of clustering includes one of the following:
    方式一:第1个位置点S0表示第1个簇的起始位置,第2个位置点S1表示第1个簇的结束位置,第3个位置点S2表示第2个簇的起始位置,第4个位置点S3表示第3个簇的起始位置;Method 1: The first position point S0 indicates the start position of the first cluster, the second position point S1 indicates the end position of the first cluster, and the third position point S2 indicates the start position of the second cluster. The fourth position point S3 represents the starting position of the third cluster;
    方式二:第一个位置点S0表示第1个簇的起始位置,第2个位置点S1表示第1个簇的结束位置,第3个位置点S2表示第2个簇的结束位置,第4个位置点S3表示第3个簇的结束位置;Method 2: The first position point S0 indicates the start position of the first cluster, the second position point S1 indicates the end position of the first cluster, and the third position point S2 indicates the end position of the second cluster, Four position points S3 indicate the end position of the third cluster;
    方式三:第一个位置点S0表示第1个簇的起始位置,第2个位置点S1 表示第2个簇的起始位置,第3个位置点S2表示第3个簇的起始位置,第4个位置点S3表示第4个簇的起始位置;Mode 3: The first position point S0 represents the starting position of the first cluster, and the second position point S1 Indicates the starting position of the second cluster, the third position point S2 indicates the starting position of the third cluster, and the fourth position point S3 indicates the starting position of the fourth cluster;
    方式四:第一个位置点S0表示第一个簇的结束位置,第2个位置点S1表示第2个簇的结束位置,第3个位置点S2表示第3个簇的结束位置,第4个位置点S3表示第4个簇的结束位置;Method 4: The first position point S0 indicates the end position of the first cluster, the second position point S1 indicates the end position of the second cluster, and the third position point S2 indicates the end position of the third cluster, the fourth position The position point S3 represents the end position of the fourth cluster;
    其中,S0、S1、S2、S3为正整数,所述各个簇的大小等于第1个簇的大小或者以所述各个簇中的指定簇的大小为基准进行半静态配置,所述S3对应的物理资源块的位置不超过所述上行系统带宽;Wherein, S0, S1, S2, and S3 are positive integers, and the size of each cluster is equal to the size of the first cluster or semi-statically configured based on the size of the designated cluster in each cluster, and the S3 corresponds to The location of the physical resource block does not exceed the uplink system bandwidth;
    所述4个位置点的簇信息为扩展组合数累积值r,其中,
    Figure PCTCN2017075912-appb-100009
    Σ为累加操作,N=ceil(N_UL_RB/P)+1,在i分别取0、1、2、3时,Si分别为S0的取值、S1的取值、S2的取值、S3的取值,M=4。
    The cluster information of the four location points is an extended combination number cumulative value r, where
    Figure PCTCN2017075912-appb-100009
    Σ is the accumulation operation, N=ceil(N_UL_RB/P)+1, when i takes 0, 1, 2, and 3 respectively, Si is the value of S0, the value of S1, the value of S2, and the value of S3. Value, M=4.
  41. 根据权利要求40所述的方法,其中,在所述方式一或所述方式二中,所述S2等于所述S3,表示所述频率资源中只包含有2个簇;所述S1、所述S2与所述S3相等,表示所述频率资源中只包含有1个簇;所述S0、所述S1、所述S2与所述S3相等,表示所述频率资源只包含有1个簇且所述簇的大小为上行系统带宽;所述S0、所述S1、所述S2与所述S3相等,表示所述频率资源只包含有一个簇且所述簇的大小为所述簇的起始位置与结束位置之差所表示的带宽大小。The method according to claim 40, wherein in the mode one or the second mode, the S2 is equal to the S3, indicating that the frequency resource includes only two clusters; S2 is equal to the S3, indicating that the frequency resource includes only one cluster; the S0, the S1, and the S2 are equal to the S3, indicating that the frequency resource includes only one cluster and The size of the cluster is the uplink system bandwidth; the S0, the S1, and the S2 are equal to the S3, indicating that the frequency resource only includes one cluster and the size of the cluster is the starting position of the cluster. The amount of bandwidth represented by the difference from the end position.
  42. 根据权利要求40所述的方法,其中,在所述方式三或所述方式四中,所述簇的大小用Q个比特来表示,所述簇的单位为以下之:资源块、1个资源块组、2个资源块组、4个资源块组、8个资源块组、1个子载波、2个子载波、3个子载波、4个子载波、6个子载波;所述S0、所述S1、所述S2与所述S3相等,表示所述频率资源中只包含有一个簇,且所述簇的大小为上行系统带宽,Q为整数。 The method according to claim 40, wherein in the mode three or the mode four, the size of the cluster is represented by Q bits, and the units of the cluster are as follows: resource block, 1 resource Block group, 2 resource block groups, 4 resource block groups, 8 resource block groups, 1 subcarrier, 2 subcarriers, 3 subcarriers, 4 subcarriers, 6 subcarriers; the S0, the S1, the S2 is equal to the S3, indicating that the frequency resource includes only one cluster, and the size of the cluster is an uplink system bandwidth, and Q is an integer.
  43. 根据权利要求37所述的方法,其中,在将下行控制信息发送给用户设备之前,所述方法还包括:为所述用户设备分配所述资源的频率资源;The method according to claim 37, wherein before the transmitting the downlink control information to the user equipment, the method further comprises: allocating a frequency resource of the resource to the user equipment;
    其中,在所述频率资源包括2个簇或4个簇的情况下,所述频率信息用R2个比特来表示,其中,R2=ceil(log2(Com(ceil(N_UL_RB/(2*H)+1),4))),ceil()为向上取整操作,log2()为取以2为底的对数的操作,N_UL_RB为以资源块为单位的上行系统带宽,Com(M,N)为从M个数中取出N个数的扩展组合数操作,H为根据一半的上行系统带宽确定的资源块组大小。Wherein, in the case that the frequency resource includes 2 clusters or 4 clusters, the frequency information is represented by R2 bits, where R2=ceil(log 2 (Com(ceil(N_UL_RB/(2*H)) +1), 4))), ceil() is the rounding operation, log 2 () is the base 2 operation, and N_UL_RB is the upstream system bandwidth in resource blocks, Com(M, N) is an extended combined number operation of extracting N numbers from M numbers, and H is a resource block group size determined according to half of the uplink system bandwidth.
  44. 根据权利要求43所述的方法,其中,当所述上行系统带宽分别为5MHz、10MHz、15MHz、20MHz时,N_UL_RB的值分别取25、50、75、100,或者N_UL_RB的值分别取25、50、75、110;当所述簇的单位为资源块组时,H的值分别为2、2、3、3;当所述簇的单位为资源块时,H=1。The method according to claim 43, wherein, when the uplink system bandwidth is 5 MHz, 10 MHz, 15 MHz, and 20 MHz, respectively, the values of N_UL_RB are respectively 25, 50, 75, 100, or the values of N_UL_RB are respectively 25, 50. 75, 110; when the unit of the cluster is a resource block group, the values of H are 2, 2, 3, and 3, respectively; when the unit of the cluster is a resource block, H=1.
  45. 根据权利要求43所述的方法,其中,为所述用户设备分配所述资源的频率资源包括:为所述用户设备分配多个簇;其中,所述多个簇的个数和位置由4个位置点的取值确定,所述4个位置点包括第1个位置点S0,第2个位置点S1,第3个位置点S2和第4个位置点S3;所述4个位置点确定的簇的方式包括以下之一:The method according to claim 43, wherein the allocating the frequency resource of the resource to the user equipment comprises: allocating a plurality of clusters to the user equipment; wherein, the number and location of the plurality of clusters are four The value of the location point is determined, and the four location points include a first location point S0, a second location point S1, a third location point S2, and a fourth location point S3; the four location points are determined. The way of clustering includes one of the following:
    其中,所述4个位置点包括第1个位置点S0,第2个位置点S1,第3个位置点S2和第4个位置点S3;The four position points include a first position point S0, a second position point S1, a third position point S2 and a fourth position point S3;
    所述S0表示第1个簇的起始位置,所述S1表示第1个簇的结束位置,所述S2表示第2个簇的起始位置,所述S3表示第2个簇的结束位置;所述S0加上一半所述N_UL_RB的位置表示第3个簇的起始位置,所述S1加上一半所述N_UL_RB的位置表示第3个簇的结束位置,所述S2加上一半所述N_UL_RB的位置表示第4个簇的起始位置,所述S3加上一半所述N_UL_RB的位置表示第4个簇的结束位置;The S0 represents the start position of the first cluster, the S1 represents the end position of the first cluster, the S2 represents the start position of the second cluster, and the S3 represents the end position of the second cluster; The position of the S0 plus half of the N_UL_RB indicates the start position of the third cluster, and the position of the S1 plus half of the N_UL_RB indicates the end position of the third cluster, and the S2 adds half of the N_UL_RB The position indicates the starting position of the 4th cluster, and the position of the S3 plus half of the N_UL_RB indicates the ending position of the 4th cluster;
    所述4个位置点的簇信息为扩展组合数累积值r,其中,
    Figure PCTCN2017075912-appb-100010
    Σ为累加操作,N=ceil(N_UL_RB/(2*H))+1,在i分别取0、1、2、3时,Si分别为S0、S1、S2、S3,M=4。
    The cluster information of the four location points is an extended combination number cumulative value r, where
    Figure PCTCN2017075912-appb-100010
    Σ is the accumulation operation, N=ceil(N_UL_RB/(2*H))+1, when i is 0, 1, 2, and 3 respectively, Si is S0, S1, S2, S3, and M=4, respectively.
  46. 根据权利要求45所述的方法,其中,所述S1、所述S2与所述S3相等,表示所述频率资源中只包含有2个簇。The method according to claim 45, wherein said S1 and said S2 are equal to said S3, indicating that said frequency resource contains only two clusters.
  47. 根据权利要求37所述的方法,其中,在将下行控制信息发送给用户设备之前,所述方法还包括:为所述用户设备分配所述资源的频率资源;The method according to claim 37, wherein before the transmitting the downlink control information to the user equipment, the method further comprises: allocating a frequency resource of the resource to the user equipment;
    其中,在所述频率资源包括4个簇或8个簇的情况下,所述资源信息用R3个比特来表示,其中,R3=ceil(log2(Com(ceil(N_UL_RB/(4*H1)+1),4))),ceil()为向上取整操作,log2()为取以2为底的对数的操作,N_UL_RB为以资源块为单位的上行系统带宽,Com(M,N)为从M个数中取出N个数的扩展组合数操作,H1为根据四分之一的上行系统带宽确定的资源块组大小。Wherein, in the case that the frequency resource includes 4 clusters or 8 clusters, the resource information is represented by R3 bits, where R3=ceil(log2(Com(ce_(N_UL_RB/(4*H1)+) 1), 4))), ceil() is the rounding operation, log2() is the base 2 logarithm operation, and N_UL_RB is the upstream system bandwidth in resource blocks, Com(M,N) To extract the N number of extended combination number operations from the M numbers, H1 is the resource block group size determined according to one quarter of the uplink system bandwidth.
  48. 根据权利要求47所述的方法,其中,当所述上行系统带宽分别为10MHz、20MHz时,N_UL_RB的值分别为50、100或者N_UL_RB的值分别为50、110;当簇的单位为资源块组时,H1的值分别为1、2;当簇的单位为资源块时,H1=1。The method according to claim 47, wherein when the uplink system bandwidth is 10 MHz and 20 MHz, respectively, the values of N_UL_RB are 50, 100 or N_UL_RB are respectively 50, 110; when the unit of the cluster is a resource block group When the value of H1 is 1, 2; when the unit of the cluster is a resource block, H1=1.
  49. 根据权利要求47或48所述的方法,其中,为所述用户设备分配所述资源的频率资源包括:为所述用户设备分配多个簇;其中,所述多个簇的个数和位置由4个位置点的取值确定,所述4个位置点包括第1个位置点S0,第2个位置点S1,第3个位置点S2和第4个位置点S3;所述4个位置点确定的簇的方式包括以下之一:The method according to claim 47 or 48, wherein allocating the frequency resource of the resource to the user equipment comprises: allocating a plurality of clusters to the user equipment; wherein, the number and location of the plurality of clusters are The values of the four position points are determined, and the four position points include a first position point S0, a second position point S1, a third position point S2, and a fourth position point S3; the four position points The way to determine the cluster includes one of the following:
    其中,所述4个位置点包括第1个位置点S0,第2个位置点S1,第3个位置点S2和第4个位置点S3;The four position points include a first position point S0, a second position point S1, a third position point S2 and a fourth position point S3;
    所述S0表示第1个簇的起始位置,所述S1表示第1个簇的结束位置,所述S2表示第2个簇的起始位置,所述S3表示第2个簇的结束位置;所 述S0加上四分之一所述N_UL_RB的位置表示第3个簇的起始位置,所述S1加上四分之一所述N_UL_RB的位置表示第3个簇的结束位置,所述S2加上四分之一所述N_UL_RB的位置表示第4个簇的起始位置,所述S3加上四分之一所述N_UL_RB的位置表示第4个簇的结束位置,所述S0加上一半所述N_UL_RB的位置表示第5个簇的起始位置,所述S1加上一半所述N_UL_RB的位置表示第5个簇的结束位置,所述S2加上一半所述N_UL_RB的位置表示第6个簇的起始位置,所述S3加上一半所述N_UL_RB的位置表示第6个簇的结束位置,所述S0加上四分之三所述N_UL_RB的位置表示第7个簇的起始位置,所述S1加上四分之三所述N_UL_RB的位置表示第7个簇的结束位置,所述S2加上四分之三所述N_UL_RB的位置表示第8个簇的起始位置,所述S3加上四分之三所述N_UL_RB的位置表示第8个簇的结束位置;其中,所述S1、所述S2和所述S3相等,表示所述频率资源信息中包含有4个簇;所述S0、所述S1、所述S2和所述S3都不相等,表示所述频率资源信息中包含有8个簇;The S0 represents the start position of the first cluster, the S1 represents the end position of the first cluster, the S2 represents the start position of the second cluster, and the S3 represents the end position of the second cluster; Place S0 plus one quarter of the position of the N_UL_RB indicates the starting position of the third cluster, and the position of the S1 plus one quarter of the N_UL_RB indicates the ending position of the third cluster, the S2 plus The position of the upper quarter of the N_UL_RB indicates the start position of the fourth cluster, and the position of the S3 plus one quarter of the N_UL_RB indicates the end position of the fourth cluster, and the S0 plus half of the The position of the N_UL_RB indicates the start position of the fifth cluster, and the position of the S1 plus half of the N_UL_RB indicates the end position of the fifth cluster, and the position of the S2 plus half of the N_UL_RB indicates the sixth cluster. The starting position of the S3 plus half of the position of the N_UL_RB indicates the ending position of the sixth cluster, and the position of the S0 plus three-quarters of the N_UL_RB indicates the starting position of the seventh cluster. S1 plus three-quarters of the positions of the N_UL_RB indicate the end position of the seventh cluster, and the S2 plus three-quarters of the positions of the N_UL_RB indicate the starting position of the eighth cluster, the S3 plus The position of the upper three-quarters of the N_UL_RB indicates the end position of the eighth cluster; wherein the S1, the S2, and the S3 phase , Information indicating the frequency resource contains four clusters; the S0, the Sl, S2 and the S3 is not equal to the showing of the frequency resource information includes eight clusters;
    所述4个位置点的簇信息为扩展组合数累积值r,其中,
    Figure PCTCN2017075912-appb-100011
    Σ为累加操作,N=ceil(N_UL_RB/(4*H1))+1,在i分别取0、1、2、3时,Si分别为S0、S1、S2、S3,M=4。
    The cluster information of the four location points is an extended combination number cumulative value r, where
    Figure PCTCN2017075912-appb-100011
    Σ is the accumulation operation, N=ceil(N_UL_RB/(4*H1))+1, when i is 0, 1, 2, and 3 respectively, Si is S0, S1, S2, S3, and M=4, respectively.
  50. 根据权利要求37所述的方法,其中,在将下行控制信息发送给用户设备之前,所述方法还包括:为所述用户设备分配所述资源的频率资源;The method according to claim 37, wherein before the transmitting the downlink control information to the user equipment, the method further comprises: allocating a frequency resource of the resource to the user equipment;
    其中,在所述频率资源信包括10个簇或20个簇的情况下,所述资源信息为R4个比特来表示,其中,R4为以下之一:ceil(log2(Com(ceil(N_UL_RB/(10*H2)+1),4)))、max(ceil(log2(N_UL_RB*(N_UL_RB+1)/2)),ceil(log2(Com(ceil(N_UL_RB/(10*H2)+1),4))))、max(ceil(log2(N_UL_RB*(N_UL_RB+1)/2)), ceil(log2(Com(ceil(N_UL_RB/(10*H2)+1),4))))中的最低ceil(log2(N_UL_RB*(N_UL_RB+1)/2))个比特、max(ceil(log2(N_UL_RB*(N_UL_RB+1)/2)),ceil(log2(Com(ceil(N_UL_RB/(10*H2)+1),4))))中的最低10个比特;ceil()为向上取整操作,log2()为取以2为底的对数的操作,N_UL_RB为以资源块为单位的上行系统带宽,Com(M,N)为从M个数中取出N个数的扩展组合数操作,H2为根据十分之一的上行系统带宽确定的资源块组大小。Wherein, in the case that the frequency resource information includes 10 clusters or 20 clusters, the resource information is represented by R4 bits, where R4 is one of the following: ceil (log 2 (Com(ceil(N_UL_RB/) (10*H2)+1),4))), max(ceil(log 2 (N_UL_RB*(N_UL_RB+1)/2)),ceil(log 2 (Com(ceil(N_UL_RB/(10*H2)+ 1), 4)))), max(ceil(log 2 (N_UL_RB*(N_UL_RB+1)/2)), ceil(log 2 (Com(ceil(N_UL_RB/(10*H2)+1), 4) )))) the lowest ceil (log 2 (N_UL_RB*(N_UL_RB+1)/2)) bits, max(ceil(log2(N_UL_RB*(N_UL_RB+1)/2)), ceil(log2(Com(ceil) (N_UL_RB/(10*H2)+1), 4) The lowest 10 bits in))); ceil() is the rounding operation, log 2 () is the base 2 operation, N_UL_RB For the uplink system bandwidth in units of resource blocks, Com(M,N) is an extended combination number operation of extracting N numbers from M numbers, and H2 is a resource block group size determined according to one-tenth of the uplink system bandwidth. .
  51. 根据权利要求50所述的方法,其中,当所述上行系统带宽分别为10MHz、20MHz时,N_UL_RB的值分别为50、100;当簇的单位为资源块组时,H2的值分别为1、1;当簇的单位为资源块时,H2=1。The method according to claim 50, wherein when the uplink system bandwidth is 10 MHz and 20 MHz, respectively, the value of N_UL_RB is 50 and 100 respectively; when the unit of the cluster is a resource block group, the value of H2 is 1, respectively. 1; When the unit of the cluster is a resource block, H2=1.
  52. 根据权利要求50或51所述的方法,其中,为所述用户设备分配所述资源的频率资源包括以下之一:The method according to claim 50 or 51, wherein the frequency resource for allocating the resource to the user equipment comprises one of the following:
    为所述用户设备分配多个簇;其中,所述多个簇的个数和位置由4个位置点的取值确定;Allocating a plurality of clusters to the user equipment; wherein, the number and location of the plurality of clusters are determined by values of four location points;
    通过所述R4个比特表示的资源指示值RIV来分配所述资源的频率资源;Allocating a frequency resource of the resource by using the resource indication value RIV represented by the R4 bits;
    通过所述R4个比特表示的资源比特位图来分配所述资源的资源频率;Allocating a resource frequency of the resource by using a resource bit bitmap represented by the R4 bits;
    其中,所述4个位置点包括第1个位置点S0,第2个位置点S1,第3个位置点S2和第4个位置点S3;所述4个位置点确定的簇的方式包括以下之一:所述4个位置点包括第1个位置点S0,第2个位置点S1,第3个位置点S2和第4个位置点S3;所述S0表示第1个簇的起始位置,所述S1表示第1个簇的结束位置,所述S2表示第2个簇的起始位置,所述S3表示第2个簇的结束位置,所述S0加上十分之一所述N_UL_RB的位置表示第3个簇的起始位置,所述S1加上十分之一所述N_UL_RB的位置表示第3个簇的结束位置,所述S2加上十分之一所述N_UL_RB的位置表示第4 个簇的起始位置,所述S3加上十分之一所述N_UL_RB的位置表示第4个簇的结束位置,所述S0加上十分之二所述N_UL_RB的位置表示第5个簇的起始位置,所述S1加上十分之二所述N_UL_RB的位置表示第5个簇的结束位置,所述S2加上十分之二所述N_UL_RB的位置表示第6个簇的起始位置,所述S3加上十分之二所述N_UL_RB的位置表示第6个簇的结束位置;依此类推,所述S0加上十分之九所述N_UL_RB的位置表示第19个簇的起始位置,所述S1加上十分之九所述N_UL_RB的位置表示第19个簇的结束位置,所述S2加上十分之九所述N_UL_RB的位置表示第20个簇的起始位置,所述S3加上十分之九所述N_UL_RB的位置表示第20个簇的结束位置;其中,所述S1、所述S2和所述S3相等,表示所述频率资源中包含有10个簇;所述S0、所述S1、所述S2和所述S3都不相等,表示所述频率资源中包含有20个簇;The four location points include a first location point S0, a second location point S1, a third location point S2, and a fourth location point S3; the manners of the clusters determined by the four location points include the following One of the four position points includes a first position point S0, a second position point S1, a third position point S2, and a fourth position point S3; the S0 indicates the start position of the first cluster The S1 indicates the end position of the first cluster, the S2 indicates the start position of the second cluster, the S3 indicates the end position of the second cluster, and the S0 plus one tenth of the N_UL_RB The position of the third cluster indicates the start position of the third cluster, and the position of the S1 plus one tenth of the N_UL_RB indicates the end position of the third cluster, and the position of the S2 plus one tenth of the N_UL_RB indicates 4th The starting position of the cluster, the position of the S3 plus one tenth of the N_UL_RB indicates the ending position of the fourth cluster, and the S0 plus two tenths of the position of the N_UL_RB indicates the fifth cluster The starting position, the position of the S1 plus two tenths of the N_UL_RB indicates the ending position of the fifth cluster, and the position of the S2 plus two tenths of the N_UL_RB indicates the starting position of the sixth cluster The position of the S_plus plus two tenths of the N_UL_RB indicates the end position of the sixth cluster; and so on, the S0 plus nine tenths of the positions of the N_UL_RB indicates the start of the 19th cluster Position, the position of the S1 plus nine tenths of the N_UL_RB indicates the end position of the 19th cluster, and the position of the S_ plus nine tenths of the N_UL_RB indicates the starting position of the 20th cluster. The position of the N_UL_RB described in S3 plus nine tenths indicates the end position of the 20th cluster; wherein the S1, the S2 and the S3 are equal, indicating that the frequency resource includes 10 clusters; S0, the S1, the S2, and the S3 are not equal, indicating that the frequency resource includes 20 clusters;
    所述4个位置点的簇信息为扩展组合数累积值r,其中,
    Figure PCTCN2017075912-appb-100012
    Σ为累加操作,N=ceil(N_UL_RB/(10*H))+1,在i分别取0、1、2、3时,Si分别为S0、S1、S2、S3,M=4,H2=1;
    The cluster information of the four location points is an extended combination number cumulative value r, where
    Figure PCTCN2017075912-appb-100012
    Σ is the accumulation operation, N=ceil(N_UL_RB/(10*H))+1, when i is taken as 0, 1, 2, 3 respectively, Si is S0, S1, S2, S3, M=4, H2= 1;
    所述资源指示值RIV用起始资源块索引RB_Start、连续的资源块数量RB_Length和十分之一所述上行系统带宽N_UL_RB_10表示;其中,在(RB_Length-1)小于或者等于floor(N_UL_RB_10/2)的情况下,所述RIV为N_UL_RB_10*(RB_Length-1)+RB_Start,在(RB_Length-1)大于floor(N_UL_RB_10/2)的情况下,所述RIV为N_UL_RB_10*(N_UL_RB_10-RB_Length+1)+(N_UL_RB_10-1-RB_Start);当所述上行系统带宽分别为10MHz、20MHz时,所述N_UL_RB_10的值分别为5、10;所述RB_Start的取值为0到9的整数;所述RB_Length取值为1到10的整数,floor()为向下取整操作;The resource indication value RIV is represented by a starting resource block index RB_Start, a contiguous number of resource blocks RB_Length, and a tenth of the uplink system bandwidth N_UL_RB_10; wherein, (RB_Length-1) is less than or equal to floor(N_UL_RB_10/2) In the case, the RIV is N_UL_RB_10*(RB_Length-1)+RB_Start, and in the case where (RB_Length-1) is greater than floor(N_UL_RB_10/2), the RIV is N_UL_RB_10*(N_UL_RB_10-RB_Length+1)+( N_UL_RB_10-1-RB_Start); when the uplink system bandwidth is 10 MHz, 20 MHz, respectively, the value of the N_UL_RB_10 is 5, 10; the value of the RB_Start is an integer from 0 to 9; the value of the RB_Length is An integer from 1 to 10, floor() is a rounding operation;
    所述资源比特位图中的最高比特对应到十分之一所述N_UL_RB中具 有最小号码的资源块索引,最低比特对应具有最大号码的资源块索引;其中,所述资源比特位图中的比特位的值为二进制“1”,表示以下资源块索引分配给了所述用户设备:与所述比特位对应的资源块索引、所述资源块索引加上1/10所述N_UL_RB所表示的资源块索引、所述资源块索引加上2/10所述N_UL_RB所表示的资源块索引、所述资源块索引加上3/10所述N_UL_RB所表示的资源块索引、所述资源块索引加上4/10所述N_UL_RB所表示的资源块索引、所述资源块索引加上5/10所述N_UL_RB所表示的资源块索引、所述资源块索引加上6/10所述N_UL_RB所表示的资源块索引、所述资源块索引加上7/10所述N_UL_RB所表示的资源块索引、所述资源块索引加上8/10所述N_UL_RB所表示的资源块索引、所述资源块索引加上9/10所述N_UL_RB所表示的资源块索引;所述资源比特位图中的比特位的值为二进制“0”表示以下资源块索引没有分配给所述用户设备:与所述比特位对应的资源块索引、所述资源块索引加上1/10所述N_UL_RB所表示的资源块索引、所述资源块索引加上2/10所述N_UL_RB所表示的资源块索引、所述资源块索引加上3/10所述N_UL_RB所表示的资源块索引、所述资源块索引加上4/10所述N_UL_RB所表示的资源块索引、所述资源块索引加上5/10所述N_UL_RB所表示的资源块索引、所述资源块索引加上6/10所述N_UL_RB所表示的资源块索引、所述资源块索引加上7/10所述N_UL_RB所表示的资源块索引、所述资源块索引加上8/10所述N_UL_RB所表示的资源块索引、所述资源块索引加上9/10所述N_UL_RB所表示的资源块索引。The highest bit in the resource bit bitmap corresponds to one tenth of the N_UL_RB a resource block index having a minimum number, the lowest bit corresponding to the resource block index having the largest number; wherein the value of the bit in the resource bit bitmap is binary "1", indicating that the following resource block index is allocated to the user a device: a resource block index corresponding to the bit, the resource block index plus 1/10 of the resource block index represented by the N_UL_RB, and the resource block index plus 2/10 of the resource represented by the N_UL_RB a block index, the resource block index plus 3/10 of the resource block index represented by the N_UL_RB, the resource block index plus 4/10 of the resource block index represented by the N_UL_RB, and the resource block index plus 5/10, the resource block index indicated by the N_UL_RB, the resource block index plus 6/10 of the resource block index indicated by the N_UL_RB, and the resource block index plus 7/10 of the resource indicated by the N_UL_RB a block index, the resource block index plus 8/10 the resource block index represented by the N_UL_RB, the resource block index plus 9/10 the resource block index represented by the N_UL_RB; the resource bit bitmap The value of the bit is binary" 0′′ indicates that the following resource block index is not allocated to the user equipment: a resource block index corresponding to the bit, the resource block index plus 1/10 of the resource block index represented by the N_UL_RB, the resource block The index plus 2/10 of the resource block index indicated by the N_UL_RB, the resource block index plus 3/10 of the resource block index indicated by the N_UL_RB, the resource block index plus 4/10 of the N_UL_RB a resource block index, a resource block index plus 5/10 of the resource block index represented by the N_UL_RB, the resource block index plus 6/10 of the resource block index represented by the N_UL_RB, and the resource block The index plus the resource block index represented by the N_UL_RB of 7/10, the resource block index plus 8/10 of the resource block index indicated by the N_UL_RB, the resource block index plus 9/10 of the N_UL_RB The resource block index represented.
  53. 根据权利要求37所述的方法,其中,在将下行控制信息发送给用户设备之前,所述方法还包括:为所述用户设备在所述下行控制信息中分配起始物理资源块偏移和间隔物理资源块数量,其中,所述间隔物理资源块数量为分配的2个簇之间相隔的物理资源块的数量,所述起始物理资源 块偏移为0到所述间隔物理资源块数量减1之间的整数值;当所述间隔物理资源块数量为K时,起始物理资源块偏移为0、1、……、K-1,每个所述起始物理资源块偏移占上行系统带宽的1/K,总共K个状态,其中,K为正整数。The method according to claim 37, wherein before the transmitting the downlink control information to the user equipment, the method further comprises: allocating a starting physical resource block offset and interval in the downlink control information for the user equipment. The number of physical resource blocks, where the number of the interval physical resource blocks is the number of physical resource blocks separated by the allocated two clusters, and the starting physical resources The block offset is 0 to an integer value between the number of the interval physical resource blocks minus one; when the number of the interval physical resource blocks is K, the starting physical resource block offset is 0, 1, ..., K- 1. Each of the starting physical resource block offsets accounts for 1/K of the uplink system bandwidth, for a total of K states, where K is a positive integer.
  54. 根据权利要求53所述的方法,其中,在所述间隔物理资源块数量从1增加到K时,总的状态数为W=1+2+……+K;所述资源信息用V比特表示,其中,V=ceil(log2(W),ceil()为向上取整操作,log2()为取以2为底的对数的操作。The method according to claim 53, wherein when the number of the spaced physical resource blocks is increased from 1 to K, the total number of states is W = 1 + 2 + ... + K; the resource information is represented by V bits Where V=ceil(log 2 (W), ceil() is the rounding operation, and log 2 () is the operation of taking the base 2 logarithm.
  55. 根据权利要求53所述的方法,其中,The method of claim 53, wherein
    当所述间隔物理资源块数量为1和2和4和8和10时,总的状态数为W=1+2+4+8+10=24,所述资源信息用5比特表示;When the number of the interval physical resource blocks is 1 and 2 and 4 and 8 and 10, the total state number is W=1+2+4+8+10=24, and the resource information is represented by 5 bits;
    当所述间隔物理资源块数量为10时,所述资源信息用10比特的位图表示,其中,所述10比特的位图中的比特位与所述起始物理资块偏移一一对应,所述10比特的位图中的最高比特位MSB对应最小的起始物理资源块偏移,所述10比特的位图中的比特位的比特值为“1”表示与所述比特位对应的起始物理资源块偏移对应的物理资源块分配给了所述用户设备,所述10比特的位图中的比特位的比特值为“0”表示与所述比特位对应的起始物理资源块偏移对应的物理资源块没有分配给所述用户设备;When the number of the interval physical resource blocks is 10, the resource information is represented by a 10-bit bitmap, wherein the bits in the 10-bit bitmap are in one-to-one correspondence with the initial physical block offset. The highest bit MSB of the 10-bit bitmap corresponds to a minimum starting physical resource block offset, and a bit value of a bit in the 10-bit bitmap indicates "1" indicating that the bit corresponds to the bit The physical resource block corresponding to the starting physical resource block offset is allocated to the user equipment, and the bit value of the bit in the 10-bit bitmap is “0” indicating the starting physics corresponding to the bit. The physical resource block corresponding to the resource block offset is not allocated to the user equipment;
    当所述间隔物理资源块数量为16时,所述资源信息用16比特的位图来表示,其中,所述16比特的位图中的比特位与所述起始物理资块偏移一一对应,其中,所述16比特的位图中的最高比特位MSB对应最小的起始物理资源块偏移,所述16比特的位图中的比特位的比特值为“1”表示与所述比特位对应的起始物理资源块偏移对应的物理资源块分配给了所述用户设备,所述16比特的位图中的比特位的比特值为“0”表示与所述比特位对应的起始物理资源块偏移对应的物理资源块没有分配给所述用户设 备。When the number of the interval physical resource blocks is 16, the resource information is represented by a 16-bit bitmap, wherein the bits in the 16-bit bitmap are offset from the initial physical block by one. Correspondingly, wherein the highest bit MSB of the 16-bit bitmap corresponds to a minimum starting physical resource block offset, and a bit value of the bit in the 16-bit bitmap is “1” indicating a physical resource block corresponding to the start physical resource block offset corresponding to the bit is allocated to the user equipment, and a bit value of the bit in the 16-bit bitmap is “0” indicating a bit corresponding to the bit The physical resource block corresponding to the starting physical resource block offset is not allocated to the user setting Ready.
  56. 根据权利要求37所述的方法,其中,接收所述用户设备在所述资源上发送的所述上行信道和/或所述上行信号之前,所述方法还包括:将上行系统带宽N_UL_RB分成Y个簇;其中,每个簇平均有Z个物理资源块;基站分配给所述用户设备的簇用所述Y个比特的比特位图表示,所述比特位图中的最高比特位对应所述Y个簇的最后一个簇,所述比特位图中的最低比特位对应所述Y个簇的第一个簇,所述第一个簇的第一个物理资源块对应所述N_UL_RB个物理资源块中具有最小物理资源块编号的物理资源块;所述上行系统带宽中最后(N_UL_RB–Y*Z)个物理资源块属于所述Y个簇中的最后一个簇;其中,Y=max(ceil(log2(N_UL_RB*(N_UL_RB+1)/2)),ceil(log2(Com(ceil(N_UL_RB/P+1),4)))),Z=floor(N_UL_RB/Y),max()为取2个数中的较大者的操作,ceil()为向上取整操作,log2()为取以2为底的对数的操作,N_UL_RB为以资源块为单位的上行系统带宽,Com(M,N)为从M个数中取出N个数的扩展组合数操作,P为根据所述上行系统带宽确定的资源块组大小,floor()为向下取整操作。The method according to claim 37, wherein before receiving the uplink channel and/or the uplink signal sent by the user equipment on the resource, the method further comprises: dividing the uplink system bandwidth N_UL_RB into Y a cluster; wherein each cluster has an average of Z physical resource blocks; a cluster allocated by the base station to the user equipment is represented by a bit bitmap of the Y bits, and a highest bit in the bitmap corresponds to the Y The last cluster of the cluster, the lowest bit in the bitmap corresponds to the first cluster of the Y clusters, and the first physical resource block of the first cluster corresponds to the N_UL_RB physical resource blocks a physical resource block having a minimum physical resource block number; the last (N_UL_RB - Y*Z) physical resource blocks in the uplink system bandwidth belong to the last one of the Y clusters; wherein Y=max(ceil( Log 2 (N_UL_RB*(N_UL_RB+1)/2)), ceil(log 2 (Com(ceil(N_UL_RB/P+1),4))))), Z=floor(N_UL_RB/Y), max() is Take the operation of the larger of the two numbers, ceil() is the rounding operation, and log 2 () is the operation of taking the base 2 logarithm, N_UL_R B is the uplink system bandwidth in units of resource blocks, Com(M, N) is an extended combination number operation for extracting N numbers from M numbers, and P is a resource block group size determined according to the uplink system bandwidth, floor () is a rounding operation.
  57. 根据权利要求37所述的方法,其中,在将下行控制信息发送给用户设备之前,所述方法还包括:为所述用户设备分配所述资源的频率资源;The method according to claim 37, wherein before the transmitting the downlink control information to the user equipment, the method further comprises: allocating a frequency resource of the resource to the user equipment;
    其中,所述用于指示所述频率资源的所述资源信息包括NCluster个比特的簇信息;The resource information used to indicate the frequency resource includes cluster information of N Cluster bits;
    其中,簇的个数为NCluster个,与簇对应的物理上行共享信道的物理资源块号码为
    Figure PCTCN2017075912-appb-100013
    或者nPRB=[0,1,2,...,(floor(N_UL_RB/NCluster)-1)]*NCluster+IDCluster;其中,nPRB是物理资源块号码,
    Figure PCTCN2017075912-appb-100014
    是一个簇内的物理资源块数量,IDCluster是簇的号码或标识,NCluster个比特的簇信息的最高比特MSB对应具有最小的簇号码的簇,nPRB的范围是0到N_UL_RB-1,
    Figure PCTCN2017075912-appb-100015
    的范围是1到N_UL_RB, IDCluster的范围是0到NCluster-1,
    Figure PCTCN2017075912-appb-100016
    N_UL_RB为以资源块为单位的上行系统带宽。
    The number of clusters is N Cluster , and the physical resource block number of the physical uplink shared channel corresponding to the cluster is
    Figure PCTCN2017075912-appb-100013
    Or n PRB =[0,1,2,...,(floor(N_UL_RB/N Cluster )-1)]*N Cluster +ID Cluster ; where n PRB is the physical resource block number,
    Figure PCTCN2017075912-appb-100014
    Is the number of physical resource blocks in a cluster, ID Cluster is the number or identifier of the cluster, and the highest bit MSB of the cluster information of N Cluster bits corresponds to the cluster with the smallest cluster number, and the range of n PRB is 0 to N_UL_RB-1.
    Figure PCTCN2017075912-appb-100015
    The range is 1 to N_UL_RB, and the ID Cluster ranges from 0 to N Cluster -1.
    Figure PCTCN2017075912-appb-100016
    N_UL_RB is the uplink system bandwidth in units of resource blocks.
  58. 根据权利要求37至57中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述下行控制信息还包括资源分配类型比特,其中,该资源分配类型比特用于指示基站给所述用户设备分配所述资源的分配方式。The method according to any one of claims 37 to 57, wherein the downlink control information further comprises a resource allocation type bit, wherein the resource allocation type bit is used to indicate that the base station allocates the resource to the user equipment Allocation.
  59. 根据权利要求37所述的方法,其中,在所述资源的频率资源为70个物理资源块时,接收所述用户设备在所述资源上发送的所述上行信道和/或所述上行信号包括:分别在2个资源成分上接收所述上行信道和/或所述上行信号;其中,在所述2个资源成分上接收不同的所述上行信道和/或所述上行信号,所述2个资源成分由所述70个物理资源块划分得到的物理资源块的集合。The method according to claim 37, wherein when the frequency resource of the resource is 70 physical resource blocks, receiving the uplink channel and/or the uplink signal sent by the user equipment on the resource includes Receiving the uplink channel and/or the uplink signal on two resource components, respectively, wherein different uplink channels and/or uplink signals are received on the two resource components, the two A collection of physical resource blocks obtained by dividing the resource components by the 70 physical resource blocks.
  60. 根据权利要求59所述的方法,其中,通过以下之一划分方式将所述70个物理资源块划分为所述2个资源成分:The method according to claim 59, wherein the 70 physical resource blocks are divided into the 2 resource components by one of the following division methods:
    将所述70个物理资源块划分为64个物理资源块和6个物理资源块;其中,所述64个物理资源块为所述2个资源成分的一个资源成分,所述6个物理资源块为所述2个资源成分的另一个资源成分;And dividing the 70 physical resource blocks into 64 physical resource blocks and 6 physical resource blocks; wherein the 64 physical resource blocks are one resource component of the two resource components, and the six physical resource blocks are Another resource component of the two resource components;
    将所述70个物理资源块分划为60个物理资源块和10个物理资源块;其中,所述60个物理资源块为所述2个资源成分的一个资源成分,所述10个物理资源块为所述2个资源成分的另一个资源成分;And dividing the 70 physical resource blocks into 60 physical resource blocks and 10 physical resource blocks; wherein the 60 physical resource blocks are one resource component of the two resource components, and the 10 physical resources are The block is another resource component of the two resource components;
    将所述70个物理资源块分划为54个物理资源块和16个物理资源块;其中,所述54个物理资源块为所述2个资源成分的一个资源成分,所述16个物理资源块为所述2个资源成分的另一个资源成分;And dividing the 70 physical resource blocks into 54 physical resource blocks and 16 physical resource blocks; wherein the 54 physical resource blocks are one resource component of the two resource components, and the 16 physical resources are The block is another resource component of the two resource components;
    将所述70个物理资源块分划为50个物理资源块和20个物理资源块;其中,所述50个物理资源块为所述2个资源成分的一个资源成分,所述20个物理资源块为所述2个资源成分的另一个资源成分; And dividing the 70 physical resource blocks into 50 physical resource blocks and 20 physical resource blocks; wherein the 50 physical resource blocks are one resource component of the two resource components, and the 20 physical resources are The block is another resource component of the two resource components;
    将所述70个物理资源块分划为45个物理资源块和25个物理资源块;其中,所述45个物理资源块为所述2个资源成分的一个资源成分,所述25个物理资源块为所述2个资源成分的另一个资源成分;And dividing the 70 physical resource blocks into 45 physical resource blocks and 25 physical resource blocks; wherein the 45 physical resource blocks are one resource component of the two resource components, and the 25 physical resources are The block is another resource component of the two resource components;
    将所述70个物理资源块划分为40个物理资源块和30个物理资源块;其中,所述40个物理资源块为所述2个资源成分的一个资源成分,所述30个物理资源块为所述2个资源成分的另一个资源成分。And dividing the 70 physical resource blocks into 40 physical resource blocks and 30 physical resource blocks; wherein the 40 physical resource blocks are one resource component of the two resource components, and the 30 physical resource blocks are Another resource component of the two resource components.
  61. 根据权利要求60所述的方法,其中,在采用将所述70个物理资源块划分为64个物理资源块和6个物理资源块的划分方式时,分别在2个资源成分上接收所述上行信道和/或所述上行信号包括以下之一:The method according to claim 60, wherein when the division of the 70 physical resource blocks into 64 physical resource blocks and 6 physical resource blocks is adopted, the uplink is received on 2 resource components respectively The channel and/or the uplink signal includes one of the following:
    在所述64个物理资源块上接收第一物理上行共享信道,在所述6个物理资源块上接收以下至少之一:物理上行控制信道、物理随机接入信道、探测参考信号、第二物理上行共享信道;Receiving a first physical uplink shared channel on the 64 physical resource blocks, and receiving at least one of the following on the six physical resource blocks: a physical uplink control channel, a physical random access channel, a sounding reference signal, and a second physical Uplink shared channel;
    只在所述64个物理资源块上接收所述上行信道和/或所述上行信号。The uplink channel and/or the uplink signal is received only on the 64 physical resource blocks.
  62. 根据权利要求61所述的方法,其中,所述64个物理资源块包括以下至少之一组合:The method of claim 61, wherein the 64 physical resource blocks comprise at least one of the following combinations:
    在基站分配给所述用户设备的簇中第1个簇至第6个簇中的60个物理资源块和第7个簇的以下至少之一:前4个物理资源块;倒数4个物理资源块;第1个、第4个、第7个、第10个共4个物理资源块;At least one of the 60 physical resource blocks and the seventh cluster of the first cluster to the sixth cluster in the cluster allocated by the base station to the user equipment: the first four physical resource blocks; the last four physical resources Block; the first, fourth, seventh, and tenth total of four physical resource blocks;
    在所述基站分配给所述用户设备的簇中第1个簇至第6个簇中的60个物理资源块和第7个簇中的具有最小物理资源块索引的4个物理资源块;60 physical resource blocks in the first to sixth clusters and four physical resource blocks in the seventh cluster having the smallest physical resource block index among the clusters allocated by the base station to the user equipment;
    当所述基站分配给所述用户设备的簇的最大簇号码大于6时,第1个簇至第6个簇中的60个物理资源块和第4个簇中的具有最大物理资源块索引的4个物理资源块;When the maximum cluster number of the cluster allocated by the base station to the user equipment is greater than 6, 60 physical resource blocks in the first cluster to the sixth cluster and the largest physical resource block index in the fourth cluster 4 physical resource blocks;
    当所述基站分配给所述用户设备的簇的最大簇号码小于或者等于6时,第1个簇至第6个簇中的60个物理资源块和第7个簇中的具有最小物理资 源块索引的4个物理资源块;When the maximum cluster number of the cluster allocated by the base station to the user equipment is less than or equal to 6, the 60 physical resource blocks in the first cluster to the sixth cluster and the smallest physical resource in the seventh cluster 4 physical resource blocks of the source block index;
    在所述基站分配给所述用户设备的簇中的第1个簇至第7个簇中的70个物理资源块中除了第7个簇中的具有最大物理资源块索引的6个物理资源块之外的64个物理资源块;Among the 70 physical resource blocks in the 1st to 7th clusters of the cluster allocated by the base station to the user equipment, except for the 6 physical resource blocks having the largest physical resource block index in the 7th cluster 64 physical resource blocks outside;
    在所述基站分配给所述用户设备的簇中的第1个簇至第7个簇中的70个物理资源块中除了第7个簇的具有最小物理资源块索引的6个物理资源块之外的64个物理资源块。Among the 70 physical resource blocks in the first cluster to the seventh cluster in the cluster allocated by the base station to the user equipment, except for the 6 physical resource blocks of the 7th cluster having the smallest physical resource block index 64 physical resource blocks outside.
  63. 根据权利要求37所述的方法,其中,所述下行控制信息还包括子帧指示信息,当在第一子帧发送所述下行控制信息时,在所述资源上接收所述上行信道和/或所述上行信号包括:在第二子帧上接收所述上行信道和/或所述上行信号;其中,所述第二子帧的编号为所述第一子帧的编号、所述子帧指示信息对应的10进制值与指定整数之和,该指定整数为大于或者等于4的整数。The method according to claim 37, wherein the downlink control information further comprises subframe indication information, when the downlink control information is sent in the first subframe, receiving the uplink channel and/or on the resource The uplink signal includes: receiving, by the second subframe, the uplink channel and/or the uplink signal, where the number of the second subframe is a number of the first subframe, and the subframe indication The sum of the decimal value corresponding to the information and the specified integer. The specified integer is an integer greater than or equal to 4.
  64. 根据权利要求37所述的方法,其中,所述下行控制信息还包括用于指示在物理上行共享信道的最后一个符号或最前面一个符号上是否发送所述上行信息的第一指示信息;在所述第一指示信息指示在物理上行共享信道的最后一个符号或最前面一个符号上不送所述上行信息的情况下,所述最后一个符号或者所述最前面一个符号仍作为所述物理上行共享信道的可用资源使用,或者所述最后一个符号或者所述最前面一个符号不能作为所述物理上行共享信道的可用资源使用。The method according to claim 37, wherein the downlink control information further comprises first indication information for indicating whether to send the uplink information on a last symbol or a first symbol of a physical uplink shared channel; If the first indication information indicates that the uplink information is not sent on the last symbol or the first symbol of the physical uplink shared channel, the last symbol or the first symbol still serves as the physical uplink sharing. The available resources of the channel are used, or the last symbol or the first symbol cannot be used as an available resource of the physical uplink shared channel.
  65. 根据权利要求37所述的方法,其中,所述下行控制信息还包括用于指示在上行子帧或时隙的最后一个符号或最前面一个符号上是否发送所述上行信息的第二指示信息;在所述第二指示信息指示在所述上行子帧或所述时隙的最后一个符号或最前面一个符号上不发送所述上行信息的情况下,所述最后一个符号或者所述最前面一个符号仍作为所述上行子帧或所 述时隙的可用资源使用,或者所述最后一个符号或者所述最前面一个符号不能作为所述上行子帧或所述时隙的可用资源使用。The method according to claim 37, wherein the downlink control information further comprises second indication information for indicating whether to send the uplink information on a last symbol or a first symbol of an uplink subframe or a time slot; In case the second indication information indicates that the uplink information is not sent on the last subframe or the last symbol of the time slot or the first symbol, the last symbol or the first one The symbol still acts as the uplink subframe or The available resources of the time slot are used, or the last symbol or the first symbol cannot be used as an available resource of the uplink subframe or the time slot.
  66. 根据权利要求37所述的方法,其中,所述资源的频率资源包括1个或者多个簇时,上行系统带宽中的第1至预定数量个物理资源块和倒数第1至预定数量个物理资源块不用于所述簇的资源分配;所述上行系统带宽中除了第1至预定数量个物理资源块和倒数第1至预定数量个物理资源块之外的其他所述物理资源块用于所述簇的资源分配。The method according to claim 37, wherein, when the frequency resource of the resource comprises one or more clusters, the first to the predetermined number of physical resource blocks and the last to the first to the predetermined number of physical resources in the uplink system bandwidth a block is not used for resource allocation of the cluster; the other physical resource blocks in the uplink system bandwidth except the first to the predetermined number of physical resource blocks and the last to the first to the predetermined number of physical resource blocks are used for the Cluster resource allocation.
  67. 根据权利要求66所述的方法,其中,当簇的单位为子载波时,分配给子帧捆绑业务的用户设备的最大簇数目为36个;当簇的单位为物理资源块PRB时,分配给子帧捆绑业务的用户设备的最大簇数目为1个且簇中最大的物理资源块PRB数目不超过10个。The method according to claim 66, wherein when the unit of the cluster is a subcarrier, the maximum number of clusters of user equipment allocated to the subframe bundling service is 36; when the unit of the cluster is a physical resource block PRB, The maximum number of clusters of the user equipment of the subframe bundling service is one, and the number of the largest physical resource blocks PRB in the cluster does not exceed 10.
  68. 根据权利要求66或67所述的方法,其中,当分配的簇的数目超过一个时,按照物理资源块索引的大小依次给与所述物理资源块索引对应的物理资源块产生解调参考信号;或者按照分配的簇的编号大小和簇中物理资源块索引的大小依次给与所述簇的编号对应的簇中与所述物理资源块索引对应的物理资源块产生解调参考信号;或者,先从具有最小物理资源块索引的物理资源块产生解调参考信号,再给具有等簇间隔的物理资源块产生解调参考信号;或者,先从具有最小物理资源块索引的物理资源块产生解调参考信号,再将产生的所述解调参考信号拷贝给所述具有最小物理块索引的物理资源块之后需要产生所述解调参考信号的每一个物理资源块。The method according to claim 66 or 67, wherein when the number of allocated clusters exceeds one, a demodulation reference signal is sequentially generated for the physical resource block corresponding to the physical resource block index according to the size of the physical resource block index; Or generating a demodulation reference signal for the physical resource block corresponding to the physical resource block index in the cluster corresponding to the number of the cluster according to the number size of the allocated cluster and the size of the physical resource block index in the cluster; or, first Demodulating a reference signal from a physical resource block having a minimum physical resource block index, and generating a demodulation reference signal for a physical resource block having an equal cluster interval; or first demodulating from a physical resource block having a minimum physical resource block index And referencing the signal, and then copying the generated demodulation reference signal to the physical resource block having the smallest physical block index, and then generating each physical resource block of the demodulation reference signal.
  69. 根据权利要求37或63所述的方法,其中,所述下行控制信息还包括用于指示是否在当前子帧的最后一个正交频分复用OFDM符号或所述当前子帧之后的一个或多个子帧的最后一个OFDM符号上发送探测参考信号SRS的第二指示信息。 The method according to claim 37 or 63, wherein the downlink control information further comprises one or more instructions for indicating whether the last orthogonal frequency division multiplexing OFDM symbol of the current subframe or the current subframe The second indication information of the sounding reference signal SRS is transmitted on the last OFDM symbol of the subframe.
  70. 根据权利要求37或63所述的方法,其中,所述下行控制信息还包括用于指示用户设备是否在当前子帧之后的一个或多个子帧上发送非竞争随机接入前导的第三指示信息;其中,发送所述非竞争随机接入前导使用的物理资源块编号为B+C*ceil(N_UL_RB/D);B为起始物理资源块号码,B的取值范围为0至N_UL_RB–(D-1),C为0至D-1的整数,D为分配给所述非竞争随机接入前导的物理资源块数量,C为6至N_UL_RB的整数;在D等于7且B等于5的情况下,每一个物理资源块的第一个和最后一个子载波不用于发送所述非竞争随机接入前导;在D等于8且B等于4的情况下,每一个物理资源块的第一个、第二个和最后一个子载波不用于发送所述非竞争随机接入前导;在D等于9且B等于2的情况下,每一个物理资源块的第一个、第二个和最后2个子载波不用于发送所述非竞争随机接入前导;在D等于10且B等于4的情况下,每一个物理资源块的第一个、第二个、第三个和最后2个子载波不用于发送所述非竞争随机接入前导。The method according to claim 37 or 63, wherein the downlink control information further comprises third indication information for indicating whether the user equipment sends a non-contention random access preamble on one or more subframes subsequent to the current subframe. Wherein, the physical resource block number used for transmitting the non-contention random access preamble is B+C*ceil(N_UL_RB/D); B is the starting physical resource block number, and B ranges from 0 to N_UL_RB–( D-1), C is an integer from 0 to D-1, D is the number of physical resource blocks allocated to the non-contention random access preamble, C is an integer from 6 to N_UL_RB; and D is equal to 7 and B is equal to 5. In case, the first and last subcarriers of each physical resource block are not used to transmit the non-contention random access preamble; in the case where D is equal to 8 and B is equal to 4, the first one of each physical resource block The second and last subcarriers are not used to transmit the non-contention random access preamble; in the case where D is equal to 9 and B is equal to 2, the first, second, and last two sub-periods of each physical resource block The carrier is not used to transmit the non-contention random access preamble; at D equal to 10 The case where B is equal to 4, each of a first physical resource block, the second, the third and last two subcarriers are not used to transmit the non-contention random access preamble.
  71. 一种上行信息的发送装置,应用于用户设备,包括:A device for transmitting uplink information, which is applied to user equipment, and includes:
    接收模块,配置为接收基站发送的下行控制信息;其中,所述下行控制信息携带有资源信息,该资源信息用于指示用户设备发送上行信道和/或上行信号的资源,所述资源占所述用户设备上行系统资源的80%以上;The receiving module is configured to receive downlink control information sent by the base station, where the downlink control information carries resource information, where the resource information is used to indicate that the user equipment sends the uplink channel and/or the uplink signal resource, where the resource accounts for the More than 80% of the user equipment uplink system resources;
    发送模块,配置为在所述资源上发送所述上行信道和/或所述上行信号。And a sending module, configured to send the uplink channel and/or the uplink signal on the resource.
  72. 一种上行信息的接收装置,应用于基站,包括:A receiving device for uplink information, which is applied to a base station, and includes:
    发送模块,配置为将下行控制信息发送给用户设备;其中,所述下行控制信息携带有资源信息,该资源信息用于指示所述用户设备发送上行信道和/或上行信号的资源,所述资源占所述用户设备上行系统资源的80%以上;The sending module is configured to send the downlink control information to the user equipment, where the downlink control information carries resource information, where the resource information is used to instruct the user equipment to send resources of an uplink channel and/or an uplink signal, where the resource is Accounting for more than 80% of the uplink system resources of the user equipment;
    接收模块,配置为接收所述用户设备在所述资源上发送的所述上行信 道和/或所述上行信号。a receiving module, configured to receive the uplink message sent by the user equipment on the resource And/or the upstream signal.
  73. 一种系统,包括权利要求71所述的发送装置和权利要求72所述的接收装置。A system comprising the transmitting device of claim 71 and the receiving device of claim 72.
  74. 一种计算机存储介质,所述计算机存储介质中存储有计算机可执行指令,该计算机可执行指令用于执行权利要求1至36任一项所述的上行信息的发送方法。A computer storage medium storing computer executable instructions for performing the method of transmitting uplink information according to any one of claims 1 to 36.
  75. 一种计算机存储介质,所述计算机存储介质中存储有计算机可执行指令,该计算机可执行指令用于执行权利要求37至70任一项所述的上行信息的接收方法。 A computer storage medium storing computer executable instructions for performing the method of receiving uplink information according to any one of claims 37 to 70.
PCT/CN2017/075912 2016-03-25 2017-03-07 Method, device and system for sending and receiving uplink information and storage medium WO2017162022A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201610179766.X 2016-03-25
CN201610179766 2016-03-25
CN201610261468.5A CN107231693B (en) 2016-03-25 2016-04-25 Sending, receiving method, the apparatus and system of uplink information
CN201610261468.5 2016-04-25

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2017162022A1 true WO2017162022A1 (en) 2017-09-28

Family

ID=59899307

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2017/075912 WO2017162022A1 (en) 2016-03-25 2017-03-07 Method, device and system for sending and receiving uplink information and storage medium

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2017162022A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN109803396A (en) * 2017-11-17 2019-05-24 华为技术有限公司 The method and apparatus of resource allocation

Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN105162553A (en) * 2015-08-14 2015-12-16 宇龙计算机通信科技(深圳)有限公司 Signaling indication method and system of transmission block type
CN105376188A (en) * 2014-08-26 2016-03-02 上海朗帛通信技术有限公司 Scrambling method and device in LAA communication

Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN105376188A (en) * 2014-08-26 2016-03-02 上海朗帛通信技术有限公司 Scrambling method and device in LAA communication
CN105162553A (en) * 2015-08-14 2015-12-16 宇龙计算机通信科技(深圳)有限公司 Signaling indication method and system of transmission block type

Non-Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
"3rd Generation Partnership Project; Technical Specification Group Radio Access Network; Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (E-UTRA);Physical layer procedures(Release 12)", 3GPPTS 36.213 V12.7.0'' , RELEASE 12, 30 September 2015 (2015-09-30) *
ZTE: "Initial Thoughts on LAA DL+UL Data Transmission", 3GPP TSG-RAN WG2#93, 19 February 2016 (2016-02-19) *

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN109803396A (en) * 2017-11-17 2019-05-24 华为技术有限公司 The method and apparatus of resource allocation

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US20210235490A1 (en) Information transmission method, base station, and user equipment
CN108988978B (en) Scrambling code sequence generation method and device
CN106332286B (en) Spectrum resource allocation method and device
CN107295674B (en) Resource allocation method, network equipment and terminal equipment
CN107294897B9 (en) Downlink information sending and receiving method and device
JP2018512774A (en) Method and apparatus for uplink data transmission
EP3297353B1 (en) Resource allocation information indication method, base station and user equipment
TWI746708B (en) Method for transmitting information, network equipment, and terminal equipment
WO2011150761A1 (en) Resource allocation method and device
US20220141857A1 (en) Method whereby user equipment receives data signal in wireless communication system, and user equipment and base station which support same
US11539489B2 (en) Control information transmission method, receiving method, device, base station and terminal
CN111756513A (en) Control information transmission method and device, electronic equipment and storage medium
CN109586888B (en) Control channel candidate distribution method and device
CN117176309A (en) Apparatus and method for discontinuous multiple resource units in a wireless network
EP4061076A1 (en) Communication method and related apparatus, and devices
RU2727170C1 (en) Method and device for indicating resource and method and device for transmitting uplink control signal
US11088805B2 (en) Control information transmission method, terminal device, and network device
CN106797643B (en) Method for signaling time and frequency resource allocation in a wireless communication system
CN108810996B (en) Resource allocation method, base station and user equipment
WO2017162022A1 (en) Method, device and system for sending and receiving uplink information and storage medium
EP3914026A2 (en) Access point device (ap) and client device (sta) using grouping of transmission parameters
EP3618540A1 (en) Communication method and communication device
JP6273973B2 (en) RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, RADIO BASE STATION DEVICE, AND RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM CONTROL METHOD
WO2017028071A1 (en) Downlink control information receiving and sending methods and devices
CN112543086B (en) Design method for control resource set, network equipment and terminal equipment

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 17769299

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 17769299

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1